Prefetching data in response to a read transaction for which the requesting device relinquishes control of the data bus while awaiting data requested in the transaction

ABSTRACT

A computer system includes a memory device on the first data bus, a requesting device that initiates a delayed memory read transaction on a second data bus, and a bridge device that delivers the delayed memory read transaction to the first data bus and receives from the first data bus completion data requested in the memory read transaction. The bridge device includes a data storage buffer that stores the completion data, and a buffer management element that automatically requests from the memory device additional data to be placed in the data storage buffer.

BACKGROUND

The invention relates to automatically prefetching data in a computersystem.

Computer systems generally include one or more Peripheral ComponentInterface (PCI) buses that provide a special communication protocolbetween peripheral components, such as video controllers and networkinterface cards, and the computer system's main memory. When systemmemory and the peripheral components (PCI devices) reside on differentbuses, a bridge is required to manage the flow of data transactionsbetween the two buses. PCI bus architecture is defined by the PCI LocalBus Specification, Revision 2.1 ("PCI Spec 2.1"), published in June1995, by the PCI Special Interest Group, Portland, Oreg., incorporatedby reference. PCI-to-PCI bridge architecture is defined by thePCI-to-PCI Bridge Architecture Specification, Revision 1.0 ("PCI BridgeSpec 1.0"), published in April 1994, by the PCI Special Interests Group,incorporated by reference.

Under the PCI Spec 2.1 and PCI Bridge Spec 1.0 architectures, PCIbridges support two types of transactions: posted transactions(including all memory write cycles), which complete on the initiatingbus before they complete on the target bus, and delayed transactions(including all memory read requests and all I/O and configurationread/write requests), which complete on the target bus before theycomplete on the initiating bus. A PCI device that initiates a delayedtransaction, such as a delayed read request, relinquishes control of thelocal PCI bus and waits for the target device to return the requestedinformation. When the requested information arrives in the PCI bridge,it is placed in a delayed completion buffer. When the requesting deviceagain gains control of the bus, any information that is left in thebuffer after the transaction is completed is immediately flushed fromthe buffer.

SUMMARY

In one aspect, the invention features a computer system having a memorydevice on a first data bus, a requesting device that initiates a delayedmemory read transaction on a second data bus, and a bridge device thatdelivers the delayed memory read transaction to the first data bus andreceives from the first data bus completion data requested in the memoryread transaction. The bridge device includes a data storage buffer thatstores the completion data, and a buffer management element thatautomatically requests from the memory device additional data to beplaced in the data storage buffer.

Embodiments of the invention may include one or more of the followingfeatures. The buffer management element may request additional data onlyafter the requesting device has retrieved all of the completion datafrom the data storage buffer. The additional data may be located at thenext sequential location after the requested data in the memory device.The requesting device may request a predetermined amount of data, andthe buffer management element may automatically request thepredetermined amount of additional data. The requesting device mayrequest an entire cache line of data, or it may request multiple cachelines of data. If the requesting device removes all of the additionaldata from the buffer, the buffer management element may againautomatically request additional data from the memory device.

The computer system may include a prediction element that allows thebuffer management element to selectively retrieve additional data. Theprediction element may prevent the buffer management element from againautomatically requesting additional data if the requesting device failsto remove all data from the storage buffer. The prediction element alsomay allow the buffer management element to automatically requestadditional data when the requesting device removes all data from thedata storage buffer. The second bus may be a PCI bus, and the bridgedevice may be a PCI-to-PCI bridge. The delayed memory read transactionmay be a memory read line transaction, or it may be a memory readmultiple transaction.

Advantages of the invention may include one or more of the following. Acomputer system may automatically prefetch data to be transferred to adevice in anticipation that the device will request the data.Prefetching data in this manner may increase the overall efficiency ofthe computer system by reducing the need for a requesting device to waitfor requested data. The computer system may prefetch the data only whenthe requesting device has accepted all previously transferred data. Thecomputer system may selectively prefetch data. For example, theautomatic prefetching feature may be disabled when the requesting devicefails to accept all previously prefetched data. Because the automaticprefetching feature may be disabled, devices that are capable ofmaintaining multiple unrelated transactions do not create systeminefficiency by routinely causing the computer system to discardprefetched data.

Other features and advantages will become apparent from the followingdescription and from the claims.

DESCRIPTION

FIG. 1 is a block diagram of a computer system.

FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an expansion box of the computer system ofFIG. 1.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the bridge chips in the computer system.

FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a queue block in each of the bridge chips.

FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the clock routing scheme in the bridgechips.

FIG. 6 is a block diagram of a clock generator in each of the bridgechips.

FIG. 7 is a block diagram of a master cable interface in each of thebridge chips for transmitting data over a cable connecting the bridgechips.

FIG. 8 is a timing diagram of signals in the master cable interface.

FIG. 9 is a block diagram of a slave cable interface in each of thebridge chips for receiving data transmitted over the cable.

FIG. 10 is a block diagram of logic generating input and output pointersfor the receiving logic in the slave cable interface.

FIG. 11 is a timing diagram of signals in the slave cable interface.

FIG. 12 is a timing diagram of the input and output pointers and theirrelation to the received cable data.

FIG. 13 is a block diagram of the placement of flip flops and input andoutput pads in each of the bridge chips.

FIG. 14 is a table of the information carried by the cable.

FIG. 15A is a table showing the type of information carried by the cablesignals associated with single address cycle transactions.

FIG. 15B is a table showing the type of information carried by the cablesignals associated with dual-address cycle transactions.

FIG. 16 is a table of parameters associated with the cable.

FIG. 17 is a logic diagram of an error detection and correction circuit.

FIG. 18 is a parity-check matrix for generating check bits in the errordetection and correction circuit.

FIG. 19 is a syndrome table for generating fix bits in the errordetection and correction circuit.

FIG. 20A is a state diagram showing a round-robin arbitration scheme.

FIG. 20B is a state diagram showing a two-level arbitration scheme.

FIG. 21 is a logic diagram of an arbiter in each of the bridge chips.

FIG. 22 is a state diagram of a grant state machine in an arbiter.

FIG. 23 is a state diagram of a level one arbitration state machine inthe arbiter.

FIG. 24 is a table showing generation of new grant signals based on thecurrent master.

FIG. 25 is a block diagram of logic for generating mask bits andmulti-threaded master indication bits.

FIG. 26A is a logic diagram of circuits for generating the masked bits.

FIG. 26B is a block diagram of a computer system with multiple layers ofbuses.

FIG. 27A is a side view of an expansion card inserted into a slot.

FIGS. 27B-C are schematic diagrams of lever circuitry.

FIGS. 28-30 and 31A-E are schematic diagrams of circuitry of theexpansion box.

FIG. 32A is a state diagram from the circuitry of the expansion box.

FIG. 32B are waveforms from the circuitry of the expansion box.

FIG. 33A is a schematic diagram of circuitry of the expansion box.

FIG. 33B are waveforms from the circuitry of the expansion box.

FIGS. 33C-H are a state diagram from the circuitry of the expansion box.

FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of circuitry of the expansion box.

FIG. 35A is a state diagram from the circuitry of the expansion box.

FIG. 35B are waveforms from the circuitry of the expansion box.

FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of circuitry of the expansion box.

FIG. 37 is a flow diagram of a non-maskable interrupt handler invoked inresponse to detection of a bus hang condition in the computer system.

FIG. 38 is a flow diagram of a BIOS routine that is invoked by acomputer system lock-up event.

FIG. 39 is a flow diagram of a BIOS isolate routine invoked in responseto a bus-hang condition or the computer lock-up event.

FIG. 40 is a block diagram of a bus watcher in each of the bridge chips.

FIG. 41 is a state diagram of logic in the bus watcher for returning thebus to an idle state.

FIG. 42 is a logic diagram of status signals in the bus watcher.

FIG. 43 is a logic diagram of bus history FIFOs and bus state vectorFIFOs in the fault isolation circuit.

FIG. 44 is a logic diagram of circuitry for generating ready signals forindicating when the bus history and state vector information areavailable.

FIG. 45 is a flow diagram of a routine for assigning a bus number to apowered down or empty slot.

FIG. 46 is a flow diagram of a routine for allocating memory space forthe computer system.

FIG. 47 is a flow diagram of a routine for allocating I/O space for thecomputer system.

FIG. 48 is a flow diagram of a routine for handling a recently poweredup card.

FIG. 49 is a block diagram of configuration space for a PCI-PCI bridgecircuit.

FIG. 50A is a block diagram of a computer system.

FIG. 50B is a bus number assignment tree.

FIG. 51 is a block diagram showing type 0 and type 1 configurationtransactions.

FIG. 52 is a table showing mapping of address from a primary bus to asecondary bus.

FIGS. 53A and 53B are a logic diagram of circuitry for handling type 0and type 1 configuration cycles.

FIG. 54A is a block diagram of circuitry for storing information toallow calculation of bus performance parameters.

FIG. 54B is a block diagram of prefetch counters.

FIG. 55 is a block diagram of a computer system.

FIG. 56 is a block diagram of a PCI arbitration scheme.

FIG. 57 is a schematic diagram of a buffer flush logic block.

FIG. 58 is a schematic diagram of a cable decoder.

FIGS. 59-62 are schematic diagrams of a posted memory write queue,including control logic.

FIGS. 63-65 are schematic diagrams of a delayed request queue, includingcontrol logic.

FIGS. 66-69b are schematic diagrams of a delayed completion queue,including control logic.

FIGS. 70-72, 73A-D, and 74 are schematic diagrams and a table of amaster cycle arbiter.

FIGS. 75, 76A-B, 77-80, 81A-C, 82A-B, 83, 84A-C, and 85-87 are schematicand state transition diagrams of a queue-block-to-PCI-bus interface.

FIG. 88 is a schematic block diagram showing bus devices connected to anexpansion bus.

FIG. 89 is a schematic block diagram showing circuitry to routeinterrupt requests.

FIG. 90 is a schematic diagram of device select logic.

FIGS. 91-94 are schematic block diagrams of registers.

FIG. 95 is a graph showing waveforms for the computer system.

FIG. 96 is a schematic diagram of the multiplexing circuitry.

FIGS. 97A-D are schematic diagrams of the interrupt receiving block.

FIG. 98 is a schematic diagram of the interrupt output block.

FIG. 99 is a chart showing the time multiplexing of interrupt requestsignals.

FIG. 100 is a chart showing interrupt request mapping.

FIG. 101 is a schematic block diagram showing bus devices connected toan expansion bus.

OVERVIEW

In the ensuing description, all signal mnemonics followed or preceded bya "#", "₋₋ ", or "!" signify inverted logic states.

As shown in FIG. 1, a computer system 10 includes a primary PCI bus 24that is coupled to a bridge chip 26a and a bridge chip 26b, both ofcommon design 26. The bridge chip 26a is coupled to a bridge chip 48athrough a cable 31, and the bridge chip 26b is coupled to the bridgechip 48b through a cable 28. The bridge chips 48a and 48b are of commondesign 48, which is common to design 26 except that design 26 is in anupstream mode and design 48 is in a downstream mode.

The PCI bus 24 is interfaced to a local bus 22 through a systemcontroller/host bridge circuit 18. The system controller/host bridgecircuit 18 also controls access to a system memory 20 which is alsocoupled to the local bus 22 along with the CPU 14 and a level two (L2)cache 16.

A PCI-Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bridge 15interfaces the PCI bus 24 to an EISA bus 17. Both a keyboard controller21 and a Read Only Memory (ROM) 23 are coupled to the EISA bus 17. Anon-volatile random access memory (NVRAM) 70 connected to the EISA bus17 stores information which should survive the computer system shuttingoff. An automatic server recovery timer 72 monitors the computer systemfor inactivity. If the system locks up, the ASR timer 72 will expireafter about 10 minutes. A keyboard 19 is monitored by the keyboardcontroller 21 for detection of depressed keys.

Referring to FIG. 2, the bridge chip 48a furnishes an interface to a PCIbus 32a, and the bridge chip 48b furnishes an interface to a PCI bus32b. The PCI buses 32a and 32b are located on two expansion boxes 30aand 30b, of common design 30, and each expansion box 30 has six hot-plugslots 36 (36a-f) which are capable of receiving conventional expansioncards 807 (FIG. 27A). One slot 34 on the expansion box receives a card46 which has the bridge chip 26. Each hot-plug slot 36 has associatedswitch circuitry 41 for connecting and disconnecting the slot 36 to andfrom the PCI bus 32. Six mechanical levers 802 are used to selectivelysecure (when closed or latched) the cards 807 to corresponding slots, asfurther described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08,658,385,entitled "Securing a Card in an Electronic Device," filed on the samedate as this application and incorporated by reference. Each expansionbox 30 includes registers 52 and 82 for monitoring the levers 802 andstatus signals of the expansion box 30 and a register 80 for controllingconnection and disconnection of slots 36 to the PCI bus 32.

Referring to FIG. 3, the bridge chip is designed to be used in pairs 26and 48 to form a PCI-PCI bridge between the primary PCI bus 24 and thesecondary PCI bus 32. The programming model is that of two hierarchicalbridges. To the system software, the cable 28 appears as a PCI bus whichcontains exactly one device, the downstream bridge chip 48. This greatlysimplifies the configuration of the 2-chip PCI-PCI bridge joining theprimary and secondary buses. The bridge chip 26, which is closer to theCPU 14, joins the primary PCI bus 24 to the cable 28. The second PCI-PCIbridge 48 resides in the expansion box 30 and joins the cable 28 to thesecondary PCI bus 32. A mode pin UPSTREAM₋₋ CHIP determines whether thebridge chip operates in the upstream mode or the downstream mode. Somenon-bridge functions such as a bus monitor 106 and hot plug logic in anSIO 50 are used only in the expansion box 30, and are non-functional inthe upstream mode chip 26.

A clock generator 102 in the bridge chip 26 generates clocks based onthe clock PCICLK1 on the primary PCI bus 24, with one of the generatedclocks being provided through the cable 28 to a clock generator 122 inthe downstream bridge chip 48. The clock generator 122 generates anddrives the PCI clocks in the expansion box 30 at the same frequency ofthe primary PCI bus 24, which results in both bridge chips 26 and 48being run at the same frequency. The downstream bridge chip 48 lags theupstream bridge chip 26 in phase by the delay of the cable 28. Anasynchronous boundary in the upstream bridge chip 26 at the point wheredata is taken off of the cable 28 allows the phase delay to be any value(and therefore the cable to be of any length), with the only requirementonly being that the frequency of the two bridge chips be the same.

The core logic of each bridge chip is the bridge logic block (100 or120), which includes a PCI master (101 or 123) for acting as a master onthe respective PCI bus, a PCI target or slave (103 or 121) for acting asa slave device on the respective PCI bus, configuration registers (105or 125) which contain the configuration information of the correspondingbridge chip, and a queue block (107 or 127) containing several queues inwhich data associated with transactions between the primary PCI bus andthe secondary PCI bus 32 are queued and managed. The data transferredbetween the upstream bridge chip 26 and the downstream bridge chip 48are buffered by cable interfaces 104 and 130 in the bridge chips 26 and48, respectively.

Interrupt routing logic is also included in each bridge chip. There are8 interrupts, 6 from the secondary bus slots, 1 from an SIO circuit 50,and 1 from the downstream bridge chip 48. In the downstream chip 48, theinterrupts are received by an interrupt receiving block 132 and sent upthe cable 28 as a serial stream in sequential time slices. In theupstream bridge chip 26, the interrupts are received by an interruptoutput block 114, which routes the interrupts to an interruptcontroller.

The SIO circuit 50 furnishes control signals for lighting LEDs, forcontrolling reset, and for selectively connecting the slots 36 to thebus 32. It also includes logic for reading the engagement status of thelevers 802, and the status of the cards 807 in each slot 36.

The bridge circuit 26 also includes support for interrupts in theexpansion box 30, and, when installed in a slot in the host system witha proprietary interface to a multichannel interrupt controller, it sendsthe states of each interrupt in a serial stream. The bridge circuit 26also can be configured to drive standard PCI INTA, INTB, INTC, and INTDsignals if it is installed in a standard slot in the host system.

Each bridge chip also includes a PCI arbiter (116 or 124) forcontrolling access to up to seven bus masters. As the upstream bridge 26is installed in a slot, the PCI arbiter 116 in the upstream bridge chip26 is disabled. Each bridge chip also includes an I² C controller (108or 126) for communication with devices such as EEPROMs, temperaturesensors, and so forth, a JTAG master (110 or 128) for performing testcycles, a bus monitor (106 or 127) for measuring bus utilization andefficiency and the efficiency of the bridge chip's prefetch algorithm,and a bus watcher (119 or 129) for storing bus history and state vectorinformation and for notifying the CPU 14 of a bus hang condition.Certain blocks are disabled in each bridge chip as they are not used. Inthe upstream bridge chip 26, the bus watcher 119, the SIO 118, the PCIarbiter 116, and the bus monitor 106 are disabled. In addition, theinterrupt receiving block 112 in the upstream chip 26 and the interruptoutput block 134 in the downstream chip 48 are disabled.

Queue Block Overview

Referring to FIG. 4, the queue blocks 107 and 127 manage transactionsflowing between the primary PCI bus 24 (in the upstream chip) or thesecondary PCI bus 32 (in the downstream chip) and the cable interface130. (From here on, the downstream bridge chip will be referred to withthe assumption that upstream chip works identically, unless otherwisenoted). The queue block 127 includes a cable decoder 146 that receivesfrom the cable interface 130 transactions to be completed on thesecondary PCI bus 32. After decoding a transaction, the decoder 146places the transaction, along with all information included in thetransaction, into one of three queues 140, 142, and 144. Each queuecontains several transaction buffers, each of which stores a singletransaction and therefore is able to handle several transactionssimultaneously.

The first queue, a posted memory write queue (PMWQ) 140, stores postedmemory write cycles issued by the CPU on the primary bus along with allinformation required to execute each cycle on the secondary bus 32. ThePMWQ 140 has four transaction buffers, each of which holds one postedmemory write transaction containing up to eight cache lines (256 bytes)of data. Under some circumstances, a posted memory write transactionhaving more than eight cache lines of data may overflow into one or moresubsequent buffers, as described below.

The second queue, a delayed request queue (DRQ) 142, stores delayedrequest transactions (i.e., delayed read requests (DRR), such as memoryread (MR), memory read line (MRL), and memory read multiple (MRM)requests; and, in the downstream chip, input/output (I/O) read/writesand configuration (config) read/writes) issued by the CPU on the primarybus along with all information required to execute each transaction onthe secondary bus 32. The DRQ 142 has three transaction buffers, each ofwhich is capable of holding one double-word, or "dword", of data fordelayed writes.

The third queue, a delayed completion queue (DCQ) 144, stores delayedcompletion information provided by the upstream chip in response todelayed request transactions generated on the secondary bus 32. For adelayed read request, the corresponding completion information containsthe read data requested by the initiating device and the read status(i.e., an indication of whether a parity error on target abortoccurred). The delayed completion information returned for a delayedwrite transaction is the same as that returned for a delayed readrequest, except that no data is returned for delayed writes. Since I/Oand config read/writes occur only on the downstream bus, only theupstream DCQ will contain delayed completion information correspondingto one of these transactions. The DCQ 144 has eight completion buffers,each of which can hold up to eight cache lines of completion informationfor a single delayed request. In addition to the completion information,each completion buffer also contains a copy of the delayed request thatgenerated the information. For delayed read transactions, a data"stream" can be established between the primary bus 24 and the secondarybus 32 if the requesting device begins retrieving the requested databefore the target device stops providing it to the DCQ 144. Under somecircumstances, the DCQ 144 automatically will retrieve, or "prefetch,"additional data when a requesting device retrieves all of the requesteddata from the corresponding buffer in the DCQ 144. Both streaming andautomatic prefetching are discussed in more detail below.

A queue-to-PCI interface (QPIF) 148 manages transactions flowing fromthe queues 140, 142, and 144 to the PCI bus 32, and from the PCI bus 32to the DCQ 144 and to the upstream chip through the cable interface 130.The QPIF 148 enters a "master" mode to run posted memory write anddelayed request transactions from the PMWQ 140 and the DRQ 142 on thesecondary bus. For both posted memory write and delayed readtransactions, the QPIF 148 can "promote" a transaction that may involveless than a cache line of data (i.e., a memory write (MW) or a memoryread (MR) transaction) to one that requires one or more cache lines(i.e., a memory write and invalidate (MWI) transaction or a memory readline (MRL) or memory read multiple (MRM) transaction) if certainconditions are met. The QPIF 148 also may convert a read transactioninvolving a single cache line of data (i.e., a MRL transaction) into oneinvolving several cache lines of data (i.e., a MRM transaction). TheQPIF 148 also may "correct" a MRL or MRM transaction that begins in themiddle of a cache line by reading the entire cache line and thenthrowing away the unrequested portion of the data. Transaction promotionand read correction, both of which are described in more detail below,improve system efficiency by reducing the time required to retrieve datafrom a memory device.

The QPIF 148 enters a "slave" mode to provide data from the DCQ 144 to arequesting PCI device or to send transactions from the PCI bus 32 to theDCQ 144 and to the upstream chip through the cable. When the QPIF 148receives a posted write transaction from the bus 32, it forwards thetransaction to the upstream chip if a corresponding one of a group oftransaction counters 159 indicate that the PMWQ in the other bridge chipis not full, as discussed below. When the QPIF 148 receives a delayedrequest, it first forwards the request to the DCQ 144 to determinewhether the transaction already has been placed in the DCQ and, if so,whether the corresponding delayed completion information has beenreturned to the DCQ 144. If the delayed completion information is in theDCQ, the information is provided to the requesting device and thetransaction is terminated. If the request already is enqueued but thedelay completion information has not been returned, the requestingdevice is retried and the transaction is terminated on the PCI bus 32.If the transaction is not yet enqueued, the DCQ 144 reserves acompletion buffer for the transaction and the QPIF 148 forwards thetransaction to the upstream chip through the cable interface 130, aslong as the corresponding transaction counter 159 indicates that theother bridge chip is not full.

If the DCQ 144 determines that one of its buffers contains data intendedfor a requesting device but different than the data requested in thecurrent transaction, the buffer may be flushed to prevent the requestingmaster from receiving stale data. The buffer is flushed when it containsprefetch data (i.e., data left in the buffer after the requesting devicehas retrieved some of the data, or data that was not specificallyrequested by the device), but is not flushed when it contains completiondata (i.e., specifically requested by a device that has not yet returnedto retrieve it). If the buffer contains completion data and therequesting device has issued a request that does not "hit" the buffer,the DCQ 144 tags the device as a "multi-threaded" device (i.e., one thatis capable of maintaining more than one transaction at once) andallocates another completion buffer for the new request. The bufferflushing and multiple buffer allocation schemes are described in moredetail below.

A master cycle arbiter (MCA) 150 in the queue block 127 maintainsstandard ordering constraints between posted memory write, delayedrequest, and delayed completion transactions, as set forth in the PCIBridge Architecture Specification, Version 2.1. These constraintsrequire that bus cycles maintain strong write ordering and thatdeadlocks do not occur. Therefore, the MCA 150 determines the order inwhich posted memory write transactions in the PMWQ 140 and delayedrequest transactions in the DRQ 142 are run on the PCI bus 32. The MCA150 also controls the availability of delayed completion informationstored in the DCQ 144. To ensure compliance with these rules, thedownstream MCA 150 gives each posted memory write cycle an opportunityto bypass earlier-issued delayed request cycles, while both thedownstream and the upstream MCAs 150 do not allow delayed request anddelayed completion cycles to bypass earlier-issued posted memory writecycles. Transaction ordering by the MCA 150 is described in more detailbelow.

The transaction counters 159 in the downstream queue block 127 maintaina count of the number of transactions enqueued in the upstream bridgechip. A posted memory write (PMW) counter 160 indicates the number ofPMW transactions held in the upstream posted memory write queue. The PMWcounter 160 is incremented each time a PMW transaction is sent to thecable interface 130. The counter 160 is decremented each time the QPIF148 receives a signal from the cable decoder 146 indicating that a PMWcycle has been completed on the upstream PCI bus 24. When the upstreamPMWQ has enqueued the maximum number (four) of PMW transactions, the PMWcounter 160 asserts a PMW full signal (tc₋₋ pmw₋₋ full) that tells theQPIF 148 to retry additional PMW cycles from the PCI bus 32. Likewise, adelayed request (DR) counter 161 counts the number of DR transactionsheld in the upstream delayed request queue. When the DRQ is holding themaximum number (three) of DR transactions, the DR counter 161 asserts aDR full signal (tc₋₋ dr₋₋ full) indicating that the QPIF 148 must retryall subsequent DR transactions from the PCI bus 32. A delayed completion(DC) counter 162 counts the number of delayed completions that areenqueued in the upstream master cycle arbiter. When the MCA is holdingthe maximum number (four) of delayed completions, the DC counter 162asserts a DC full signal (tc₋₋ dc₋₋ full) that prevents the downstreamQPIF 148 from running delayed request transactions on the secondary PCIbus 32. As soon as the full condition disappears, delayed completioninformation may be sent to downstream DCQ.

A PCI interface block 152 resides between the PCI bus 32 and the queueblock 127. The PCI interface 152 includes a master block 123 and a slave(target) block 121. The slave block 121 allows PCI devices on the bus 32to access the bridge chip's internal registers (e.g., target memoryrange registers 155 and configuration registers), to claim completioninformation stored in the DCQ 144, and to initiate transactions that arepassed through the QPIF 148 and the cable interface 130 to the primarybus. The slave block 121 controls the availability of the PCI bus 32 tothe PCI devices on the bus 32 by recognizing when each device assertsits REQ# line and forwarding the REQ# signals to the PCI arbiter 124.When the PCI arbiter 124 selects a requesting device to receive controlof the bus, the slave block 121 grants the bus to the device byasserting the device's GNT# line. As soon as the bus 32 is granted tothe requesting device and the device asserts its FRAME# signalindicating the beginning of a transaction, the slave block 121 latchesthe transaction information (e.g., address, command, data, byte enables,parity, etc.) into a slave latching register 156. The queue block 127then is able to retrieve the transaction information from the latchingregister 156 and provide it to the DCQ 144 and/or the cable interface130.

Transactions supported by the PCI slave block 121 are shown in thefollowing table.

    ______________________________________                                        PCI Interface Slave Transactions                                              Transaction Type                                                                            Primary Interface                                                                          Secondary Interface                                ______________________________________                                        Interrupt Acknowledge                                                                       Not supported                                                                              Not supported                                      Special Cycle Delayed      Delayed                                            I/O Read      Delayed      Delayed                                            I/O Write     Delayed      Delayed                                            Memory Read   Delayed      Delayed                                            Memory Write  Posted       Posted                                             Configuration Read                                                                          Immediate    Not supported                                      (type 0)                                                                      Configuration Write                                                                         Immediate    Not supported                                      (type 0)                                                                      Configuration Read                                                                          Delayed      Not supported                                      (type 1)                                                                      configuration Write                                                                         Delayed      Not supported                                      (type 1)                                                                      Memory Read Multiple                                                                        Delayed (Streaming)                                                                        Delayed (Streaming)                                Dual Address Cycle                                                                          Not Supported                                                                              Immediate                                          Memory Read Line                                                                            Delayed      Delayed                                            Memory Write and                                                                            Posted       Posted                                             Invalidate                                                                    ______________________________________                                    

The master block 123 of the PCI interface 152 runs only cycles initiatedby the queue block 127 (i.e., transactions held in the PMWQ 140 and DRQ142). The queue block 127 requests the PCI bus by sending a requestsignal (q2p₋₋ req) to the PCI master 123, which then determines whetherto assert a corresponding request signal (blreq₋₋) to the PCI arbiter124. The master block 123 asserts blreq₋₋ if the queue block 127 is notrunning a locked cycle and the PCI bus 32 is not locked by another PCIdevice. When the PCI arbiter 124 selects the queue block 127, the masterblock 123 sends an acknowledge signal (p2q₋₋ ack) to let the queue block127 know it has control of the bus 32. If the PCI arbiter 124 has nooutstanding requests from other devices on the bus 32, the master block123 automatically sends the p2q₋₋ ack grant signal to queue block 127,even if the queue block 127 has not asserted the q2p₋₋ req signal. Assoon as the queue block 127 wins arbitration (i.e., the arbiter 124asserts the blgnt₋₋ signal) and asserts its q2p₋₋ frame signal toindicate the beginning of a transaction, the PCI master 123 latchesoutgoing transaction information (i.e., address, command, data, byteenables, parity, etc.) into a master latching register 158 in the PCIinterface 152. The transaction information then is used to complete thetransaction on the PCI bus 32.

Transactions supported by the master block 123 are shown in thefollowing table.

    ______________________________________                                        PCI Interface Master Transactions                                             Transaction Type                                                                            Primary Interface                                                                          Secondary Interface                                ______________________________________                                        Interrupt Acknowledge                                                                       Not supported                                                                              Not supported                                      Special Cycle Supported    Supported                                          I/O Read      Supported    Supported                                          I/O Write     Supported    Supported                                          Memory Read   Supported    Supported                                          Memory Write  Supported    Supported                                          Configuration Read                                                                          Not Supported                                                                              Supported                                          Configuration write                                                                         Not Supported                                                                              Supported                                          Memory Read Multiple                                                                        Supported    Supported                                          Dual Address Cycle                                                                          Supported    Not Supported                                      Memory Read Line                                                                            Supported    Supported                                          Memory Write and                                                                            Supported    Supported                                          Invalidate                                                                    ______________________________________                                    

In general, the master block 123 operates as a standard PCI master.However, unlike standard PCI bridges, the master block will notterminate a MRL, MRM, or MWI transaction until a cache line boundary isreached, even after the master latency timer (MLT) expires. Also, themaster block 123 does not assert "initiator ready" (IRDY) wait states.The master block 123 runs a locked cycle on the PCI bus 32 if the queueblock 127 asserts its "lock" signal (q2p₋₋ lock) and releases its lockon the bus 32 when the queue block 127 asserts its "unlock" signal(q2p₋₋ unlock).

Referring also to FIG. 57, the PCI interface 152 contains bufferflushing logic 154 that determines when one or all of the DCQ completionbuffers should be flushed by the queue block 127. The PCI slave 121generates two signals that are used by the queue block 127 to flush thecompletion buffers: a flush signal (p2q₋₋ flush) that indicates when abuffer should be flushed, and a slot selection signal (p2q₋₋ slot[2:0])that indicates which PCI device (i.e., which slot on the PCI bus) shouldhave data flushed. The following table shows the relationship betweenp2q₋₋ slot[2:0] and the PCI slot number.

    ______________________________________                                        Creation of p2q.sub.-- slot[2:0]                                              p2q.sub.-- slot[2:0]                                                                         slot number                                                    ______________________________________                                        000            all                                                            001            1                                                              010            2                                                              011            3                                                              100            4                                                              101            5                                                              110            6                                                              111            7                                                              ______________________________________                                    

When p2q₋₋ flush is asserted, the queue block 127 will flush either allof the completion buffers in the DCQ 144 if p2q₋₋ slot[2:0] is equal to"000" or the corresponding one of the eight completion buffers if p2q₋₋slot[2:0] has any other value. The queue block 127 keeps track of whichcompletion buffers, if any, correspond to each PCI slot at any giventime.

The p2q₋₋ flush signal is asserted at the rising edge of the first PCIclock (CLK) cycle after a config write (wr₋₋ cfg) cycle occurs or afteran I/O write (iowr) cycle occurs or a memory write (memwr) cycle hits adownstream target (hit₋₋ tmem) during a command check state (cmd₋₋ chk₋₋st). Gates 2014, 2016, 2018, and 2020, and flip-flop 2022 are arrangedto produce p2q₋₋ flush in this way.

In the upstream bridge chip (i.e., when the upstream₋₋ chip₋₋ i signalis asserted), p2q₋₋ slot[2:0] always has a value of "001" since the CPUis the only master on the primary PCI bus. In the downstream chip, thevalue of p2q₋₋ slot depends upon whether the cycle leading to a flushcondition is a cycle from the secondary bus 32 to the queue block 127(i.e., if p2q₋₋ qcyc is asserted). If the p2q₋₋ qcyc signal is asserted,p2q₋₋ slot[2:0] takes on the value of the req₋₋ slot[2:0] signalproduced by the PCI slave 121. The req₋₋ slot[2:0] signal indicateswhich of the seven devices on the secondary PCI bus 32 has been grantedcontrol of the bus 32. The PCI slave 121 generates the req₋₋ slot[2:0]signal by latching the value of the GNT# line for each of the sevenslots on the bus 32 to form a seven bit latched grant signal (latched₋₋gnt₋₋ [7:1]; the eighth grant line, which belongs to the queue block, isignored) and encoding latched₋₋ gnt[7:1] according to look-up table2006, as follows.

    ______________________________________                                        Creation of req.sub.-- slot[2:0]                                              latched.sub.-- gnt.sub.-- [7:1]                                                               req.sub.-- slot[2:0]                                          ______________________________________                                        1111111         000                                                           1111110         001                                                           1111101         010                                                           1111011         011                                                           1110111         100                                                           1101111         101                                                           1011111         110                                                           0111111         111                                                           ______________________________________                                    

If the cycle leading to the flush is not a secondary-PCI-to-queue-blockcycle, it must be an I/O read or config read to the target memory rangeof one of the slots on the secondary bus 32. When the cycle is an I/Oread or config read (i.e., !iowr AND !wr₋₋ cfg), p2q₋₋ slot[2:0]takes onthe value of the PCI slot whose memory range has been hit (mrange₋₋slot[2:0]). Otherwise, the cycle is an I/O write or a config write, andp2q₋₋ slot[2:0] is set equal to "000" so that all completion buffers areflushed. Gates 2008 and 2010 and multiplexers 2002 and 2004 are arrangedto generate p2q₋₋ flush[2:0] in this way.

Cable Decoder

Referring to FIG. 58, the cable decoder 146 receives transactions fromthe cable interface and selects the appropriate queue to receive eachtransaction. When the cable decoder is in the data phase (i.e., whendata₋₋ phase or next₋₋ data₋₋ phase, an asynchronous signal that setsthe value of data₋₋ phase at the next CLK cycle, is asserted), the cabledecoder 146 looks at the command code (cd₋₋ cmd[3:0]) sent across thecable to determine which queue should receive the transaction. As shownin the table below, when cd₋₋ cmd[3:0] has a value of "1001", thetransaction is a delayed completion, so the cable decoder asserts a cd₋₋dcq₋₋ select signal that tells the DCQ to claim the transaction. Whenthe three LSB of the command code signal (cd₋₋ cmd[2:0]) are "111", thetransaction is a posted memory write, so the cable decoder generates acd₋₋ pmwq₋₋ select signal to alert the PMWQ of the incoming transaction.When the transaction is neither a posted memory write nor a delayedcompletion and the command code does not represent a streaming signal,the cable decoder asserts a cd₋₋ drq₋₋ select signal that tells the DRQto claim the transaction. Gates 2024, 2026, 2028, and 2030 areconfigured to generate the cd₋₋ dcq₋₋ select, cd₋₋ pmwq₋₋ select, andcd₋₋ drq₋₋ select signals in this way.

The following table shows the four bit command codes associated witheach type of transaction.

    ______________________________________                                        Transaction Command Codes                                                     Transaction Type                                                                              Conmand Code                                                  ______________________________________                                        I/O Read        0010                                                          I/O Write       0011                                                          Config read     1010                                                          Config write    1011                                                          Memory read     0110                                                          MRL             1110                                                          MRM             1100                                                          Memory write    0111                                                          MWI             1111                                                          Delayed completion                                                                            1001                                                          Stream established                                                                            1000                                                          ______________________________________                                    

When the downstream bridge chip has established a data stream betweenthe primary bus and a secondary bus master, the upstream cable decoderreceives a command code of "1000". This code represents a streamingsignal generated by the downstream chip to inform the upstream chip thata stream has been established. When the cable decoder receives thiscommand code, it asserts a cd₋₋ stream signal that tells the QPIF in theupstream device to continue the transaction. The cable decoder alsogenerates a cd₋₋ stream₋₋ next₋₋ data signal that instructs the upstreamchip to provide another piece of data to the secondary bus. The cd₋₋stream₋₋ next₋₋ data signal is asserted when cd₋₋ stream signal isasserted, the transaction is in the data phase (i.e., data₋₋ phase isasserted), and a next₋₋ data signal has been received from thedownstream chip through the cable interface (the next₋₋ data signalappears on one of the lines of the c2q₋₋ buff[3:0] signal, which, whenno stream is occurring, tells the queue block which downstream DCQbuffer is associated with the current transaction). The cd₋₋ stream₋₋next₋₋ data signal is deasserted when either the cd₋₋ stream signal isdeasserted or when a new request is received from the cable interface(i.e., c2q₋₋ new₋₋ req is asserted). Gates 2032 and 2034 are configuredto generate the cd₋₋ stream and cd₋₋ stream₋₋ next₋₋ data signals inthis way.

Posted Memory Write Queue

Referring to FIG. 59, the posted memory write queue (PMWQ) 140 is astorage element that contains all of the command information needed toexecute posted write transactions on the target bus. The PMWQ includes atag memory portion 2036 that holds information identifying eachtransaction, a data RAM 2038 that holds the write data associated witheach transaction in the PMWQ, and various control blocks to manage theflow of transactions into and out of the PMWQ. For each transaction inthe PMWQ, the tag memory 2036 maintains information such as the addressto be written to, the PCI command code (MW or MWI), an address paritybit, and "locked cycle" and "dual address cycle" indication bits, asshown in the following table. The tag memory 2036 also stores a pointerto the data RAM location of the data corresponding to each of thetransactions in the PMWQ.

    ______________________________________                                        Contents of PMWQ                                                              Field     Bits      Comments                                                  ______________________________________                                        Address   64        Upstream Transactions support Dual                                            Address Cycles                                            PCI Command                                                                             1         Memory Write 0111                                                             Memory Write and Invalidate 1111                                              (only necessary to store cbe[3])                          Byte Enables                                                                            0         Store BEs on every valid transfer                                             clock in the data RAM.                                    Parity    1/address Must store PAR with each transfer                                             along with 32-bit addr/data.                                        0         Must store data parity bits on every                                          valid data transfer in data RAM.                          Data      0         Stored in data RAM up to 8 cache lines                    Lock      1                                                                   DAC Indication                                                                          1         Indicates whether address is 32 or 64                                         bits                                                      ______________________________________                                    

Because the PCI Spec 2.1 requires posted memory write transactions to beexecuted in the order in which they are received, the tag memory 2036 isa circular FIFO device. The PMWQ, and therefore the tag memory 2036, canhandle up to four posted memory write transactions simultaneously.

The data RAM 2038 includes four data buffers 2042, 2044, 2046, and 2048,one for each transaction in the PMWQ. Each buffer can store up to eightcache lines, or 256 bytes, 20 of data (eight words per cache line). Foreach cache line in a buffer, the buffer stores eight data parity bits2040 (one per dword) and thirty-two enable bits 2050 (one per byte).

A cable interface block 2060 receives each transaction and thecorresponding data from the cable decoder and places the transaction inthe tag memory 2036. A queue interface block 2053 receives the data fromthe cable interface block 2060 and places it in the appropriate locationin the data RAM 2038. The queue interface 2053 also retrieves data fromthe data RAM 2038 and provides it to the QPIF when the QPIF is runningthe corresponding transaction on the PCI bus. An input pointer logicblock 2054 generates four input pointers, one for each buffer, that tellthe queue interface 2053 where to place the next word of data. A valid(output) pointer block 2056 generates four output pointers, one for eachbuffer, that indicate the position of the next word to be taken.

Referring also to FIG. 60, a valid flag logic block 2052 maintains aneight bit valid line register 2062 for each of the four buffers in thedata RAM 2038. The valid line register 2062 indicates which of the eightcache lines in each buffer contain valid data. When the last word in acache line has been filled with data (i.e., valid₋₋ pointer[2:0] equals"111" and cd₋₋ next₋₋ data is asserted, indicating that the word hasbeen filled), the corresponding bit in an eight bit cable valid signal(i.e., q0₋₋ cable₋₋ valid[7:0], q1₋₋ cable₋₋ valid[7:0], etc.) is set.The bit to be set is determined by the three most significant bits ofthe valid pointer (valid₋₋ pointer[5:3]), which indicate the cache linebeing filled. The corresponding bit in the cable valid signal also isset when a slot validation signal (validate₋₋ slot) is received from thecable decoder at the end of a transaction. The cable valid signal islatched into the valid line register 2062 corresponding to the selecteddata buffer at the rising edge of the first PCI clock cycle (CLK) afterthe last word is filled or the validate₋₋ slot signal is received.Otherwise, the valid line register maintains its current value. The bitsin the valid line registers 2062 are cleared when the corresponding bitsof an eight bit invalidate signal (i.e., q0₋₋ invalid[7:0], q1₋₋invalid[7:0], etc.) is asserted.

The valid flag logic block 2052 generates a pmwq₋₋ valid[3:0] signalthat indicates which, if any, of the four data buffers contains at leastone valid line of data. The valid block 2052 also generates a pmwq₋₋valid₋₋ lines[7:0] signal that indicates which of the eight cache linesof a selected data buffer are valid. A queue select signal from the QPIF(q2pif₋₋ queue₋₋ select[1:0]) is used to select which data buffer'svalid line register 2062 is used to generate the pmwq₋₋ valid₋₋lines[7:0] signal. When the queue block gains control of the bus to runa posted memory write cycle from a selected data buffer, the queue blocktransfers all data in each line whose corresponding bit is set in thepmwq₋₋ valid₋₋ lines[7:0] signal. Gates 2064, 2066, 2068, 2070, and2072, and flip-flop 2074 are arranged to set the values in the validline register 2062 for the first data buffer (q0₋₋ valid[7:0]). Similarcircuitry determines the contents of the valid registers for the otherthree data buffers. Multiplexer 2076 selects the value of the pmwq₋₋valid₋₋ lines[7:0] signal.

Referring now to FIG. 61, a full line logic block 2058 maintains aneight bit full line register 2078 for each of the four data buffers. Thecontents of each full line register 2078 indicate which of the eightcache lines in the corresponding data buffer are full. The bits in eachfull line register 2078 are set by an asynchronous next₋₋ full₋₋ line₋₋bit signal generated by full line state machine 2080, described below.When a queue selection signal from the QPIF (select₋₋ next₋₋ queue[3:0])selects one of the data buffers and the next₋₋ full₋₋ line₋₋ bit signalis asserted, the bit in the full line register 2078 corresponding to thecache line indicated by the three most significant bits of the validpointer (valid₋₋ pointer[5:3]) is set. A 3×8 decoder 2082 converts thethree bit valid pointer into an eight bit signal that determines whichbit to set. An eight bit full line signal (q0₋₋ full₋₋ line) isgenerated for each data buffer from the contents of the correspondingfull line register 2078. The full line signal indicates which lines inthe corresponding data buffer are full. The full line logic block 2058also generates a pmwq₋₋ full₋₋ line[7:0] signal that indicates whichcache lines of a selected data buffer are full. Multiplexer 2084 and theq2pif₋₋ queue₋₋ select[1:0] signal are used to generate the pmwq₋₋full₋₋ line[7:0] signal.

Referring also to FIG. 62, the full line state machine 2080 is placed inan IDLE state 2086 at reset. In the IDLE state 2086, the next₋₋ full₋₋line₋₋ bit is set to zero. When a transaction is placed in the PMWQ, thetransaction occurs in two phases, an address phase and a data phase.When the data phase begins (i.e., a clock₋₋ second₋₋ phase signal isasserted) and the valid pointer points to the first word in a cache line(valid₋₋ pointer[2:0]="000"), the state machine 2080 transitions to aDATA state 2088. In the data state, the next₋₋ full₋₋ line₋₋ bit signalis asserted only if the valid pointer points to the last word in thecache line (valid₋₋ pointer[2:0]="111"), the cd₋₋ next₋₋ data signal isasserted by the cable decoder (indicating that the last word was filledwith data), and the byte enable signal from the cable decoder (cd₋₋byte₋₋ en[3:0]) equals "0000". The state machine also transitions backto the IDLE state 2086 when these conditions occur. If these conditionsdo not occur before the transaction terminates (i.e., cd₋₋ complete isasserted), the next₋₋ full₋₋ line₋₋ bit signal remains deasserted andthe state machine 2080 transitions back to the IDLE state 2086. Thestate machine 2080 also transitions to the IDLE state 2086 withoutasserting the next₋₋ full₋₋ line₋₋ bit signal when the cd₋₋ byte₋₋en[3:0] signal takes on a value other than "0000".

Referring again to FIG. 59 and also to FIG. 63, the PMWQ normally mustterminate a transaction from the cable decoder when the data bufferreceiving the corresponding data is full. However, when the cabledecoder continues to send data after the buffer is full, an overflowlogic block 2090 allows the data to overflow into the next empty buffer.The overflow logic block 2090 maintains an overflow register 2092 thatindicates which, if any, of the four data buffers are being used asoverflow buffers. The contents of the overflow register 2092 are used toproduce a four bit overflow signal (pmwq₋₋ overflow[3:0]). When thetransaction is in the data phase (i.e., data₋₋ phase is asserted), thevalid pointer reaches the last word of a data buffer (i.e., valid₋₋pointer[5:0]="111111"), the cable decoder indicates that more data iscoming (i.e., cd₋₋ next₋₋ data is asserted), and the cable decoder hasnot indicated that the transaction is complete (i.e., cd₋₋ complete isnot asserted), the select₋₋ next₋₋ queue[3:0] signal, which points tothe recently filled data buffer, is used to set the overflow registerbit corresponding to the next data buffer. If the conditions are notmet, the overflow bit is cleared. Gates 2094 and 2095 are used inconjunction with the select₋₋ next₋₋ queue[3:0] signal to set and clearthe appropriate overflow register bits when these conditions are met.

A single transaction may continue to overflow into additional buffersuntil the last unused buffer is full. If more than one buffer is used asan overflow buffer, multiple overflow register bits will be set.Consecutive set bits in the overflow register indicate that a singletransaction has overflowed into more than one buffer. The overflow bitsare either set or cleared when the posted write transaction is placedinto the PMWQ. Also, if the QPIF begins to run the PMW transaction onthe target bus and empty the original buffer while the data is stillentering the PMWQ, the original buffer may be reused to continue theoverflow transaction. The overflow can continue until all of theavailable buffers are full.

Delayed Request Queue

Referring to FIG. 64, the DRQ 142 stores all of the information neededto complete delayed read request (DRR) and delayed write request (DWR)transactions on the target bus. The DRQ includes a queue memory 2100that holds information such as the address to be read from or writtento, the PCI command code, byte enables, address and data parity bits,"locked cycle" and "dual address cycle" indication bits, and the buffernumber of the delayed completion buffer reserved in the initiatingbridge chip for the completion information. The queue memory 2100 alsoholds up to thirty-two bits (one word) of data to be written to thetarget bus in a delayed write cycle. Because delayed write cycles neverinvolve more than one word of data, no data RAM is needed in the DRQ.The DRQ, and therefore the queue memory 2100, is capable of holding upto three delayed request transactions at once. A cable interface block2102 claims delayed request transactions from the cable decoder andplaces them into the queue memory 2100. The following table shows theinformation maintained in the DRQ queue memory.

    ______________________________________                                        Contents of DRQ                                                               Field    Bits        Comments                                                 ______________________________________                                        Address  64          Upstream Transactions support Dual                                            Address Cycles                                           PCI Command                                                                            4           I/O Read                                                                      I/O Write                                                                     Config Read                                                                   Config Write                                                                  Memory Read                                                                   Memory Read Line                                                              Memory Read Muitipie                                     Byte Enables                                                                           4           Byte Enables not necessary on MRL,                                            MRM                                                      Parity   1/address                                                                     1/data transfer                                                                           Send data par with delayed write                                              transactions                                             Data     32          Data queued on delayed write                                                  transactions.                                            Lock     1                                                                    DAC      1           Indicates whether address is 32 or                       Indication           64 bits                                                  Buff Num 3           Indicates DCQ buffer allocated for                                            completion data                                          ______________________________________                                    

Referring also to FIG. 65, a valid flag logic block 2104 determines whenthe DRQ has received all of the information necessary to run thetransactions in the queue memory 2100. When one of the DRQ slots isselected by a corresponding slot select signal (i.e., select₋₋ zero forthe first slot, select₋₋ one for the second slot, and select₋₋ two forthe third slot) and the slot is validated by a validate₋₋ slot signal,indicating that the cable decoder has finished delivering thetransaction to the DRQ, a valid signal corresponding to the slot (i.e.,q0₋₋ valid, q1₋₋ valid, or q2₋₋ valid) is asserted at the rising edge ofthe next PCI clock (CLK) cycle. If a slot is not selected and validatedby the validate₋₋ slot signal, the slot's valid signal is deasserted ifthe QPIF has selected the slot by asserting a DRQ select signal (q2pif₋₋drq₋₋ select) and identifying the slot (q2pif₋₋ queue₋₋ select=slotnumber) but has aborted the transaction by asserting a cycle abortsignal (q2pif₋₋ abort₋₋ cycle). The valid signal also is deasserted ifthe DRQ ends the transaction by asserting a cycle complete signal (e.g.,q0₋₋ cycle₋₋ complete) while the QPIF is waiting for more data (i.e.,q2pif₋₋ next₋₋ data is asserted). However, the cycle complete signal isignored if the QPIF is currently streaming data to the other bridge chip(i.e., q2pif₋₋ streaming is asserted). Otherwise, if the slot's validsignal is not specifically asserted or deasserted on a clock cycle, itretains its current value. The valid flag logic block 2104 alsogenerates a DRQ valid signal (drq₋₋ valid[3:0]) that indicates which, ifany, of the three DRQ slots contains a valid transaction, by combiningthe valid signals for each individual slot (i.e., drq₋₋ valid={0, q2₋₋valid, q1₋₋ valid, q0₋₋ valid}). Gates 2106, 2108, 2110, 2112, and 2114,multiplexers 2116 and 2118, and flip-flop 2120 are arranged to generatethe slot valid signals and the DRQ valid signals in this manner.

The DRQ also includes pointer logic blocks that maintain pointers to thememory locations from which data is to be read during a delayed readrequest transactions. When the address at which the delayed readtransaction will begin is loaded into the queue memory 2100, a validpointer logic block 2122 generates a six bit valid pointer thatindicates where the transaction will end. If the transaction involves asingle word (e.g., a memory read), the valid pointer logic 2122 sets thevalid pointer equal to the address loaded into the queue memory 2100.For a memory read line transaction, the valid pointer logic 2122 givesthe valid pointer a value of "000111", which indicates that the lastvalid piece of data is eight dwords (i.e., one cache line) beyond thestarting point. For a memory read multiple transaction, the validpointer is set to "111111", which indicates that the last valid piece ofdata is sixty-four dwords (i.e., eight cache lines) beyond the startingpoint. The valid pointer logic 2122 maintains one valid pointer for eachslot in the DRQ (valid₋₋ pointer₋₋ 0[5:0], valid₋₋ pointer₋₋ 1[5:0], andvalid₋₋ pointer₋₋ 2[5:0]). The location of the valid pointer is ignoredby the DRQ when it receives a streaming signal from the QPIF (q2pif₋₋streaming), as described in more detail below.

An output pointer logic block 2124 maintains three output pointers(output₋₋ pointer₋₋ 0[5:0], output₋₋ pointer₋₋ 1[5:0], and output₋₋pointer₋₋ 2[5:0]), one for each slot in the DRQ, that indicate the nextword of data to be read from memory and delivered to the other bridgechip. The pointer is incremented when the QPIF indicates that it isready to read the next piece of data (i.e., it asserts the q2pif₋₋next₋₋ data signal), once for every word read. Except in streamingsituations, a transaction is terminated (completed) when the outputpointer reaches the valid pointer. If a transaction terminates beforeall of the data is read (i.e., before the output pointer reaches theinput pointer), the QPIF will pick up at the location indicated by theoutput pointer when the transaction resumes. If the output pointer isincremented but the output pointer logic 2124 receives a stepback signal(q2pif₋₋ step₋₋ back), indicating that the transaction was terminated onthe PCI bus before the QPIF was able to read the last piece of data, theoutput pointer logic 2124 decrements the counter once so that the lastunread piece of data can be read when the transaction resumes. A queueinterface block 2126 provides transaction information and the valid andoutput pointers to the QPIF.

Delayed Completion Queue

Referring to FIG. 66, the DCQ 144 stores delayed completion messagescontaining the response of the target bus to each delayed request issuedon the initiating bus. Delayed completion messages corresponding todelayed read requests include the requested data, while delayedcompletion messages corresponding to delayed write requests include nodata. A cable interface block 2130 claims delayed completion messagesfrom the cable decoder and provides the delayed completion informationto a tag memory 2132. The DCQ, and therefore the tag memory 2132, iscapable of storing up to eight delayed completion messages at once. Thetag memory 2132 stores information such as the PCI command and theaddress contained in the original request leading to the delayedcompletion message, byte enable bits, address and data parity bits, and"locked cycle" and "dual address cycle" bits. For delayed writetransactions, which always involve only in a single word of data, thetag memory 2132 stores a copy of the written data. Each of the eightslots in the tag memory 2132 includes an implied pointer to one of eightcorresponding data buffers in a DCQ data RAM 2134. For delayed readtransactions, the returned data is stored in a corresponding data buffer2135a-h in the data RAM 2134. The following table shows the informationstored in the tag memory 2132 for each transaction held in the DCQ.

    ______________________________________                                        Contents of DCQ                                                               Field    Bits        Comments                                                 ______________________________________                                        Address  64          Upstream Transactions support Dual                                            Address Cycles                                           PCI Command                                                                            4           I/O Read                                                                      I/O Write                                                                     Config Read                                                                   Config Write                                                                  Memory Read                                                                   Memory Read Line                                                              Memory Read Multiple                                     Byte Enables                                                                           4           Byte Enables not necessary on MRL,                                            MRM                                                      Parity   1/data transfer                                                                           Send data par with delayed write                                              transactions                                             Data     32          Data queued on delayed write                                                  transactions.                                            Lock     1                                                                    DAC      1           Indicates whether address is 32 or                       Indication           64 bits                                                  ______________________________________                                    

Each of the eight data buffers in the DCQ data RAM 2134 may store up toeight cache lines (256 bytes) of delayed completion data. Therefore, thebuffers are large enough to store all completion data for even thelargest delayed request transactions (memory read multipletransactions). However, the capacity of each data buffer may be reducedto four cache lines by setting a configuration bit (cfg2q₋₋ eight₋₋line₋₋) in the bridge chip's configuration registers. Each data buffermay be filled by data provided in a single delayed completiontransaction, or if not all requested data is returned in a singledelayed completion transaction, by multiple delayed completiontransactions. However, each data buffer may contain data correspondingto only one original delayed request, regardless of how many delayedcompletion transactions it takes to provide the requested data.

A queue interface block 2136 controls the flow of completion data fromthe DCQ cable interface 2130 into the data RAM 2134 and out of the dataRAM 2134 to the QPIF. Three logic blocks generate pointers that governthe input and output of data stored in the eight data buffers. The firstblock, an input pointer logic block 2138, maintains a six bit inputpointer for each of the eight data buffers (in₋₋ pointer₋₋ 0[5:0], in₋₋pointer₋₋ 1[5:0], etc.). Each input pointer points to the location inthe corresponding data buffer to place the next word of data. The secondblock, an output pointer logic block 2140, maintains a six bit outputpointer for each of the eight buffers (out₋₋ pointer₋₋ 0[5:0], out₋₋pointer₋₋ 1[5:0], etc.). Each output pointer points to the location ofthe word of data immediately following the word last removed by theQPIF. The output pointer for a selected data buffer is incremented whenthe QPIF indicates that it is ready for the next piece of data (i.e,when q2pif₋₋ next₋₋ data is asserted). If the output pointer isincremented but the last piece of data does not reach the requestingdevice because the transaction was terminated by a device other than theQPIF, the QPIF asserts a stepback signal (q2pif₋₋ step₋₋ back) thatcauses the output pointer logic block 2140 to decrement the outputpointer by one word.

The third pointer block, a valid pointer logic block 2142, maintains foreach of the eight data buffers a six bit valid pointer (valid₋₋pointer₋₋ 0[5:0], valid₋₋ pointer₋₋ 1[5:0], etc.) that indicates thenext word of data in the corresponding data buffer that is available tothe QPIF. Because the PCI Spec 2.1 requires that read completion datanot be returned before an earlier-initiated posted memory writetransaction, delayed completion data placed into the DCQ while a postedmemory write is pending in the PMWQ cannot be made available to therequesting device until the posted memory write is completed on the PCIbus and removed from the PMWQ. Therefore, as long as anyearlier-enqueued posted memory write transactions remain in the PMWQ,the valid pointer must remain at its current position. Then, when allearlier-enqueued posted memory writes have been removed from the PMWQ,the valid pointer may be moved to the same position as the in pointer.When the PMWQ is empty, all delayed completion data is valid (i.e.,available to the requesting device) as soon as it is stored in the DCQ.

Referring also to FIGS. 67A and 67B, the valid pointer logic block 2142must ask the master cycle arbiter (MCA) to validate all delayedcompletion transactions that enter the delayed completion queue while aposted memory write is pending in the PMWQ. But because the MCA canenqueue no more than four delayed completion transactions at once, asdiscussed below, the valid pointer logic block 2142 may requestvalidation of no more than four delayed completion data buffers at once.The valid pointer logic block 2142 also must keep track of which fourdelayed completions transactions are enqueued in the MCA at any giventime. To do so, the valid pointer logic block 2142 maintains twofour-slot registers: a DCQ buffer number register 2144 and a validationrequest register 2146. The buffer number register 2144 maintains thethree-bit DCQ buffer number, as determined by the DCQ buffer numbersignal (cd₋₋ dcq₋₋ buff₋₋ num[2:0]) provided by the cable decoder, ofeach delayed completion transaction enqueued in the MCA. The validationrequest register 2146 maintains one transaction validation request bitfor each of the DCQ buffers whose numbers are stored in the four slots2148a-d of the buffer number register 2144. The request bit in each slot2150a-d of the validation request register 2146 is asserted if acorresponding delayed completion transaction is enqueued in the MCA. Thevalues of the bits in the four validation request slots 2150a-d areprovided together to the MCA as a four bit validation request signal(dcq₋₋ valid[3:0]).

When a delayed completion transaction is to be enqueued in the MCA, itscorresponding DCQ buffer number is loaded into one of the buffer numberslots 2148a-d by the cd₋₋ dcq₋₋ buff₋₋ num[2:0] signal. The slot 2148a-dto be loaded is selected by a two bit selection signal (next₋₋ valid₋₋select[1:0]). The value of the selection signal depends upon the valueof the dcq₋₋ valid[3:0] signal generated by the validation requestregister 2146 and look-up table 2152, the contents of which are shown inthe table below. The slot is loaded when it is selected by next₋₋valid₋₋ select[1:0], when the cable decoder has selected the DCQ and hascompleted the transaction (i.e., cd₋₋ dcq₋₋ select and cd₋₋ complete areasserted), and when at least one posted memory write transaction ispending in the PMWQ (i.e., pmwq₋₋ no₋₋ pmw is not asserted). Gates 2154,2156, 2158, 2160, and 2162 and 2×4 decoder 2164 are arranged to load thebuffer number register 2144 in this manner. Likewise, the correspondingbit in the validation request register 2146 is set by the output ofgates 2154, 2156, 2158, 2160, and 2162 and 2×4 decoder 2164.

    ______________________________________                                        Buffer number register slot selection                                         dcq.sub.-- valid[3:0]                                                                       next.sub.-- valid.sub.-- select[1:0]                                                         slot #                                           ______________________________________                                        xxx0          00             0                                                xx01          01             1                                                x011          10             2                                                0111          11             3                                                ______________________________________                                    

In response to the dcq₋₋ valid[3:0] signal, the MCA outputs a four bitDCQ run signal (mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq[3:0]) that indicates which of the DCQbuffers pointed to by the buffer number register may have its validpointer updated. The mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq[3:0] signal is provided to a validpointer update logic block 2166, along with the pmwq₋₋ no₋₋ pmw signaland the in pointers for each of the eight data buffers. If a postedmemory write transaction remains in the PMWQ after the MCA asserts oneof the mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq[3:0] bits (which will happen when a posted memorywrite transaction was enqueued after the delayed completion transactionwas enqueued but before the MCA asserted the corresponding mca₋₋ run₋₋dcq bit), the corresponding valid pointer is updated as long as no otherdelayed completion transactions corresponding to the same DCQ buffer arestill enqueued in the MCA. If a delayed completion transaction for thesame DCQ buffer is still enqueued in the MCA, the valid pointer may beupdated only when the mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq bit corresponding this transactionis asserted. On the other hand, as soon as the pmwq₋₋ no₋₋ pmw signal isdeasserted, all valid pointers are updated to match the corresponding inpointers regardless of whether delayed completions are still enqueued inthe MCA. When a mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq bit is asserted, the corresponding bitin the validation request register 2146 is cleared. Gates 2168, 2170,2172, 2174, and 2176 are arranged to clear the validation requestregister bits in this manner.

Referring again to FIG. 66, a hit logic block 2180 determines when adelayed request transaction from a requesting device on the PCI bus has"hit" one of the delayed completion messages in the DCQ. According tothe PCI Spec 2.1, the following attributes must be identical for adelayed completion to be matched with a request: address, PCI command,byte enables, address and data parity, data (if a write request), REQ64#(if a 64-bit data transaction), and LOCK# (if supported). When a requestis latched by the PCI slave, the QPIF retrieves the request information,sends it to the DCQ, and asserts a check cycle signal (q2pif₋₋ check₋₋cyc) that instructs the DCQ hit logic 2180 to compare the requestinformation to the delayed completion messages stored in the DCQ tagmemory 2132. The hit logic 2180 receives the sixty-four bit addresssignal (q2pif₋₋ addr[63:2]), the four bit PCI command signal (q2pif₋₋cmd[3:0]), the four enable bits (q2pif₋₋ byte₋₋ en[3:0]), the dualaddress cycle bit (q2pif₋₋ dac) (which corresponds to the PCI REQ64#signal), the lock bit (q2pif₋₋ lock) from the QPIF, and, if the requestis a write request, the data to be written (q2pif₋₋ data[31:0]). Thoughnot required by the PCI Spec 2.1, the QPIF also provides the slot number(q2pif₋₋ slot[2:0]) of the requesting device to enhance the queueblock's buffer flushing routine, described below. The hit logic 2180then compares each of these signals to the delayed completioninformation stored in the eight DCQ buffers. If all of the signals matchthe information of any of the delayed completion messages, the hit logic2180 identifies the buffer containing the matching completion message byasserting a corresponding bit in an eight bit hit signal (dcq₋₋hit[7:0]). When a hit occurs, the QPIF retrieves the completion messageand provides it to the requesting device and, if the request is a readrequest, begins removing the returned data from the corresponding databuffer in the data RAM 2134. If the request information does not matchthe completion information of any of the delayed completion messages inthe DCQ, the request has "missed" the DCQ and is stored in the nextavailable DCQ buffer and forwarded through the cable to the other bridgechip by the QPIF. A PCI device which initiates a request that misses theDCQ may have its REQ# line masked until its completion message isreturned, as described in more detail below.

The hit logic 2180 also interfaces with a multi-threaded masterdetection block 2182 to detect which PCI slots, if any, containmulti-threaded devices. Multi-threaded devices are capable ofmaintaining more than one delayed transaction at once and therefore mustbe treated specially. When a multi-threaded master is detected, acorresponding bit in the configuration registers is set to indicate thatthe device is able to sustain multiple outstanding delayed transactionsand therefore that its REQ# line should not be masked. Multi-threadedmaster detection is discussed in more detail below.

Another function of the DCQ is to determine when an opportunity tocreate a stream of read data between the primary and secondary PCI busesexists. A streaming opportunity exists when delayed completion data isbeing placed into the DCQ by the cable decoder while it is still beingplaced onto the target bus by the target device. If the PCI device thatinitiated the transaction resubmits its request while the target deviceis still placing data on the PCI bus, a read stream is established.Because read streaming is an efficient way to transfer data between theprimary and secondary PCI buses, the PCI bridge chip not only giveshigher priority in the bus arbitration process to a device whosecompletion data is arriving, it also will attempt to terminate anon-streaming transaction to improve the possibility that a stream willbe established. However, while in theory streaming can occur during anyread cycle, in practice it is likely to occur only during transactionsthat involve a large amount of data (i.e., memory read multipletransactions). Therefore, the queue block will attempt to terminatetransactions in favor of potential streaming opportunities only when thepotential streaming transaction is a memory read multiple transaction.

Referring also to FIG. 68, a stream logic block 2184 in the DCQdetermines whether a streaming opportunity exists and, if so, generatesthe signals required to support the stream. The stream logic block 2184generates the signals required to disconnect a current transaction infavor of a potential stream. When the cable decoder is placing a delayedcompletion transaction in the DCQ, the stream logic 2184 uses the DCQbuffer number signal provided by the cable decoder (cd₋₋ dcq₋₋ buff₋₋num) to retrieve the PCI command code stored in the corresponding DCQbuffer (q0₋₋ cmd[3:0], q1₋₋ cmd[3:1], etc.). If the command coderepresents a memory read multiple request (i.e., "1100"), the streamlogic 2184 asserts a disconnect-for-stream signal (dcq₋₋ disconnect₋₋for₋₋ stream) that instructs the QPIF and the PCI interface to terminatethe current transaction due to a potential streaming opportunity.Multiplexer 2186 and comparator 2188 are arranged to generate the dcq₋₋disconnect₋₋ for₋₋ stream signal. Then, as long as the cable decodercontinues to provide the completion data to the DCQ (i.e., the cd₋₋dcq₋₋ select signal remains asserted) and no posted memory writes appearin the PMWQ (i.e., pmwq₋₋ no₋₋ pmw remains asserted), the stream logic2184 provides a streaming request signal (q2a₋₋ stream) directly to thePCI arbiter. The stream logic 2184 also provides the slot number of thepotential streaming device (q2a₋₋ stream₋₋ master[2:0]) to the PCIarbiter by using the cd₋₋ dcq buff₋₋ num[2:0] signal to select the PCIslot number stored in the selected DCQ buffer (q0₋₋ master[2:0] for DCQbuffer zero 2135a, q1₋₋ master[2:0] for DCQ buffer one 2135b, etc.). ThePCI arbiter then elevates the bus arbitration priority of the potentialstreaming device, as discussed in more detail below. If the potentialstreaming master is not granted the bus before the streaming opportunitydisappears, its priority is returned to normal. Because the upstream bushas only one master device (the CPU), this feature is disabled in theupstream chip. Gate 2190 and multiplexer 2192 are arranged to generatethe q2a₋₋ stream and q2a₋₋ stream₋₋ master signals.

When a requesting device hits a delayed completion message stored in theDCQ, the corresponding bit of an eight bit hit signal (hit[7:0]) isasserted. The hit[7:0] signal indicates which of the eight DCQ bufferswas hit by the current request. When this happens, if the correspondingDCQ buffer contains data (i.e., dcq₋₋ no₋₋ data is not asserted), thestream logic 2180 latches the value of the hit signal for the durationof the transaction (i.e., as long as q2pif₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete isasserted). The latched version of the hit signal forms a "delayed" hitsignal (dly₋₋ hit[7:0]). When either the hit signal or the delayed hitsignal indicates that a DCQ buffer has been hit, a three bit DCQ streambuffer signal (dcq₋₋ stream₋₋ buff[2:0]) provides the buffer number ofthe hit DCQ buffer. Then, if the cable decoder places delayed completiondata into the buffer while the cycle that hit the buffer is in progress(i.e., cd₋₋ dcq₋₋ select is asserted and cd₋₋ dcq₋₋ buff₋₋ num[2:0]equals dcq₋₋ stream₋₋ buff[2:0]), the stream logic block 2180 asserts astream connect signal (dcq₋₋ stream₋₋ connect) that tells the QPIF thata stream has been established. The QPIF then informs the bridge chip onthe target bus that a stream has been established. If certain conditionsare met, the target QPIF will continue to stream until it is told tostop by the initiating QPIF, as discussed in more detail below. Gates2194 and 2196, multiplexers 2198 and 2200, and flip-flop 2202 arearranged to generate the delayed hit signal. Gates 2204, 2206, and 2208and encoder 2210 are arranged as shown to generate the dcq₋₋ stream₋₋connect and dcq₋₋ stream₋₋ buff[2:0] signals.

Referring again to FIG. 66, the DCQ will, under certain circumstances,automatically prefetch data from the target bus on behalf of a PCImaster in anticipation that the master will come back and request thedata. A prefetch logic block 2212 in the DCQ prefetches data when thereading master consumes all of the data in its DCQ buffer and theprefetch logic 2212 anticipates that the requesting device will returnwith a sequential read request (i.e., a request that picks up with datalocated at the next sequential location in memory). Because somedevices, such as multi-threaded masters, routinely read all of the datarequested in one transaction and then return with a different,non-sequential request, the prefetch logic 2212 includes predictioncircuitry that disables the prefetch capabilities for each device on thePCI bus until the device has shown a tendency to issue sequential readrequests. As soon as a device that has been receiving prefetched datareturns with a non-sequential read request, the prediction circuitrywill disable the prefetching function for that master.

Referring also to FIGS. 69A and 69B, the prefetch logic block 2212includes a prefetch prediction register 2214, the output of which is aneight bit prefetch enable signal (prefetch₋₋ set[7:0]) that governswhether the prefetch function is available for each of the devices onthe PCI bus. All bits in the prefetch enable signal are cleared at reset(RST) and when the QPIF orders a general flush of all of the DCQregisters (i.e., general₋₋ flush is asserted and q2pif₋₋ slot[2:0]equals "000"). The general₋₋ flush signal is discussed in more detailbelow. Gates 2216 and 2218 generate the signal that resets theprefetch₋₋ set bits.

An individual bit in the prefetch enable signal is set when thecorresponding PCI slot is selected by the q2pif₋₋ slot signal and thefollowing conditions occur: the requesting device hits a delayedcompletion buffer in the DCQ (i.e., one of the bits in the cycle₋₋hit[7:0] signal is asserted), the current transaction is a memory readline or memory read multiple cycle (i.e., q2pif₋₋ cmd[3:0] equals "1100"or "11110"), the QPIF has indicated that the cycle is complete (i.e.,q2pif₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete is asserted), and the last word of data was takenfrom the DCQ buffer (i.e., last₋₋ word is asserted). Gates 2220, 2222,2224 and 2228a-h and decoder 2226 are arranged to set the predictionbits in this manner. The last₋₋ word signal is asserted by the prefetchlogic 2212 when the requesting device tries to read past the end of theDCQ buffer. This occurs when the out pointer and in pointer are equal,indicating that the end of the DCQ buffer has been reached (i.e., for afour cache line buffer, out₋₋ pointer₋₋ x[4:0] equals valid pointer₋₋x[4:0] or, for an eight cache line buffer, out₋₋ pointer₋₋ x[5:0] equalsvalid₋₋ pointer₋₋ x[5:0]) and when the requesting device tries to readanother piece of data (i.e., q2pif₋₋ next₋₋ data is asserted). Gates2230, 2232, and 2234 are arranged to generate the last₋₋ word signal.

An individual bit in the prefetch enable signal is cleared when thecorresponding PCI slot is selected and either a PCI flush conditionoccurs (p2q₋₋ flush is asserted), the QPIF tells the DCQ to step backthe buffer's valid pointer (q2p₋₋ step₋₋ back is asserted), or therequesting device initiates a transaction that misses all of the DCQbuffers (q2pif₋₋ check₋₋ cyc is asserted and dcq₋₋ hit is deasserted).Gates 2236, 2238, and 2240a-h and decoder 2226 are arranged to clear theprediction enable bits in this manner.

When the prefetching function is enabled for a device on the PCI bus,the prefetch logic 2212 can generate two types of prefetch signals forthe device: a prefetch line signal (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋ line) and aprefetch multiple signal (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋ mul). The prefetch linesignal is generated when the current PCI command from the requestingdevice is a memory read line signal, and the prefetch multiple signal isgenerated when the current PCI command is a memory read multiple signal.In either case, the corresponding prefetch signal is generated when thefollowing conditions occur: the prefetch₋₋ set bit for the requestingPCI slot is set; a corresponding prefetch enable bit in theconfiguration registers is set (cfg2q₋₋ auto₋₋ prefetch₋₋ enable); theDRQ in the upstream chip is not full (!tc₋₋ dc₋₋ full); the DCQ bufferhas room for the corresponding amount of prefetch data (!dcq₋₋ no₋₋prefetch₋₋ room); the current cycle hit the DCQ buffer; and therequesting master has tried to read past the end of the DCQ buffer(last₋₋ word and q2pif₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete). Gates 2242, 2244, 2246, 2248,2250, and 2252, decoder 2254, and multiplexers 2256 and 2258 arearranged to generate the prefetch signals in this manner.

When the prefetch logic 2212 generates a prefetch signal, it generates acorresponding prefetch address signal (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋ addr[63:2]) byconcatenating the upper fifty-seven bits of the address stored in thecorresponding DCQ buffer (q0₋₋ addr[63:7] for buffer zero, q1₋₋addr[63:7] for buffer one, etc.) with the lower five bits of thebuffer's output pointer (out₋₋ pointer₋₋ 0[4:0], etc.). A dual addresscycle signal (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋ dac) indicates whether the prefetchtransaction is a dual or single address cycle. The dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋cycle signal takes on the value of the dual address bit stored in theDCQ buffer (q0₋₋ dac, q1₋₋ dac, etc.). For both the prefetch address anddual address cycle signals, the appropriate value is output from amultiplexer 2260 or 2262 and selected by the three bit DCQ buffer numbersignal indicating which DCQ buffer was hit by the current request.

Referring again to FIG. 66, each DCQ data buffer has several possiblestates, each of which is determined by a buffer state logic block 2264in the DCQ. The following are the possible buffer states.

1. Empty. Available for allocation. A buffer is Empty after power up andafter it is flushed.

2. Complete. The buffer contains completion information for a delayedcompletion from a real delayed request from a device on the PCI bus(i.e., not a prefetch request). The PCI device has not yet reconnectedand taken data from the buffer. The delayed completion transaction iscomplete.

3. Prefetch. The buffer contains completion data for a prefetch requestor requested data that was left in the buffer after the requestingmaster disconnected from the buffer. All of the completion data hasarrived from the target.

4. PartComplete. The buffer is reserved for and may contain completioninformation for a real delayed request (i.e., not a prefetch request).The master has not yet reconnected and taken data from the buffer, andnot all of the completion information has arrived from the target.

5. PartPrefetch. The buffer is reserved for or contains completioninformation for a prefetch request, or the buffer contains requesteddata that was left in the buffer after the requesting masterdisconnected from the buffer. Not all of the completion information hasarrived from the target.

6. Discard. The buffer was flushed while in the PartPrefetch state, butthe last completion data has not yet arrived from the target. The bufferis placed in the Discard state to prevent it from being used until thetransaction completes on the target bus and the last data arrives.

When the QPIF requests a DCQ buffer for a delayed request transaction,the buffer state logic 2264 allocates the buffers in the followingorder. If no buffer is in the Empty state or Prefetch state, therequesting master must be retried.

    ______________________________________                                        DCQ Buffer Allocation                                                         Buffer Number  Buffer State                                                   ______________________________________                                        Q0             Empty                                                          Q1             Empty                                                          Q2             Empty                                                          Q3             Empty                                                          Q4             Empty                                                          Q5             Empty                                                          Q6             Empty                                                          Q7             Empty                                                          Q0             Prefetch                                                       Q1             Prefetch                                                       Q2             Prefetch                                                       Q3             Prefetch                                                       Q4             Prefetch                                                       QS             Prefetch                                                       Q6             Prefetch                                                       Q7             Prefetch                                                       ______________________________________                                    

When a device on the PCI bus initiates a delayed read request and a DCQcompletion buffer is set aside, the buffer state logic 2264 changes thebuffer's state to PartComplete. If the DCQ initiates a prefetch read,the buffer state is changed to PartPrefetch. When the last piece ofcompletion data arrives, the buffer's state is changed from PartCompleteor PartPrefetch to Complete or Prefetch, respectively. When therequesting device resubmits a retried read request and hits the buffer,any valid completion data is given to the master if the buffer is in theComplete, Prefetch, PartComplete, or PartPrefetch state. If the masterdoes not take all of the data before disconnecting, the buffer's stateis changed to Prefetch or PartPrefetch to indicate that the unclaimeddata is considered to be prefetch data. If the master takes the lastpiece of data when the buffer is in the Complete or Prefetch state, thebuffer's state is changed to Empty.

If a flush signal is received while a buffer is in the Prefetch state,the prefetch data in the buffer is discarded and the buffer state ischanged to Empty. If a flush event occurs while the buffer is in thePartPrefetch state and completion data is still arriving, the buffer ischanged to the Discard state until all of the prefetch data arrives.When the transaction is complete, the prefetch data is discarded and thebuffer state is changed to Empty. If the buffer is in the Complete orPartComplete state when a flush signal is received, the completion datais left in the buffer and the buffer state remains unchanged. If theflush signal occurs because the corresponding PCI device has issued anew request (i.e., a request that is not currently enqueued and that"misses" all of the completion buffers), as discussed below, the DCQallocates a new buffer for the transaction, as discussed above.Therefore, a PCI device may have more than one completion bufferallocated. Multiple buffers may be allocated to a PCI device when thedevice has a buffer containing or awaiting completion data (i.e., thebuffer is in the Complete or PartComplete state) and the device issues anew request. Because multi-threaded devices are the only devices thatcan maintain multiple transactions at once, only multi-threaded devicescan have multiple completion buffers reserved simultaneously.

Master Cycle Arbiter

The Master Cycle Arbiter (MCA) determines the execution order of postedmemory write and delayed request transactions while maintaining theordering constraints between posted memory write, delayed request, anddelayed completion cycles set forth in the PCI Spec 2.1. According tothe PCI Spec 2.1, the MCA must guarantee that executed cycles maintainstrong write ordering and that no deadlocks occur. To ensure that nodeadlocks will occur, posted memory write cycles must be allowed to passearlier enqueued delayed request cycles, and to maintain the requiredordering constraints, delayed request cycles and delayed completioncycles must never be allowed to pass earlier-enqueued posted memorywrite cycles.

Referring to FIG. 70, the MCA uses two transaction queues, a transactionrun queue (TRQ) (or transaction execution queue) 2270 and a transactionorder queue (TOQ) 2272, to manage cycles enqueued in the PMWQ, DRQ, andDCQ. An MCA control block 2274 receives transactions from the PMWQ, DRQ,and DCQ in the form of four bit validation request signals (pmwq₋₋valid[3:0], drq₋₋ valid[3:0], and dcq₋₋ valid[3:0]) and outputs runcommands in the form of four bit run signals (mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmwq[3:0],mca₋₋ run₋₋ drq[3:0], and mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq[3:0]). The transactions aremoved into and out of the TRQ 2270 and TOQ 2272 by a TRQ control block2276 and a TOQ control block 2278, respectively.

Referring also to FIG. 71, the TRQ 2270 is the queue from which the MCAdetermines the transaction execution order. Transactions in the TRQ 2270can be executed in any order without violating the transaction orderingrules, but once a posted memory write cycle is placed in the TRQ 2270,no other cycle can be placed in the TRQ 2270 until the posted memorywrite is removed. Transactions in the TRQ 270 are tried in circularorder and generally are completed in the order they were received.However, if a transaction in the TRQ 2270 is retried on the PCI bus, theMCA may select the next transaction in the TRQ 2270 to be tried on thePCI bus. Because delayed completion transactions are slave cycles ratherthan master cycles, they are never placed in the TRQ 2270. Furthermore,because delayed completion information may be made available to therequesting device as soon as it enters the DCQ if no posted memory writecycles are pending in the PMWQ, delayed completion transactions areplaced in the TOQ 2272 only when a posted memory write cycle is pendingin the TRQ 2270, as discussed in more detail below.

The TRQ 2270 is a circular queue that holds up to four transactions atonce. Because the MCA must always be able to run at least one postedmemory write transaction to preserve the required ordering constraints,the TRQ 2270 can never hold more than three delayed request transactionsat once. Furthermore the TRQ can hold only one posted write transactionat a time because posted writes cannot be passed by any later-initiatedtransaction, including other posted writes. Each slot 2280a-d in the TRQ2270 contains three bits of information: a one bit cycle type indicator2282 (which equals "1" for posted memory write transactions and "0" fordelayed request transactions), and a two bit valid pointer 2284, thefour possible values of which identify which of the buffers in the PMWQor the DRQ the enqueued transactions occupy. The TRQ 2270 also includesan input/output enable block 2286 that determines when a transaction maybe moved into or out of the TRQ 2270, an input logic block 2288 thatcontrols the placement of a transaction into the TRQ 2270, and an outputlogic block 2290 that controls removal of a transaction from the TRQ2270. These logic blocks contain standard queue management circuitry.

A circular input pointer 2292 selects the next available slot forplacement of an incoming transaction. The input pointer is circular tomaintain, as much as possible, historical order of the incomingtransactions.

A circular output pointer 2294 arbitrates between the transactions inthe TRQ 2270 and determines their order of execution. The output pointer2294 always begins with the top slot 2286a in the TRQ 2270 at startupand progresses circularly through the TRQ 2270. The output pointer 2294may be configured to operate in either infinite retry or zero retry modeby setting or clearing, respectively, an infinite retry bit in theconfiguration registers (cfg2q₋₋ infretry). In infinite retry mode, theoutput pointer 2294 remains on a transaction until the transaction isrun successfully on the PCI bus. In zero retry mode, the output pointer2294 is incremented each time a transaction is tried on the bus (i.e.,q2pif₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete was asserted on the previous PCI clock cycle),regardless of whether the transaction completes successfully or isretried. Because the PCI Spec 2.1 mandates that posted memory writetransactions be allowed to bypass delayed request transactions, theoutput pointer 2294 in at least one of the bridge chips must beconfigured to operate in zero retry mode. Here, the downstream chipalways is configured to operate in zero retry mode. Alternatively, theoutput pointer may be configured to operate in finite retry mode, inwhich each transaction may be attempted on the PCI bus a predeterminednumber (e.g., three) of times before the output pointer increments. Boththe upstream and downstream chips can be configured to operate in finiteretry mode with violating the ordering constraints of the PCI Spec 2.1.In any case, the output pointer tries to maintain the historical orderof transactions stored in the TRQ 2270, incrementing only when atransaction cannot be completed successfully on the target PCI bus.

When a posted memory write or delayed request cycle is popped out of theTOQ 2272 (new₋₋ toq₋₋ cycle is asserted), as discussed below, or whenthe TOQ 2272 is not enabled (!toq₋₋ enabled) and a new cycle is receivedby the MCA (new₋₋ valid₋₋ set), the cycle type bit and valid bits forthe new cycle are loaded into the next empty slot in the TRQ. If thecycle is coming from the TOQ 2272, the valid bits and cycle type bit areprovided by TOQ valid and cycle type signals (toq₋₋ valid[1:0] and toq₋₋cyctype[0]), respectively. Otherwise, the new cycle information isprovided by MCA valid and cycle type signals (d₋₋ valido[1:0] and d₋₋cyctype[0]). Gates 2296 and 2298 and multiplexers 2300 and 2302 arearranged to control the selection of cycles to be loaded into the TRQ2270. When a cycle is successfully run on the PCI bus, the cycle isremoved from the transaction order queue and its cycle type bit andvalid bits are provided to the MCA control block 2274 as TRQ cycle typeand valid signals (trq₋₋ cyctype[0] and trq₋₋ valido[1:0]),respectively.

The TRQ control block 2276 generates a trq₋₋ pmw₋₋ signal that indicateswhen a posted memory write transaction is enqueued in the TRQ 2270. Whenthis signal is asserted, subsequently issued delayed request and delayedcompletion transactions must be enqueued in the TOQ 2272, as discussedbelow. The trq₋₋ pmw signal is asserted when the MCA control block 2274has instructed the TRQ 2270 to enqueue a new posted memory write cycle(trq₋₋ slot₋₋ valid₋₋ set does not equal "0000" and d₋₋ trq₋₋ cyctypeequals "1"), or, alternatively, when any of the TRQ slots 2280a-dcontains a cycle (trq₋₋ slot₋₋ valid[3:0] does not equal "0000"), atleast one of the cycles is a posted memory write cycle (trq₋₋ cyctypeequals "1"), and the posted memory write cycle has not been cleared fromthe corresponding slot 2280a-d (!trq₋₋ slot₋₋ valid₋₋ rst[3:0]). Gates2304, 2306, 2308, 2310, and 2312 are arranged to generate the trq₋₋ pmwsignal in this manner.

Referring now to FIG. 72, the TOQ 2272 is a first-in-first-out (FIFO)queue that retains the historical order of 10 transactions received bythe bridge after a posted memory write transaction is placed in the TRQ2270. Because all transactions must wait for earlier-issued postedmemory writes to run, all transactions including posted memory write,delayed request, and delayed completion transactions, are placed in theTOQ 2270 when a posted memory write is enqueued in the TRQ 2270.Transactions in the TOQ 2272 must remain in the TOQ 2272 until theposted memory write transaction is removed from the TRQ 2270.

The TOQ 2270, which has eight slots 2314a-h, can hold up to three postedmemory write transactions (the fourth will be stored in the TRQ 2270),three delayed request transactions, and four delayed completiontransactions. Each of the slots 2314a-h in the TOQ 2272 contains twocycle type bits 2316 that identify the corresponding transaction ("01"is a posted memory write, "00" is a delayed request, and "1x" is adelayed completion) and two valid bits 2318 that identify which of thebuffers in the PMWQ, DRQ, and DCQ the corresponding transactionoccupies. The TOQ 2272 also includes standard input and output logicblocks 2320 and 2322, which control the movement of transactions intoand out of the TOQ 2272.

The positions at which transactions are placed into and removed from theTOQ 2272 are determined by a three bit input counter 2326 (inputr[2:0])and a three bit output counter 2324 (outputr[2:0]), respectively. Bothcounters begin at the first slot 2314a in the TOQ 2272 and incrementthrough the queue as transactions are entered into and removed from thequeue. The input counter 2326 increments on the rising edge of every PCIclock cycle at which the TOQ 2272 is enabled (toq₋₋ enabled is asserted)and the MCA control block 2274 provides a new cycle to the TOQ 2272(new₋₋ valid₋₋ set is asserted). The valid bits and cycle type bits foreach new cycle are provided by the MCA valid and cycle type signals (d₋₋valido[1:0] and d₋₋ cyctype[1:0]). The output counter 2324 increments onthe rising edge of each PCI clock cycle at which the MCA control block2274 instructs the TOQ 2272 to move to the next cycle (next₋₋ toq₋₋cycle is asserted) and the TOQ 2272 is not empty (i.e., inputr[2:0] doesnot equal outputr[2:0]). Cycles exiting the TOQ 2272 are represented byTOQ valid and cycletype signals (toq₋₋ valido[1:0] and toq₋₋cyctypeo[1:0]). Gates 2328 and 2330 and comparator 2332 are arranged toproperly clock the input pointer 2326 and output pointer 2324.

When a delayed request transaction or posted memory write transaction ispopped out of the TOQ 2272, the transaction is placed in the TRQ 2270 toawait arbitration. But because delayed completion transactions aretarget transactions and not master transactions, delayed completions arenot placed in the TRQ 2270. Instead, delayed completions are simplypopped out of the TOQ 2272 and used to validate the corresponding datain the DCQ data buffers. However, as long as a posted memory writetransaction is enqueued in the TRQ 2270, all delayed completions must beplaced in the TOQ 2272, even when two or more delayed completionscorrespond to the same delayed request and therefore the same delayedcompletion buffer, as described above.

Referring to FIGS. 73A through 73D, the MCA control block 2274 controlsthe flow of transactions through the MCA. As discussed above, the PMWQ,DRQ, and DCQ request validation of transactions held in the queues byproviding four bit validation signals pmwq₋₋ valid[3:0], drq₋₋valid[3:0], and dcq₋₋ valid[3:0], respectively, to the MCA. Among thesesignals, only one bit can change during each clock pulse since only asingle new transaction can be placed into the queue block on each clockpulse. Therefore, the MCA control block identifies new validationrequests by watching for the changing bits in the pmwq₋₋ valid, drq₋₋valid, and dcq₋₋ valid signals. To do so, the MCA control block latchesand inverts each signal at the rising edge of every PCI clock to createa delayed, inverted signal and compares the delayed, inverted signal tothe current signal (i.e., the signal at the next clock pulse). Sinceonly a newly changed bit will have the same value as its delayed andinverted counterpart, the MCA control block is able to detect which bitchanged. Using flip-flops 2340, 2342, and 2344 and gates 2346, 2348, and2350, the MCA controller generates new₋₋ pmwq₋₋ valid[3:0], new₋₋ drq₋₋valid[3:0], and new₋₋ dcq₋₋ valid[3:0] signals which, at each clockpulse, together identify whether the PMWQ, DRQ, or DCQ, if any,submitted a new transaction for validation and which buffer in thecorresponding queue contains the new transaction. Referring also to FIG.74, the MCA control block uses a look-up table 2352 to convert thetwelve bits of the new₋₋ pmwq₋₋ valid, new₋₋ drq₋₋ valid, and new₋₋dcq₋₋ valid signals into the two bit d₋₋ valid[1:0] and d₋₋ cyctype[1:0]signals provided to the TRQ and TOQ, as discussed above.

The MCA controller enables the TOQ by latching the toq₋₋ enabled signalto a value of "1" when either the trq₋₋ pmw is asserted, indicating thata posted memory write cycle is enqueued in the TRQ, or when the toq₋₋enable signal already is asserted and the TOQ is not empty (!toq₋₋empty). Gates 2354 and 2356 and flip-flop 2358 are arranged to generatetoq₋₋ enabled in this manner.

The MCA control block asserts the new₋₋ toq₋₋ cycle signal, whichinstructs the TRQ to enqueue the cycle being popped out of the TOQ, whenthere was not a posted memory write cycle in the TRQ during the previousclock cycle (!s1₋₋ trq₋₋ pmw), when the TOQ is not empty (!toq₋₋ empty),and when the cycle being popped out of the TOQ is not a delayedcompletion transaction (!(toq₋₋ cyctypeo[1]="DC")). The MCA controlleruses gate 2360 to generate the new₋₋ toq₋₋ cycle signal.

The next₋₋ toq₋₋ cycle signal, which is used to increment the TOQ outputcounter to the next cycle in the TOQ, is asserted when the TOQ is notempty (!toq₋₋ empty) and either when no posted memory write cyclescurrently are enqueued in the TRQ (!trq₋₋ pmw) and the next cycle in theTOQ is a delayed completion (toq₋₋ cyctype[1]="DC") or when the next TOQcycle is a posted memory write or delayed request transaction (!(toq₋₋cyctype[1]="DC")) and there were no posted memory write transactionsduring the previous clock cycle (!s1₋₋ trq₋₋ pmw). The control blockuses gates 2362, 2364, 2366, and 2368 to generate the next₋₋ toq₋₋ cyclesignal.

The MCA controller generates the mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq[3:0] signal to indicatethat a delayed completion transaction has been popped out of the TOQ.When the TRQ contains no posted memory write cycles (!trq₋₋ pmw), theTOQ is not empty (!toq₋₋ empty), and the TOQ cycle is a delayedcompletion (toq₋₋ cyctype[1]="DC"), the mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq[3:0] signaltakes on the value of the decoded toq₋₋ valido[1:0] signal, discussedabove. Otherwise, the mca₋₋ run₋₋ dcq[3:0] signal equals "0000". Gate2370, decoder 2372, and multiplexer 2374 are arranged to generate mca₋₋run₋₋ dcq[3:0] in this manner.

The MCA control block generates new₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] and new₋₋mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signals to indicate that it has a new delayedrequest transaction and a posted memory write transaction, respectively,to be enqueued. The new₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] signal takes on the valueof the 2×4 decoded d₋₋ valido[1:0] signal, discussed above, when the newcycle is a delayed request cycle (d₋₋ cyctype[0]="DR"). Otherwise, allbits of the new₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr signal are set to zero. Likewise, thenew₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signal takes on the value of the 2×4 decodedd₋₋ valido[1:0] signal when the new cycle is a posted memory writetransaction and is set to "0000" otherwise. Decoders 2376 and 2380 andmultiplexers 2378 and 2382 are arranged to generate the new₋₋ mca₋₋run₋₋ dr and new₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw signals in this manner.

The MCA controller generates toq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] and toq₋₋ mca₋₋run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signals to indicate when a new delayed requesttransaction or posted memory write transaction, respectively, has poppedout of the TOQ. The toq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] signal takes on the valueof the 2×4 decoded toq₋₋ valido[1:0] signal when a delayed request cycleis popped out of the TOQ and a value of "0000" otherwise. Likewise, thetoq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signal takes on the value of the 2×4 decodedtoq₋₋ valido[1:0] signal when a posted memory write cycle pops out ofthe TOQ and a value of "0000" otherwise. Decoders 2384 and 2388 andmultiplexers 2386 and 2390 are used to generate the toq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ drand toq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw signals in this manner.

The MCA controller generates trq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] and trq₋₋ mca₋₋run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signals to indicate when a new delayed requesttransaction or posted memory write transaction, respectively, has wonthe arbitration in the TRQ and is ready to be run on the PCI bus. Thetrq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] signal takes on the value of the 2×4 decodedtrq₋₋ valido[1:0] signal when a delayed request cycle has won thearbitration and the TRQ is not empty. The trq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0]takes on a value of "0000" otherwise. Likewise, the trq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋pmw[3:0] signal takes on the value of the 2×4 decoded trq₋₋ valido[1:0]signal when a posted memory write cycle has won the arbitration and theTRQ is not empty. The trq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signal is set to avalue of "0000" otherwise. Gates 2392 and 2398, decoders 2394 and 2400,and multiplexers 2396 and 2402 are used to generate the trq₋₋ mca₋₋run₋₋ dr and trq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw signals in this manner.

When the TRQ is empty, the MCA may issue a request to run the nexttransaction in the TOQ while the transaction is being placed in the TRQ.When both the TRQ and the TOQ are empty, transactions may begin to runeven before they have been enqueued into TRQ. Therefore, the MCA controlblock includes logic that determines when the new₋₋ mca₋₋ run or toq₋₋mca₋₋ run signals may be used asynchronously to indicate that atransaction may be tried on the PCI bus. By converting the new₋₋ mca₋₋run and toq₋₋ mca₋₋ run signals into asynchronous run signals, the MCAcontroller saves a PCI clock wait state. When the new₋₋ valid₋₋ setsignal is asserted by the MCA control block and the TOQ is not enabled(!toq₋₋ enabled), the async₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] and async₋₋ mca₋₋run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signals take on the values of the new₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋dr[3:0] and new₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signals, respectively. Otherwise,the asynchronous run signals take on the values of the toq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋dr[3:0] and toq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signals. The MCA controller usesgate 2404 and multiplexers 2406 and 2408 to generate the asychronous runsignals.

When a PCI bus master has completed a transaction (s1₋₋ q2pif₋₋ cyc₋₋complete is asserted), the TRQ is not empty (!trq₋₋ empty) and isconfigured for operation in the zero retry mode (!cfg2q₋₋ infretry), andeither a new transaction has popped out of the TOQ (new₋₋ toq₋₋ cycle)or the TOQ is not enabled (!toq₋₋ enabled) and the MCA has received anew cycle to be validated (new₋₋ valid₋₋ set), the MCA cannot select acycle to run on the PCI bus, so both the mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] and mca₋₋run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signals are set to "0000". Otherwise, if the TRQ is empty(trq₋₋ empty) and either a new transaction has popped out of the TOQ(new₋₋ toq₋₋ cycle) or the TOQ is not enabled (!toq₋₋ enabled) and theMCA has received a new cycle to be validated (new₋₋ valid₋₋ set), thenthe mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] and mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signals take on thevalue of the asynchronous run signals, async₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0] andasync₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0], respectively. Otherwise, the mca₋₋ run₋₋dr[3:0] signal takes on the value of the trq₋₋ mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr[3:0]signal and the mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signal takes on the value of thetrq₋₋ run₋₋ pmw[3:0] signal ANDed with validation request signal fromthe PMWQ (pmwq₋₋ valid[3:0]). Gates 2410, 2412, 2414, 2416, and 2418 andmultiplexers 2420, 2422, 2424, and 2426 are arranged to generate the MCArun signals in this manner.

The Queue-Block-To-PCI-Interface (QPIF)

Referring again to FIG. 4 and to FIG. 75, the QPIF 148 governs the flowof transactions between the queue block 127 and the PCI bus 32. The QPIF148 also delivers transactions initiated on the PCI bus 32 to the cableinterface 130. The QPIF 148 operates in two modes: master mode and slavemode. In the master mode, the QPIF 148 has control of the PCI bus andtherefore executes transactions intended for target devices on the bus.A master state machine 2500 in the QPIF 148 retrieves transactions fromthe PMWQ and DRQ and executes them on the PCI bus when the QPIF is inthe master mode. In the slave mode, the QPIF 148 receives transactionsinitiated by a device on the PCI bus and either provides the requestedinformation to the initiating device (if the information is available)or retries the initiating device (if the transaction is a delayedrequest) and forwards the transaction to the upstream chip. Thetransaction also is retried if the corresponding one of the transactioncounters 159 indicates that the other bridge chip is full, as discussedabove. A slave state machine 2502 receives an incoming transaction fromthe PCI bus and then checks the DCQ for a corresponding completionmessage and/or forwards the transaction to a cable message generator2504, which in turn forwards the transaction through the cable to theupstream bridge chip.

Referring also to FIGS. 76A and 76B, the QPIF includes address and datalatching logic 2506 that latches the incoming address phase and dataphase information associated with each transaction initiated by a deviceon the PCI bus. The QPIF slave state machine 2502 controls operation ofthe address and data latching logic 2506. When a new transactioninitiated on the PCI bus is intended for the QPIF, the slave statemachine 2502 asserts an address phase latching signal (reg₋₋ latch₋₋first₋₋ request) indicating that the address phase information should belatched from the PCI bus. At the next falling edge of the PCI clocksignal, the assertion of the reg₋₋ latch₋₋ first₋₋ request signal causesa delayed address phase latching signal (dly₋₋ reg₋₋ latch₋₋ first₋₋request) to be asserted. When both the original and the delayed addressphase latching signals are asserted, the latching logic 2506 generates afirst latching signal (latch1). Flip-flop 2508 and gate 2510 arearranged to generate the first latching signal in this manner.

The latching logic 2506 loads the address phase information from the PCIbus (via the PCI interface) into three address phase registers when thefirst latching signal is asserted. The first register is a thirty-bitaddress register 2512 that indicates the starting address of the currenttransaction. When the first latching signal is asserted, the addresssignal from the PCI interface (p2q₋₋ ad[31:2]) is loaded into theaddress register 2512. The address register 2512 outputs the addresssignal used by the QPIF (q2pif₋₋ addr[31:2]). The second register is afour bit command register 2514 that receives the PCI command code fromthe PCI bus (p2q₋₋ cmd[3:0]) and outputs the QPIF command signal(q2pif₋₋ cmd[3:0]). The third register is a three bit slot selectionregister 2516 that receives the p2q₋₋ slot[2:0] signal indicating whichPCI device is the current bus master and outputs the QPIF slot selectionsignal (q2pif₋₋ slot[2:0]).

When the address phase of the PCI transaction ends, the slave statemachine 2502 asserts a data phase latching signal (reg₋₋ latch₋₋second₋₋ request) indicating that the data phase information should belatched from the PCI bus. At the next falling edge of the PCI clocksignal, the asserted reg₋₋ latch₋₋ first₋₋ request signal causes adelayed data phase latching signal (dly₋₋ reg₋₋ latch₋₋ second₋₋request) to be asserted. When both the original and the delayed dataphase latching signals are asserted, the latching logic 2506 generates asecond latching signal (latch2). Flip-flop 2518 and gate 2520 arearranged to generate the second latching signal in this manner.

The latching logic 2506 then loads the data phase information from thePCI bus (via the PCI interface) into three data phase registers when thesecond latching signal is asserted. The first data phase register is athirty-two bit data register 2522 that receives the data associated withthe current transaction on the PCI address/data lines (p2q₋₋ ad[31:0])and outputs the QPIF data signal (q2pif₋₋ data[31:0]). The second dataphase register is a four bit enable register 2524 that receives enablebits from the PCI bus (p2q₋₋ cbe[3:0]) and outputs the QPIF byte enablesignal (q2pif₋₋ byte₋₋ en[3:0]). The third register is a three bit lockregister 2526 that receives the PCI lock signal (p2q₋₋ lock) indicatingthat the current transaction should be run as a locked transaction andoutputs the QPIF lock signal (q2pif₋₋ lock).

Referring again to FIG. 75 and also to FIG. 77, the QPIF includes a"lock" logic block 2528 that controls the "lock" state of the QPIF. TheQPIF has three lock states: an unlocked state 2530 (lock₋₋state[1:0]="00") that indicates that no locked transactions are pendingin the DCQ; a locked state 2532 (lock₋₋ state[1:0]="01) indicating thata locked transaction has been received in the DCQ or is completing onthe PCI bus; and an unlocked-but-retry state 2534 (lock₋₋state[1:0]="10") that indicates that the lock has been removed but thata posted memory write transaction pending in the other bridge chip mustbe run before the next transaction can be accepted.

At power-up and reset, the lock logic 2528 enters the unlocked state2530 and waits for a locked transaction to enter the DCQ (indicated bythe assertion of the dcq₋₋ locked signal). At the first clock pulseafter the dcq₋₋ locked signal is asserted, the lock logic enters thelocked state 2532, which forces the QPIF slave state machine 2502 toretry all transaction requests from the PCI bus. The PCI interface alsoasserts a lock signal (p2q₋₋ lock) that indicates it has locked the PCIbus for the transaction. After the locked transaction has completed andthe requesting device has retrieved the locked completion data from theDCQ, the dcq₋₋ locked signal is deasserted. At the first clock pulseafter the dcq₋₋ locked is deasserted, while the p2q₋₋ lock signal isstill asserted, if no posted memory writes are pending in the otherbridge chip (i.e., the pmw₋₋ empty signal is asserted by the cabledecoder), the lock logic 2528 returns to the unlocked state 2530 and theslave state machine 2502 again is able to accept transaction requests.However, if the pwm₋₋ empty signal is not asserted at the first clockpulse after the dcq₋₋ lock signal is deasserted, the lock logic 2528enters the unlocked-but-retry state 2534, which forces the slave statemachine 2502 to retry all transactions until the posted memory writecycle is completed on the other PCI bus. After the posted memory writecycle is complete, the pwm₋₋ empty signal is asserted, and the locklogic 2528 returns to the unlocked state 2530.

Referring again to FIG. 75 and also to FIG. 78, the QPIF includes bufferflush logic 2536 that determines when the DCQ should flush data from oneor all of its data buffers. As discussed above, the PCI interface in thedownstream chip generates a p2q₋₋ flush signal when the upstream chipissues an I/O or config write or a memory write that hits the targetmemory range register (TMRR) of a downstream device. The QPIF bufferflush logic 2536 asserts a QPIF flush signal (general₋₋ flush) thatflushes the corresponding data buffer or all data buffers (dependingupon the value of the p2q₋₋ slot signal, as discussed above) when thep2q₋₋ flush signal is received. Otherwise, the buffer flush logic 2536asserts the general flush signal only when a device on the secondary busissues a delayed request that misses all of the DCQ buffers when checkedby the DCQ control logic (i.e., idcq₋₋ hit and q2pif₋₋ check₋₋ cyc areasserted). In either case, the general₋₋ flush signal is used to flushonly buffers that are in the "prefetch" state, as discussed above.Therefore, prefetch data is held in the DCQ until the PCI interfaceorders a flush or until the corresponding PCI device issues anon-sequential request (i.e., misses the DCQ). Gates 2538 and 2540 arearranged to generate the general₋₋ flush signal in this manner.

When a multi-threaded device has more than one completion bufferallocated, at least one of which contains prefetch data, the prefetchdata remains in the corresponding buffer as long as the device does notissue a request that misses all of the DCQ buffers. As soon as thedevice issues a new request, all of its prefetch buffers are flushed.Alternatively, a prefetch buffer associated with a multi-threaded devicecould be flushed as soon as the device issues a request that hitsanother DCQ buffer.

Referring again to FIG. 75, the QPIF includes a read command logic block2542 that receives read commands from the PCI interface and prefetchcommands from the DCQ and provides an outgoing message command signal(message₋₋ cmd) to the cable. In non-streaming situations, the outgoingmessage command may be same as the command received from the PCI bus orthe DCQ, or the read command logic 2542 may convert the command into oneinvolving a greater amount of data. Because transactions executeddword-by-dword take longer to complete on the host bus than transactionsinvolving an entire cache line of data, and because single cache linetransactions take longer to complete on the host bus than multiple cacheline transactions, the read command logic often promotes "smaller"commands into "larger" ones to reduce the number of clock cyclesconsumed by the transaction ("read promotion"). For example, when adevice on the secondary PCI bus issues a memory read command and thenasks for every dword of data in a cache line, the read command logic2542 is able to reduce the host latency by promoting the PCI command toa memory read line, which allows the upstream chip to read the entirecache line of data at once instead of reading each dword individually.

Referring also to FIG. 79, when the DCQ indicates that a read stream hasbeen established (i.e., dcq₋₋ stream₋₋ connect is asserted), asdiscussed above, the read command logic 2542 generates a message commandof "1000", which informs the upstream chip that a stream is occurring.When no stream has been established, the read command logic 2542 mustdecide whether to send a memory read, memory read line, or memory readmultiple command. If the command received from the PCI bus is a memoryread (MR) command (q2p₋₋ cmd[2:0] equals "0110") and the correspondingmemory-read-to-memory-read-line promotion bit (cfg2q₋₋ mr2mr1) in theconfiguration registers is set, the read command logic 2542 generates amemory read line command ("1110"). On the other hand, if the PCI commandis a memory read command and the correspondingmemory-read-to-memory-read-multiple bit (cfg2q₋₋ mr2mrm) is set, or ifthe command is a memory read line command (q2pif₋₋ cmd[3:0] equals"1110") from the PCI bus or a prefetch line command (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋line is asserted) from the DCQ and the correspondingmemory-read-line-to-memory-read-multiple bit (cfg2q₋₋ mrl2mrm) is set,or if the command is a prefetch multiple command (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋ mul)from the DCQ, the read command logic 2542 generates a memory readmultiple command (i.e., message₋₋ cmd equals "1100"). If the command isa prefetch line command and the correspondingmemory-read-line-to-memory-read-multiple bit is not set, the readcommand logic 2542 generates a MRL command ("1110"). Otherwise, the readcommand logic 2542 outputs the received PCI command (q2pif₋₋ cmd[2:0])as the message command signal. Gates 2544, 2546, 2548, 2550, 2552, 2554,2556, and 2558 and multiplexers 2560, 2562, and 2564 are arranged togenerate the message₋₋ cmd signal in this manner.

Referring again to FIG. 75, when the QPIF is operating in the mastermode and has received control of the bus to run a transaction stored inthe PMWQ, a write command logic block 2566 generates the command codethat is executed on the PCI bus. To reduce transaction time as discussedabove, the write command logic can convert memory write (MW) commands,which involve data transfers one dword at a time into memory write andinvalidate commands (MWI), which involve transfers of at least oneentire cache line of data. The write command logic block 2566 canconvert a command midstream when, e.g., the transaction begins as amemory write in the middle of a cache line and contains data crossingthe next cache line boundary and including all eight dwords of data inthe next cache line. In this situation, the write command logic 2566terminates the memory write transaction when it reaches the first cacheline boundary and initiates a memory write and invalidate transaction totransfer the next full cache line of data. The write command logic 2566also may terminate a MWI transaction midstream in favor of a MWtransaction if less than a cache line of data is to be written to thetarget bus after a cache line boundary is crossed.

Referring again to FIG. 75 and also to FIG. 80, the slave state machine2502 also maintains two counters that indicate when a posted writetransaction initiated on the PCI bus should be terminated. A 4K pageboundary counter 2594 generates a page count signal (page₋₋ count₋₋reg[11:2]) that indicates when data transferred from the PCI bus reachesa 4K page boundary. Because a single memory access is not allowed tocross a 4K page boundary, the posted write transaction must beterminated on the initiating bus when a boundary is reached. The 4K pageboundary counter 2594 is loaded with the third through twelfth bits ofthe transaction address (q2pif₋₋ addr[11:2]) when the state machineasserts a load₋₋ write₋₋ counter signal (the circumstances surroundingassertion of this signal are discussed in more detail below). Thecounter 2594 then increments by one at the rising edge of each clockpulse after the load₋₋ write₋₋ counter signal is deasserted. The counter2594 is not incremented on clock pulses during which the initiatingdevice has inserted an initiator wait state (i.e., p2q₋₋ irdy asserted).The output of gate 2592 determines when the counter is allowed toincrement. When all bits in the page₋₋ count₋₋ reg[11:2] signal arehigh, a 4K page boundary has been reached and the slave state machinemust terminate the posted write transaction and retry the initiatingdevice.

A dword counter 2598 generates a pmw counter[5:0] signal that indicatesthe number of dwords written from the initiating bus during a postedwrite transaction. The pmw₋₋ counter[5:0] signal then is used toindicate when an overflow has occurred or when the last line of thetransaction has been reached, as discussed below. When the slave statemachine 2503 asserts the load₋₋ write₋₋ counter signal, the thirdthrough fifth bits of the address signal (q2pif₋₋ addr[4:2]) are loadedinto the lower three bits of the counter 2598, while the upper threebits are set to zero. This address offset indicates at which dword in acache line the posted write transaction has started. The counter 2598then increments by one at the rising edge of each clock pulse after theload₋₋ write₋₋ counter signal is deasserted. The counter 2598 is notincremented on clock pulses during which the initiating device hasinserted an initiator wait state (i.e., p2q₋₋ irdy asserted). The outputof gate 2596 determines when the counter is allowed to increment. Whenall bits in the pmw₋₋ counter[5:0] signal are high, the posted write hasreached the end of the eighth cache line.

Referring to FIGS. 81A through 81C, the write command logic block 2566generates a four bit write command signal (write₋₋ cmd[3:0]) indicatingthe command code of the posted write transaction to be executed on thePCI bus. If the command code stored in the PMWQ represents a memorywrite and invalidate command (pmwq₋₋ cmd[3]="1"), the write commandlogic 2566 generates a write command code of "1111". If the PMWQ commandcode represents a memory write command, the write command logic 2566looks at the memory-write-to-memory-write-and-invalidate configurationbit (cfg2q₋₋ mw2mwi) corresponding to the target PCI slot. If thecfg2q₋₋ mw2mwi bit is not set, the write command logic 2566 produces amemory write command ("0111"). If the configuration bit is set, thewrite command logic 2566 generates a MWI command if the next line in thePMWQ data buffer is full (pmwq₋₋ full₋₋ line is asserted) and generatesa MW command otherwise. Multiplexers 2568 and 2570 are arranged togenerate the write₋₋ cmd signal in this manner.

When the QPIF is executing a transaction on the PCI bus and has reacheda cache line boundary, the write command logic 2566 may assert a new₋₋write₋₋ cmd signal indicating that the current transaction must beterminated in favor of a new write command. If the transaction hasreached the last cache line in the PMWQ data buffer (i.e., pmwq₋₋pointer[5:3] equals "111"), the new₋₋ write command signal is assertedto indicate that the transaction should be terminated if the next PMWQbuffer is not an overflow buffer containing valid data, if thecorresponding cfg2q₋₋ mw2mwi bit is not set, or if the full₋₋ line bitscorresponding to the current cache line and the next cache line aredifferent (i.e., pmwq₋₋ full₋₋ line[7] does not equal pmwq₋₋ next₋₋full₋₋ line). If the transaction has not reached the end of the PMWQbuffer, the new₋₋ write₋₋ cmd signal is asserted either if the next linein the PMWQ buffer does not contain valid data (!pmwq₋₋ valid₋₋lines[x+1]) or if the cfg2q₋₋ mw2mwi bit is set and the full line bitsfor the current line and the next line are different (i.e., pmwq₋₋full₋₋ line[x] does not equal pmwq₋₋ full₋₋ line[x+1]). Gates 2572,2574, 2576, 2578, and 2580 and multiplexer 2582 are arranged to generatethe new₋₋ write command signal in this manner.

After the new₋₋ write₋₋ cmd signal is asserted, the transaction is notterminated until the write command logic block 2566 asserts asynchronous new write command signal (held₋₋ new₋₋ write₋₋ cmd). Theheld₋₋ new₋₋ write₋₋ cmd signal is asserted at the first clock pulseafter the new₋₋ write₋₋ cmd signal is asserted and the end₋₋ of₋₋ linesignal is asserted indicating that the end of the cache line has beenreached, as long as the PCI interface has not terminated the transaction(i.e., p2q₋₋ start₋₋ pulse is asserted). The held₋₋ new₋₋ write commandis deasserted at reset and at the first clock pulse after the new₋₋write₋₋ cmd, end₋₋ of₋₋ line, and p2q₋₋ start₋₋ pulse signals aredeasserted and the QPIF terminates the transaction (i.e., theasynchronous early₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete signal is asserted). Otherwise, theheld₋₋ new₋₋ write₋₋ cmd signal retains its current value. Gates 2584and 2586, inverter 2588, and flip-flop 2590 are arranged to generate theheld₋₋ new₋₋ write₋₋ cmd signal in this manner.

Referring again to FIG. 75 and also to FIG. 82A, the QPIF includes anoverflow logic block 2600 that allows the master state machine 2500 tomanage overflow data, if any, when executing a posted write transactionon the target bus. When the QPIF receives a transaction run signal(mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw or mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr, discussed above) from the MCA, theoverflow logic 2600 generates a two bit initial queue selection signal(start₋₋ queue₋₋ select[2:0]) indicating which of the buffers in thePMWQ or DRQ should be selected to run the current transaction. Thefollowing table shows how the start₋₋ queue₋₋ select signal isgenerated.

    ______________________________________                                        Creation of start.sub.-- queue.sub.-- select signal                           MCA Run Code                                                                  {mca.sub.-- run.sub.-- pmw, mca.sub.-- run.sub.-- dr}                                            start.sub.-- queue.sub.-- select                           ______________________________________                                        00000001           00                                                         00000010           01                                                         00000100           10                                                         00001000           11                                                         00010000           00                                                         00100000           01                                                         01000000           10                                                         10000000           11                                                         ______________________________________                                    

When the QPIF is executing a posted write transaction on the target bus,a two bit QPIF queue selection signal (q2pif₋₋ queue₋₋ select[1:0]) isused to select the appropriate buffer in the PMWQ. When the transactionis initiated, the master state machine 2500 asserts a queue selectionsignal (initial₋₋ queue₋₋ select) that causes the q2pif₋₋ queue₋₋ selectsignal to take on the value of the initial queue selection signal(start₋₋ queue₋₋ select). At the same time, a queue selection counter2602 is loaded with the value of the start₋₋ queue₋₋ select signal.After the initial₋₋ queue₋₋ select signal is deasserted, the q2pif₋₋queue₋₋ select signal takes on the value of the count₋₋ queue₋₋ selectsignal generated by the counter 2602. When the posted memory writetransaction overflows into the next PMWQ buffer, the master statemachine 2500 asserts an increment queue selection signal (inc₋₋ queue₋₋select) that causes the counter 2602 to increment by one. As a result,the q2pif₋₋ select₋₋ signal is incremented and the next buffer in thePMWQ is selected to continue the transaction. Multiplexer 2604determines the value of the q2pif₋₋ queue₋₋ select signal.

Referring also to FIG. 82B, the overflow logic 2600 assets an overflow₋₋next₋₋ queue signal when the master state machine 2500 should continuepulling information from the next PMWQ buffer during a posted memorywrite transaction. Using the q2pif₋₋ queue₋₋ select[1:0] signal todetermine which PMWQ is currently selected, the overflow logic 2600asserts the overflow₋₋ next₋₋ queue signal when the valid bit (pmwq₋₋valid) and the overflow bit (pmwq₋₋ overflow) corresponding to the nextPMWQ buffer are set. The pmwq₋₋ valid and pmwq₋₋ overflow flags arediscussed above. Gates 2606, 2608, 2610, and 2612 and mulitplexer 2614are arranged to generate the overflow₋₋ next₋₋ queue signal in thismanner.

Referring again to FIG. 75, the QPIF includes a read align logic block2616 that allows the QPIF to correct misaligned memory read line andmemory read multiple transactions. Read line correction occurs when theQPIF, while operating in the master mode, receives a MRL or MRMtransaction that begins in the middle of a cache line. To reducetransaction time, the QPIF begins the read transaction on the cache lineboundary and ignores the unrequested dwords instead of individuallyreading only the requested dwords of data.

Referring also to FIG. 83, the read align logic 2616 activates the readalignment feature by asserting an align₋₋ read signal. This signal isasserted when the command stored in the corresponding DRQ buffer is amemory read line or memory read multiple command (i.e., drq₋₋ cmd[3:0]equals "1110" or "1100", respectively), and when the read alignmentconfiguration bit (cfg2q₋₋ read₋₋ align) corresponding to the target PCIdevice is set. Gates 2618 and 2620 are arranged to produce the align₋₋read signal in this manner.

Referring also to FIGS. 84A through 84C, the read align logic 2616includes a read alignment down counter 2622 that counts the dwords fromthe cache line boundary and indicates when the master state machine 2500reaches the first requested dword. The counter 2622 includes a statemachine 2624 that controls the operation of the counter 2622.

At reset, the counter 2622 enters an IDLE₋₋ CNT state 2626 in which nocounting occurs. When the MCA instructs the QPIF to run a delayedrequest transaction on the PCI bus (i.e., when any bits in the mca₋₋run₋₋ dr[3:0] are asserted), the QPIF asserts a delayed request runsignal (any₋₋ drq₋₋ run) indicating that it is attempting to run adelayed request transaction. While the counter is in the IDLE₋₋ CNTstate 2622, its three bit output signal (throw₋₋ cnt[2:0]) is loadedwith the dword offset of the transaction address (drq₋₋ addr[4:2]) whenthe any₋₋ run₋₋ drq signal is asserted and the QPIF gains control of thePCI bus (i.e., p2q₋₋ ack is asserted). Gate 2623 generates the loadenable signal. Then, at the rising edge of the next PCI clock cycle, thecounter 2622 enters the COUNT state 2628. If the transaction begins at acache line boundary, the dword offset equals "000" and no count isneeded. When read alignment is activated, the master state machine 2500begins each MRL and MRM transaction at the cache line boundary,regardless of the actual starting address.

While in the COUNT state 2628, the counter 2622 decrements by one onevery clock pulse as long as the p2q₋₋ ack signal is asserted, throw₋₋cnt has not reached zero, the transaction is in the data phase (i.e.,the asynchronous signal eary₋₋ data₋₋ phase is asserted), and the targetdevice has not issued a target ready wait state (!p2q₋₋ trdy). Gate 2625determines when the counter is decremented. If the PCI interface takesthe bus away from the QPIF (p2q₋₋ ack is deasserted) or if the dataphase ends (early₋₋ data₋₋ phase is deasserted), the counter 2622 stopsdecrementing and reenters the IDLE₋₋ CNT state 2626. If the throw₋₋ cntsignal reaches "000" while the p2q₋₋ ack signal is still asserted, thecounter 2622 stops counting and enters the DONE state 2630. Otherwise,the counter remains in the COUNT state 2628.

When the counter reaches "000", the read align logic 2616 asserts aread₋₋ data₋₋ start signal that instructs the master state machine 2500to begin reading data from the target device. Comparator 2632 generatesthe read₋₋ data₋₋ start signal. After the read₋₋ data₋₋ start signal isasserted, the counter 2622 remains in the DONE state 2630 until the dataphase ends (early₋₋ data₋₋ phase is deasserted).

Referring to FIG. 85, the master state machine controls the operation ofthe QPIF when the QPIF is operating in the master mode. In the mastermode, the QPIF executes posted write transactions and delayed requesttransactions on the PCI bus. The following table shows the eventscausing state transitions in the master state machine.

    __________________________________________________________________________    Master state transitions                                                      MASTER STATE MACHINE                                                          Current                                                                       State    Event                     Next State                                 __________________________________________________________________________    IDLE     A=(any.sub.-- run&&!cable.sub.-- busy&&!p2q.sub.-- master.sub.--              dphase)                   IDLE                                                ∥((any.sub.-- run.sub.-- drg && tc.sub.-- dc full)          IDLE     B: p2q.sub.-- ack && q2p.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag                                                         MASTER.sub.-- DAC                          IDLE     C: p2q.sub.-- ack && any.sub.-- drg.sub.-- run                                                          RDATA1                                     IDLE     D: p2q.sub.-- ack && !(q2p.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag ∥                  any.sub.-- drq.sub.-- run)                                                                              WDATA1                                     MASTER.sub.-- DAC                                                                      E: p2q.sub.-- ack && any.sub.-- drq.sub.-- run && p2q.sub.--                  start.sub.-- pulse        RDATA1                                              F: p2q.sub.-- ack && p2q.sub.-- start pulae &&!any.sub.--                     dr.sub.-- run             WDATA1                                              G: !p2q.sub.-- ack        IDLE                                       RDATA1   H: !p2q.sub.-- ack        IDLE                                                I: p2g.sub.-- ack && p2q.sub.-- start.sub.-- pulse                                                      RBURST                                              J: p2q.sub.-- ack && !p2q.sub.-- start.sub.-- pulse                                                     RDATA1                                     RBURST   K: !p2q.sub.-- ack ∥ p2q.sub.-- retry ∥                     p2q.sub.-- target.sub.-- abort ∥                                                               IDLE                                                (queue.sub.-- cyc.sub.-- complete && !(!p2q.sub.-- last.sub.--                dphase &&                                                                     p2q.sub.-- master.sub.-- dphase && cd.sub.-- stream && stream                 match &&                                                                      !cfg2.sub.-- stream disable) && !p2q.sub.-- trdy) ∥                  (read.sub.-- page.sub.-- disconnect && !p2q.sub.-- trdy)                      L: p2q.sub.-- ack && !p2q.sub.-- retry && !p2q.sub.-- target                  abort &&                  RBURST                                              ((read.sub.-- page disconnect && p2q.sub.-- trdy) ∥                  (queue.sub.-- cyc.sub.--                                                      complete && ((!p2q.sub.-- last.sub.-- dphase && p2q.sub.--                    master.sub.-- dphase                                                          && cd.sub.-- stream && stream.sub.-- match &&                                 !cfa2.sub.-- stream.sub.-- disable)                                           ∥ p2g.sub.-- trdy)) ∥ !p2qt.sub.-- trdy                     ∥ otherwise)                                                WDATA1   M: !p2q.sub.-- ack ∥ p2q.sub.-- retry ∥                     p2q.sub.-- target.sub.-- abort ∥                                                               IDLE                                                ((queue.sub.-- cyc.sub.-- complete ∥ held.sub.--                     new.sub.-- write.sub.-- cmd ∥                                        end.sub.-- of.sub.-- line && new.sub.-- write.sub.-- cmd                      ∥ p2q.sub.-- last.sub.-- dphase                                      ∥ sl.sub.-- p2q.sub.-- last.sub.-- dphase) &&                        !p2q.sub.-- trdy)                                                             N: p2q.sub.-- ack && !p2q.sub.-- retry && !p2q.sub.-- target.sub.             -- abort                  WDATA1                                              && (queue.sub.-- cyc.sub.-- complete ∥ held.sub.--                   new.sub.-- write.sub.-- cmd ∥                                        end.sub.-- of.sub.-- line && new.sub.-- write.sub.-- cmd                      ∥ p2q.sub.-- last.sub.-- dphase ∥                           sl.sub.-- p2q.sub.-- last.sub.-- dphase) && p2q.sub.-- trdy                   O: otherwise              WDATA2                                     WDATA2   P: !p2q.sub.-- ack ∥ (p2q.sub.-- retry&&!p2q.sub.--                  trdy) ∥ p2q.sub.-- target.sub.-- abort                                                         IDLE                                                Q: p2q.sub.-- ack && p2q.sub.-- retry && p2q.sub.-- trdy                                                WRETRY                                              R: p2q.sub.-- ack && !p2q.sub.-- retry && !p2q.sub.-- target.sub.             -- abort &&               WSHORT.sub.-- BURST                                 (queue.sub.-- cyc.sub.-- complete ∥ end.sub.-- of.sub.--              line && new.sub.-- write.sub.--                                              cmd) && (!p2q.sub.-- trdy ∥ p2q.sub.-- start.sub.--                  pulse)                                                                        S: otherwise              WDATA2                                     WRETRY   T: Always                 IDLE                                       WSHORT.sub.-- BURST                                                                    U: !p2q.sub.-- ack ∥ p2q.sub.-- retry ∥                     p2q.sub.-- target.sub.-- abort                                                                          IDLE                                                V: p2q.sub.-- ack && !p2q.sub.-- retry && !p2q.sub.-- target.sub.             -- abort                  WCOMPLETE                                           &&((overflow.sub.-- next-queue && !new.sub.-- write.sub.-- cmd                && !p2q.sub.-- trdy) ∥ !p2q.sub.-- trdy)                             W: otherwise              WSHORT.sub.-- BURST                        WCOMPLETE                                                                              X: p2q.sub.-- retry ∥ p2q.sub.-- target.sub.-- abort                 ∥ (!(overflow.sub.-- next.sub.--                                                               IDLE                                                queue && !new.sub.-- write.sub.-- cmd && !p2q.sub.-- last.sub.--              dphase) &&                                                                    !p2q.sub.-- trdy)                                                             Y: !p2q.sub.-- retry &&!p2q.sub.-- target.sub.-- abort &&                     ((overflow.sub.--         WDATA1                                              next.sub.-- queue &&!new.sub.-- write.sub.-- cmd && !p2q.sub.--               last.sub.-- dphase)                                                           &&!p2q.sub.-- trdy)                                                           Z: otherwise              WCOMPLETE                                  __________________________________________________________________________

At reset, the master state machine enters an IDLE state 2700 in whichthe QPIF awaits instructions to run a transaction on the PCI bus. Whenthe QPIF receives a run signal from the MCA (any₋₋ run is asserted whenany bit in the mca₋₋ run₋₋ pmw signal or mca₋₋ run₋₋ dr signal isasserted), the cable is not busy delivering a message (!cable₋₋ busy),and the PCI interface is not trying to finish the previous transaction(!p2q₋₋ master₋₋ dphase), the master state machine attempts to run thetransaction on the PCI bus. If the transaction is a delayed requesttransaction (any₋₋ run₋₋ drq is asserted) and the other chip does nothave room for a delayed completion (tc₋₋ dc₋₋ full is asserted), themaster state machine is not able to run the request and steps the MCA tothe next transaction. Otherwise, if the PCI interface has given the QPIFcontrol of the bus (p2q₋₋ ack is asserted), the master state machinebegins to execute the transaction on the PCI bus. In the IDLE state2700, the master provides the address phase information, discussedabove, to the PCI bus. If the transaction to be run is a dual addresscycle (q2pif₋₋ dac₋₋ flag is asserted), the master state machine entersa MASTER₋₋ DAC state 2702 in which the second half of the addressinformation is provided. If the transaction is not a dual address cycleand is a delayed request transaction (any₋₋ run₋₋ drq is asserted), themaster state machine then enters an RDATA1 read state 2704, in which themaster state machine begins the data phase of the delayed requesttransaction. If the transaction is not a dual address cycle and is not adelayed request, it is a posted memory write transaction, so the masterstate machine enters a WDATA1 write state 2706, in which the masterstate machine enters the data phase of the posted memory writetransaction.

In the MASTER₋₋ DAC state 2704=2, the master state machine provides thesecond half of the address phase information. Then, if the p2q₋₋ acksignal is still asserted and the transaction is a delayed request, themaster state machine enters the RDATA 1 state 2704 when it receives thestart signal (p2q₋₋ start₋₋ pulse) from the PCI interface. If thetransaction is not a delayed request, the master state machine entersthe WDATA1 state 2706 when it receives the PCI start pulse. The masterstate machine also initiates a delayed completion message on the cablewhen the PCI start pulse is received by asserting an asynchronouscompletion message signal (early₋₋ master₋₋ send₋₋ message). If thep2q₋₋ ack signal has been deasserted by the PCI interface, the masterstate machine returns to the IDLE state 2700 and waits to retry thetransaction.

The RDATA1 state 2704 is the initial state for delayed read and delayedwrite requests. In this state, the master state machine waits for thePCI start pulse before entering an RBURST burst data phase 2708. Whenthe state machine first enters the RDATA1 state 2704, it initiates acompletion message on the cable (if not already done in the MASTER₋₋ DACstate 2702). Then, if the p2q₋₋ ack is deasserted by the PCI interface,the master state machine terminates the transaction, steps the MCA tothe next transaction, and reenters the IDLE state 2700. Otherwise, whenthe PCI start pulse appears, the master state machine prepares to enterthe RBURST state 2708. If the QPIF indicates the end of the transaction(queue₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete) or if the transaction has reached a 4K pageboundary (read₋₋ page₋₋ disconnect is asserted because all bits in thedrq₋₋ addr[11:2] signal are high), the master state machine deassertsthe QPIF's frame₋₋ signal and indicates that the next piece of data isthe last piece (asynchronous signal early₋₋ last₋₋ master₋₋ data isasserted) before entering the RBURST state 2708. The master statemachine also asserts an asynchronous early₋₋ master₋₋ lastline signal,indicating that the last line of data has been reached, if the read₋₋page₋₋ disconnect₋₋ lastline signal is asserted or if the DRQ last linesignal (drq₋₋ lastline) is asserted and the QPIF has not received astreaming signal from the other bridge chip (cd₋₋ stream or stream₋₋match are not asserted or cfq2q₋₋ stream₋₋ disable is not set). If thePCI start pulse is not asserted, the master state machine remains in theRDATA1 state 2704 until the QPIF terminates the transaction or a 4K pageboundary is reached, which will return the state machine to the IDLEstate 2700, or until the PCI start pulse appears, which forces the statemachine to enter the RBURST state 2708.

In the RBURST state 2708, the master state machine bursts data to thePCI bus. If a completion message has not yet been initiated, the masterstate machine initiates a completion message upon entering the RBURSTstate 2708. Then, if the p2q₋₋ ack signal is deasserted, or if the QPIFtransaction is retried by the PCI interface (p2q₋₋ retry is asserted),or if the PCI interface aborts the transaction (p2q₋₋ target₋₋ abort isasserted), the master state machine terminates the transaction on thePCI bus, aborts the completion message on the cable, and returns to theIDLE state. When the p2q₋₋ ack signal is taken away, the master cyclearbiter continues to select the current transaction. But when thetransaction is retried or aborted, the master state machine steps theMCA to the next transaction.

While the p2q₋₋ ack signal is still asserted and the QPIF transaction isnot retried or aborted, the master state machine nevertheless terminatesthe transaction and returns to the IDLE state 2700 if a 4K page boundaryis reached and the PCI interface indicates that the target device hasstopped taking data (p2q₋₋ trdy is no longer asserted). If the targetdevice took the last piece of data, the master state machine remains inthe RBURST state 2708.

If the QPIF asserts the queue₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete signal indicating thatthe transaction has completed, the master in general will terminate thetransaction and return to the IDLE state 2700 if the p2q₋₋ trdy signalis deasserted or remain in the RBURST state 2708 until the last dword ofdata is transferred if the p2q₋₋ trdy signal remains asserted. However,if the transaction is in the data phase and is not in the last dataphase (p2q₋₋ master₋₋ dphase and !p2q₋₋ last₋₋ dphase) and a stream hasbeen established with the other bridge chip (cd₋₋ stream and stream₋₋match and !cfg2q₋₋ stream₋₋ disable), the master state machine willremain in the RBURST phase indefinitely. When the QPIF is streaming, themaster state machine asserts a streaming signal (q2pif₋₋ streaming) thatforces the QPIF to continue to provide data to the requesting device onthe other PCI bus until that device terminates the transaction.

If the p2q₋₋ ack signal remains asserted and neither the p2q₋₋ retry,p2q₋₋ target abort, or queue₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete signals are asserted, themaster state machine looks at the p2q₋₋ trdy signal. If the signal isnot asserted, indicating that the target device has taken or providedthe last piece of data, the master state machine asserts its next datasignal (early₋₋ next₋₋ data), which indicates that the QPIF is ready totransfer another piece of data. The next data signal is asserted only ifthe transaction is not a corrected read (align₋₋ read is not asserted)or if the transaction is a corrected read and the read₋₋ data₋₋ startsignal has been asserted. If the p2q₋₋ trdy signal is asserted,indicating that the target has not performed the last data transfer, thestate machine remains in the RBURST state 2708.

In the WDATA1 state 2706, the master state machine begins the data phaseof a posted memory write transaction. If the p2q₋₋ ack signal isdeasserted or the p2q₋₋ retry or p2q₋₋ target₋₋ abort signals areasserted while the master state machine is in this state, thetransaction is terminated on the PCI bus and the state machine returnsto the IDLE state 2700. When the p2q₋₋ ack signal is deasserted, the MCAremains on the current cycle; otherwise, the master state machine stepsthe MCA to the next transaction.

If the p2q₋₋ ack signal remains asserted and the transaction is neitherretried nor aborted, the master state machine must determine whether thewrite involves a single dword or more than one dword. If in the WDATA1state the queue₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete signal is asserted, the held new writecommand signal is asserted, the end₋₋ of₋₋ line and new₋₋ write₋₋ cmdsignals are asserted, or the transaction has reached the last dword ofdata, the transaction involves a single dword. In this situation, thetransaction terminates and the state machine returns to the IDLE state2700 only when the target took the last piece of data (!p2q₋₋ trdy).Otherwise, the state machine remains in the WDATA2 state 2710. If thetransaction involves more than one dword of data, the master statemachine enters a WDATA2 burst data phase state 2710. Just beforeentering the WDATA2 state, the master state machine inserts a q2p₋₋ irdywait state if the overflow₋₋ next₋₋ queue signal has been asserted.

In the WDATA2 state 2710, the master state machine bursts data to thePCI bus. If the p2q₋₋ ack signal is deasserted or the transaction isaborted by the PCI interface, the transaction is terminated in the QPIFand the master state machine reenters the IDLE state 2710. If thetransaction is retried by the PCI interface but the PCI interface tookthe data provided (!p2q₋₋ trdy), the master state machine reenters theIDLE state 2700. Otherwise, the state machine enters a WRETRY stepbackstate 2712 that steps the PMWQ out pointer back to the previous piece ofdata by generating the stepback signal discussed above. From the WRETRYstate 2712, the state machine always reenters the IDLE state 2700.

If the p2q₋₋ ack signal remains asserted and the transaction is neitherretried nor aborted, the master state machine determines whether thetransaction is complete. If the QPIF indicates the end of thetransaction (queue₋₋ cyc₋₋ complete is asserted) or the end of a cacheline is reached and a new write command is needed (end₋₋ of₋₋ line andnew₋₋ write₋₋ command are asserted), the state machine enters a WSHORT₋₋BURST state 2714 when either the last piece of data was taken (!p2q₋₋trdy) or the PCI start pulse is received. In either case, only twodwords of data must be written to the PCI bus. Otherwise, the statemachine remains in the WDATA2 state 2710. When the state machine entersthe WSHORT₋₋ BURST state 2714, the QPIF frame₋₋ signal remains assertedif the transaction can overflow into the next queue and a new writecommand is not needed.

In the WSHORT₋₋ BURST state 2714, the master state machine prepares towrite the final two dwords of data to the PCI bus. If the p2q₋₋ acksignal is deasserted or the cycle is retried or aborted by the PCIinterface, the state machine terminates the transaction and returns tothe IDLE state 2700. When the PCI acknowledge signal disappears or thecycle is aborted, the master state machine asserts the stepback signalto indicate that the PMWQ out pointer should be stepped back to theprevious dword. When the transaction is retried by the PCI interface,the out pointer is stepped back only if the target device did not takethe last piece of data (p2q₋₋ trdy is asserted). When the transaction isnot terminated and it can overflow into the next PMWQ buffer (overflow₋₋next₋₋ queue is asserted) and a new write command is not needed, themaster state machine keeps the QPIF frame signal asserted and thenenters a WCOMPLETE state 2716 if the target device has taken the lastpiece of data or stays in the WSHORT₋₋ BURST state 2714 otherwise. Ifthe transaction cannot overflow into the next queue or a new writecommand is needed, the state machine deasserts the frame signal toindicate the end of the QPIF transaction and then enters the WCOMPLETEstate 2716 if the last piece of data was taken by the target device orremains in the WSHORT₋₋ BURST state 2714 otherwise.

In the WCOMPLETE state 2716, the master state machine terminates theposted memory write transaction. The state machine enters the IDLE state2700 if the transaction is retried or aborted by the PCI interface. Ifthe transaction is retried, the PMWQ out pointer is incremented only ifthe target device took the last piece of data. If the transaction canoverflow into the next queue, a new write command is not needed, and thetransaction is not in the last data phase, the master state machineincrements the queue selection counter and returns to the WDATA1 state2706 to continue the transaction from the overflow queue, as long as thetarget device took the last piece of data. If the target device did nottake the last piece of data, the master state machine remains in theWCOMPLETE state 2716.

If the transaction will not overflow into the next PMWQ buffer, themaster state machine terminates the transaction and returns to the IDLEstate 2700 if the target took the last piece of data. Otherwise, thestate machine remains in the WCOMPLETE state 2716 until one of theterminating events discussed above occurs.

Referring to FIG. 86, the slave state machine controls the operation ofthe QPIF when the QPIF is operating in the slave mode. In the slavemode, the QPIF receives posted write transactions and delayed requesttransactions from devices on the PCI bus and forwards the transactionsto the target bus through the cable. The following table shows theevents causing state transitions in the slave state machine.

    __________________________________________________________________________    Slave state transitions                                                       SLAVE STATE MACHINE                                                           CURRENT                                                                       STATE    EVENT                    NEXT STATE                                  __________________________________________________________________________    SLAVE.sub.-- IDLE                                                                      A: p2q.sub.-- qcyc && p2q.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag && !p2q.sub.--               perr                     SLAVE.sub.-- DAC                                     B: p2q.sub.-- qcyc && !p2q.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag && pmw.sub.--               request &&               PMW1                                                 !p2q.sub.-- perr &&(!tc.sub.-- pmw.sub.-- full && !dcq.sub.--                 locked                                                                        && !lock state[1])                                                            C: p2q.sub.-- qcyc && !p2q.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag &&!pmw.sub.--               request                  STEP.sub.-- AHEAD                                    && !p2q.sub.-- perr &&(mem.sub.-- read.sub.-- line∥mem.s             ub.-- read.sub.-- mul)                                                        && (dcq.sub.-- hit &&!dcq.sub.-- no.sub.-- data &&!lock.sub.--                state[1])                                                                     D: p2q.sub.-- qcyc &&!p2a.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag &&!pmw.sub.--                request                  SECOND.sub.-- CHECK                                  && !p2q.sub.-- perr &&!(mem.sub.-- read.sub.-- line∥mem.             sub.-- read.sub.-- mul)                                                       E: [p2q.sub.-- qcyc &&!p2q.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag && pmw.sub.--               request &&               SLAVE.sub.-- IDLE                                    !p2q.sub.-- perr &&!(!tc.sub.-- pmw.sub.-- full&&!dcq.sub.--                  locked &&!lock.sub.--                                                         state[1])]∥[p2q.sub.-- qcyc&&p2q.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag              &&p2q.sub.-- perr]                                                            ∥ [p2q.sub.-- qcyc &&!p2q.sub.-- dac.sub.-- flag&&!pmw.s             ub.-- request &&                                                              (p2q.sub.-- perr)∥((mem.sub.-- read.sub.-- line.parallel             .mem.sub.-- read.sub.-- mul) &&                                               !(dcq.sub.-- hit&&!dcq.sub.-- no.sub.-- data &&!lock.sub.--                   state[1]))]                                                                   ∥ otherwise                                                 SLAVE.sub.-- DAC                                                                       F: p2q.sub.-- qcyc&&pmw.sub.-- request && !p2q.sub.-- perr                                             PMW1                                                 (!tc.sub.-- pmw.sub.-- full &&!dcq.sub.-- locked &&!lock.sub.--               state[1])                                                                     G: p2q.sub.-- qcyc &&!pmw.sub.-- request && !p2q.sub.-- perr                                           STEP.sub.-- AHEAD                                    (mem.sub.-- read.sub.-- line∥mem.sub.-- read.sub.--                  mul) && (dcq.sub.-- hit                                                       && !dcq.sub.-- no.sub.-- data && ! lock.sub.-- state[1])                      H: p2q.sub.-- qcyc&&!pmw.sub.-- request && !p2q.sub.-- perr                                            SECOND.sub.-- CHECK                                  !(mem.sub.-- read.sub.-- line∥mem.sub.-- read.sub.--                 mul)                                                                          I: otherwise             SLAVE.sub.-- IDLE                           SECOND.sub.-- CHECK                                                                    J: !io.sub.-- write && !config.sub.-- write && !p2q.sub.-- perr               &&                       STEP.sub.-- AHEAD                                    (dcq.sub.-- hit && !dcq.sub.-- no.sub.-- data && !lock.sub.--                 state[1] &&                                                                   dwr.sub.-- check.sub.-- ok).sub.--                                            K: otherwise             SLAVE.sub.-- IDLE                           STEP.sub.-- AHEAD                                                                      L: dcq.sub.-- no.sub.-- data                                                                           HIT.sub.-- DCQ.sub.-- FINAL                          M: otherwise             HIT.sub.-- DCQ                              HIT.sub.-- DCQ                                                                         N: !p2q.sub.-- qcyc      SLAVE.sub.-- IDLE                                    O: p2q.sub.-- qcyc&&(dcq.sub.-- no.sub.-- data && !p2q.sub.--                 irdy ∥          HIT.sub.-- DCQ.sub.-- FINAL                          (pmw.sub.-- counter[2]                                                        &&pmw.sub.-- counter[1]                                                       && pmw.sub.-- counter[0] && read.sub.-- disconnect.sub.--                     for.sub.-- stream)                                                            P: otherwise             HIT.sub.-- DCQ                              HIT.sub.-- DCQ.sub.-- FINAL                                                            Q: !p2q.sub.-- qcyc ∥ !p2q.sub.-- irdy                                                        SLAVE.sub.-- IDLE                                    R: otherwise             HIT.sub.-- DCQ.sub.-- FINAL                 PMW1     S: !p2q.sub.-- qcyc      SLAVE.sub.-- IDLE                                    T: otherwise             PMW1                                        __________________________________________________________________________

At reset, the slave state machine enters an IDLE state 2720, in whichthe QPIF waits for a transaction be initiated by a device on the PCIbus. If a transaction initiated on the bus does not target the QPIF(q2p₋₋ qcyc is not asserted), the slave state machine continues in theIDLE state 2720. When a transaction on the PCI bus does target the QPIF,the slave state machine enters a SLAVE₋₋ DAC dual address cycle state2722 if the p2q₋₋ dac₋₋ flag is asserted and an address parity error hasnot occurred (p2q₋₋ perr₋₋ is low). If the transaction is not a dualaddress cycle and is a posted memory write request, and if a parityerror has not occurred in the address phase, the slave state machineloads the write counters (i.e., asserts load₋₋ write₋₋ counter) anddetermines whether it can accept the transaction. If the PMWQ in theother bridge chip is full (tc₋₋ dc₋₋ full is asserted by the DCtransaction counter) or the DCQ is locked (dcq₋₋ locked is asserted) orthe QPIF lock logic is in the unlocked-but-retry state (lock₋₋ state[1]equals "1"), the slave state machine terminates the transaction byasserting an asynchronous retry signal (early₋₋ retry) that is passed toPCI interface as q2pif₋₋ retry and remains in the IDLE state 2720. Ifthe QPIF can accept the transaction, the slave state machine initiatesthe posted memory write message on the cable and enters a PMW1 state2724, in which the transaction is forwarded up the cable.

If the transaction is not a dual address cycle or a posted memory writerequest, the slave state machine loads the dword counter (asserts load₋₋write₋₋ counter) and, if no parity error has occurred, analyzes thedelayed request transaction. If the transaction is a MRL or a MRMtransaction and the QPIF lock logic is not in the unlocked-but-retrystate, the slave state machine asserts the QPIF check cycle signal(q2pif₋₋ check₋₋ cyc), which instructs the DCQ to compare the latchedrequest to the delayed completion messages in the DCQ buffers. If therequest hits a DCQ buffer that is not empty (dcq₋₋ hit and !dcq₋₋ no₋₋data), the slave state machine enters a STEP₋₋ AHEAD state 2726 in whichthe QPIF begins delivering the requested information to the PCI bus. Ifthe MRL or MRM request misses all of the DCQ data buffers (!dcq₋₋ hit),the DCQ is not full (!dcq₋₋ full), the delayed request queue in theother bridge chip is not full (!tc₋₋ dr₋₋ full), and the DCQ and QPIFare not locked (!dcq₋₋ locked and !lock₋₋ state[1]), the slave statemachine asserts the q2pif₋₋ retry signal, forwards the request down thecable, and remains in the IDLE state 2720. If the request misses the DCQand the request cannot the sent down the cable, the QPIF simply retriesthe requesting device and remains in the IDLE state 2720.

If the delayed request is not a MRL or MRM transaction, a second clockcycle is needed to check the request because the data or byte enablesmust be compared to the contents of the DCQ buffers, so the slave statemachine enters a SECOND₋₋ CHECK state 2728. If a parity error occurs orif the lock logic is in the unlocked-but-retry state, the state machineretries the requesting device and remains in the IDLE state 2720.

In the SLAVE₋₋ DAC state 2722, the slave state machine receives thesecond half of the address phase information. If the requesting devicehas not targeted the QPIF, the slave state machine ignores thetransaction and remains in the IDLE state 2720. When the QPIF is thetarget device, the state transition events are the same as those in theIDLE state 2720. Specifically, if the transaction is a posted memorywrite request and a parity error has not occurred, the slave statemachine loads the write counters and determines whether it can acceptthe transaction. If the PMWQ in the other bridge chip is full (tc₋₋pmw₋₋ full is asserted), the DCQ is locked, or the QPIF lock logic is inthe unlocked-but-retry state, the slave state machine retries therequesting device and returns to the IDLE state 2720. If the QPIF canaccept the transaction, the slave state machine initiates the postedmemory write message on the cable and enters the PMW1 state 2724.

If the transaction is not a posted memory write request, the slave statemachine loads the dword counter and, if no parity error has occurred,analyzes the delayed request transaction. If the transaction is a MRL ora MRM transaction and the QPIF lock logic is not in theunlocked-but-retry state, the slave state machine asserts the QPIF checkcycle signal. If the request hits a DCQ buffer that is not empty, theslave state machine enters the STEP₋₋ AHEAD state 2726. If the MRL orMRM request misses all of the DCQ data buffers, the DCQ is not full, thedelayed request queue in the other bridge chip is not full (tc₋₋ dr₋₋full is not asserted), and the DCQ and QPIF are not locked, the slavestate machine asserts the q2pif₋₋ retry signal, forwards the requestdown the cable, and returns to the IDLE state 2720. If the requestmisses the DCQ and the request cannot be sent down the cable, the QPIFsimply retries the requesting device and returns to the IDLE state 2720.

If the delayed request is not a MRL or MRM transaction, a second clockcycle is needed to check the request because the data or byte enablesmust be compared to the contents of the DCQ buffers, so the slave statemachine enters the SECOND₋₋ CHECK state 2728. If a parity error occursor if the lock logic is in the unlocked-but-retry state, the statemachine retries the requesting device and returns to the IDLE state2720.

In the PMW1 state 2724, the slave state machine forwards a posted memorywrite transaction through the cable to the target device. When the statemachine first enters the PMW1 state 2724, it deasserts the load₋₋write₋₋ counter signal. If the dword counter indicates that the postedmemory write transaction is in the last cache line (pmw counter[5:3]equals "111") and the PMWQ in the other bridge is full (tc₋₋ pmw₋₋ full)and the write overflow feature is disabled (!cfg2q₋₋ write₋₋ overflow),or if the write₋₋ page₋₋ disconnect signal is asserted because thetransaction has reached a 4K page boundary, or if the DCQ has assertedthe dcq₋₋ disconnect₋₋ for₋₋ stream signal and the write disconnectfeature is not disabled (!cfg2q₋₋ wr₋₋ discnt₋₋ disable), the slavestate machine asserts the slave₋₋ lastline signal indicating that thecurrent cache line will be the last to be transferred. The slave statemachine then remains in the PMW1 state 2724 until the p2q₋₋ qcyc signalis deasserted, indicating that the transaction has completed on the PCIbus. After leaving the PMW1 state 2724, the slave state machine reentersthe IDLE state 2720.

In the SECOND₋₋ CHECK state 2728, the slave state machine has the DCQcompare the second phase of request information to the delayedcompletion information in the DCQ buffers. If the transaction is not adelayed write request (!io₋₋ write and !config₋₋ write) or there is noparity error (!p2q₋₋ perr), and if the DCQ is not locked and the dwr₋₋check₋₋ ok signal is asserted, the slave state machine asserts theq2pif₋₋ check₋₋ cyc. The dwr₋₋ check₋₋ ok signal is asserted either whenthe transaction is not a delayed write request or when it is a delayedwrite request and a p2q₋₋ irdy wait state has not been inserted. If therequest hits one of the DCQ buffers and the buffer is not empty, theslave state machine enters the STEP₋₋ AHEAD state 2726. If the requestmisses all of the DCQ buffers but the QPIF can send the message down thecable, the slave state machine retries the requesting device, forwardsthe transaction down the cable, and reenters the IDLE state 2720.Otherwise, if the request missed all of the DCQ buffers and the QPIFcould not send the transaction down the cable, or if a parity erroroccurred on a delayed write request, the state machine will retry therequesting device and reenter the IDLE state 2720.

In the STEP₋₋ AHEAD state 2726, the slave state machine increments theDCQ output pointer to the next dword. This state is necessaryimmediately after a DCQ buffer is hit because the PCI interface latchesthe first dword of data without asserting the !p2q₋₋ trdy signal. Fromthe STEP₋₋ AHEAD state 2726, the state machine enters a HIT₋₋ DCQ state2730, in which data is provided from the appropriate DCQ buffer to therequesting device, if the last dword of data has not been taken.Otherwise, the state machine enters a HIT₋₋ DCQ₋₋ FINAL state 2732, inwhich the requesting device is retried because the DCQ buffer containsno more data.

From the HIT₋₋ DCQ state 2730, when the delayed request transactionterminates on the PCI bus before it terminates in the QPIF (i.e., p2q₋₋qcyc is deasserted), the state machine terminates the transaction in theQPIF and asserts the stepback signal, which indicates that the DCQ outpointer should be decremented because the last piece of data was nottaken by the requesting device. The state machine then reenters the IDLEstate 2720. If the DCQ buffer runs out of data while the requestingdevice continues to request it (dcq₋₋ no data and !p2q₋₋ irdy), or ifthe pmw₋₋ counter indicates that the last dword has been reached and theread₋₋ disconnect₋₋ for₋₋ stream signal has been asserted, the slavestate machine retries the requesting device and enters the HIT₋₋ DCQ₋₋FINAL state 2732. If the transaction terminates to establish a stream,the step back signal is asserted and the output pointer of theappropriate DCQ buffer is decremented. In any other situation, the slavestate machine continues to provide data in the HIT₋₋ DCQ state 2730.

In the HIT₋₋ DCQ₋₋ FINAL state 2732, the slave state machine has onedword of data left to transfer. If the PCI bus terminates thetransaction before the requesting device takes the last piece of data(i.e., p2q₋₋ qcyc is deasserted), the slave state machine asserts thestepback signal and returns to the IDLE state 2720. If the p2q₋₋ qcycsignal remains asserted and the requesting device has not asserted aninitiator wait state (!p2q₋₋ irdy), the requesting device is retriedbecause the last piece of data has been taken. The state machine thenreenters the IDLE state 2720. Otherwise, the slave state machine remainsin the HIT₋₋ DCQ₋₋ FINAL state 2732.

Referring to FIG. 87, the cable message generator is a state machinethat creates cable messages from transaction information obtained fromthe master and slave state machines. In addition to an IDLE state 2740,the cable message generator also includes a dual address cycle (CABLE₋₋DAC) state 2742, a master data phase (MASTER₋₋ DPHASE) state 2744, and aslave data phase (SLAVE₋₋ DPHASE) state 2746. The following table showsthe events causing state transitions in the cable message generator.

    __________________________________________________________________________    Cable Message Generator State Transitions                                     CABLE MESSAGE GENERATOR                                                       CURRENT                                                                       STATE     EVENT                 NEXT STATE                                    __________________________________________________________________________    CABLE.sub.-- IDLE                                                                       A: (send.sub.-- message && q2pif.sub.-- dac) ∥                                             CABLE.sub.-- DAC                                        ((dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- mul ∥                                   dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- line) && dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.--                dac)                  SLAVE.sub.-- DPBASE                                     B: (send.sub.-- message && !g2pif.sub.-- dac) ∥                      ((dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- mul ∥                                   (dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- line) && !dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.--               dac)                                                                         (dcq.sub.-- stream.sub.--                                                                           MASTER.sub.-- DPBASE                                    (dcq.sub.-- stream.sub.-- connect ∥                                  !p2q.sub.-- ack ∥ dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- line                    ∥                                                                    dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- mul)                                                                     CABLE.sub.-- IDLE                                       C: (send.sub.-- message && !q2pif.sub.-- dac) ∥                      ((dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- mul ∥                                   dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- line) && !dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.--               dac) ∥                                                               (dcq.sub.-- stream.sub.-- connect                                             && !(|drq.sub.-- valid[3:0])) && !dcq.sub.-- stream.sub              .-- connect                                                                   &&                                                                            !(!p2q.sub.-- ack∥dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- mul.parall              el.dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- line)                                           D: otherwise                                                        CABLE.sub.-- DAC                                                                        E: !p2q.sub.-- ack ∥ dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- mul                  ∥            SLAVE.sub.-- DPRASE                                     dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- line                                               F: otherwise          MASTER.sub.-- DPBASE                          MASTER.sub.-- DPHASE                                                                    G: send.sub.-- message &&q2pif.sub.-- dac                                                           CABLE.sub.-- DAC                                        H: send.sub.-- message && !q2pif.sub.-- dac                                                         SLAVE.sub.-- DPBASE                                     I: !send.sub.-- message &&(early.sub.-- last.sub.-- master.sub.-              - data &&             CABLE.sub.-- IDLE                                       !p2q.sub.-- trdy ∥                                                   master.sub.-- abort.sub.-- cable)                                             J: otherwise          MASTER.sub.-- DPBASE                          SLAVE.sub.-- DPBASE                                                                     K: [!(drq.sub.-- stream.sub.-- connect                                                              CABLE.sub.-- IDLE                                       &&!(|drq.sub.-- valid[3:0])&&p2q.sub.-- qcyc)]                       &&[(dly.sub.-- read.sub.-- request∥dly.sub.-- single.su              b.-- write.sub.-- request                                                     ∥                                                                    dcq.sub.-- prefetch.sub.-- mul ∥ dcq.sub.-- prefetch.su              b.-- line)] ∥                                                        L: early.sub.-- last.sub.-- slave.sub.-- data                                                       SLAVE.sub.-- DPBASE                                     dcq.sub.-- stream.sub.-- connect                                              &&!(|drq.sub.-- valid[3:0])&&p2q.sub.-- qcyc and                     otherwise                                                           __________________________________________________________________________

At reset, the cable message generator enters the IDLE state 2740, inwhich it waits for transaction information to arrive from the master orslave state machines. From the IDLE state 2740, if the cable messagegenerator receives a prefetch multiple signal (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋ mul) ora prefetch line signal (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋ line), the cable address signal(early₋₋ cad[31:2]) equals the prefetch address signal (dcq₋₋ prefetch₋₋addr[31:2]). Otherwise the early₋₋ cad[31:2] signal takes on the valueof the QPIF address signal (q2pif₋₋ addr[31:2]). When the cable messageis initiated by the master state machine, the message is a delayedcompletion message, so the command code (early₋₋ ccbe[3:0]) equals"1001". When the cable message is initiated by the slave state machine,the command code takes on the value of the message₋₋ cmd[3:0] signal,discussed above.

If the send₋₋ message signal is asserted, indicating that either themaster state machine or the slave state machine has initiated a message,and the corresponding transaction is not a dual address cycle, or if thecable message generator receives a prefetch request that is not a dualaddress cycle, or if the cable message generator receives a streamconnect signal and no delayed requests from the CPU are pending in thedownstream DRQ, the cable message generator asserts a sent₋₋ pmw signalthat indicates that a posted memory write request from the PCI bus willbe sent down the cable. The sent₋₋ pmw signal is not asserted if astream has been established by the DCQ. The cable message generatorasserts a sent₋₋ dr signal when a read request or delayed write requestis received from the slave state machine or a prefetch signal isreceived and when a stream has not been established by the DCQ.

If the DCQ has established a stream (dcq₋₋ stream₋₋ connect isasserted), the buffer number for the cable signal (early₋₋ cbuff[2:0])takes on the value of the DCQ stream buffer (dcq₋₋ stream₋₋ buff[2:0]),the cable command code (early₋₋ ccbe[3:0]) is set equal to "1000", andthe cable message generator enters the SLAVE₋₋ DPHASE state 2746.Otherwise, if the QPIF is in the slave mode and the cable messagegenerator receives either a prefetch multiple or a prefetch line signal,the cable buffer signal takes on the value of the DCQ buffer number(dcq₋₋ buff[2:0]) and the cable message generator enters the SLAVE₋₋DPHASE state 2746. Otherwise, the QPIF is operating in the master modeand the cable message generator enters the MASTER₋₋ DPHASE state 2744.

When the cable message generator receives the send₋₋ message signal anda transaction that is a dual address cycle, or when it receives aprefetch request that is a dual address cycle, the message generatorenters the CABLE₋₋ DAC state 2742. For a prefetch signal, the cableaddress signal is set equal to the upper thirty two bits of the dcq₋₋prefetch₋₋ addr[63:0] signal; otherwise, the cable address equals theupper thirty-two bits of the q2pif₋₋ addr[63:0] signal. Also, if thecable message generator receives the transaction from the slave statemachine, the cable buffer number equals the DCQ buffer number;otherwise, the cable buffer number equals the DRQ buffer number (nocompletion messages are generated for posted memory write transactions).

In the CABLE₋₋ DAC state 2742, the cable message decoder generates thesecond half of the address phase information. As in the IDLE state 2740,the cable address signal takes on the value of the prefetch address whenthe received transaction is a prefetch line or prefetch multiple requestand takes on the value of the q2pif₋₋ addr[31:2] otherwise. The sent₋₋pmw signal is asserted when the message generator receives a postedmemory write transaction from the slave state machine, and the sent₋₋ drsignal is asserted when it receives a prefetch request or a delayedrequest from the slave state machine. If a prefetch request or a requestfrom the slave state machine is received, the cable message generatorenters the SLAVE₋₋ DPHASE state 2746. Otherwise, the message generatorenters the MASTER₋₋ DPHASE state 2744.

In the MASTER₋₋ DPHASE state 2744, the cable message generator attemptsto send a delayed completion message down the cable. However, if the PCIinterface grants the bus to a device on the PCI bus before the QPIF getscontrol of the bus, the cable message generator must leave the MASTER₋₋DPHASE state 2744 to send the newly received message. Therefore, if thesend₋₋ message signal is asserted while the message generator is in theMASTER₋₋ DPHASE state 2744, the q2c₋₋ new₋₋ req signal is asserted toindicate the start of a new message. If the q2pif₋₋ dac₋₋ flag isasserted, the new transaction is a dual address cycle and the cablemessage generator enters the CABLE₋₋ DAC state 2742. Otherwise, messagegenerator enters the SLAVE₋₋ DPHASE state 2746.

If the send₋₋ message signal is not asserted, then the cable messagegenerator is sending a delayed completion message from the master statemachine. When the master state machine has completed the last datatransfer with the PCI bus and the target device has acknowledged thetransfer (!p2q₋₋ trdy), or when the master has aborted the transactionon the cable, the cable message generator asserts a sent₋₋ dc signalindicating that the delayed completion message was sent down the cableand reenters the IDLE state 2740. Otherwise, the message generatorremains in the MASTER₋₋ DPHASE state 2744 and continues generating thedelayed completion message.

From the SLAVE₋₋ DPHASE state 2746, as long as a stream is establishedwith the upstream chip, no delayed requests from the CPU are pending inthe downstream DRQ, and the requesting device continues to send data tothe QPIF (q2p₋₋ qcyc is asserted), the cable message generator remainsin the SLAVE₋₋ DPHASE state 2746 and continues to forward thetransaction from the requesting device. Otherwise, if the cable messagegenerator receives a delayed request or a prefetch request, the cablemessage generator forwards the request and, in the case of a delayedwrite request, the one dword of data to the upstream device and thenenters the IDLE state 2740. Otherwise, the cable message generator hasreceived a posted memory write request. In this situation, the cablemessage generator stays in the SLAVE₋₋ DPHASE state 2746 and continuesto forward the posted memory write information down the cable until theearly₋₋ last₋₋ slave₋₋ data signal is asserted, indicating the lastpiece of data has been sent by the slave state machine. The messagegenerator then terminates the cable transaction and reenters the IDLEstate 2740.

CABLE INTERFACE

To ensure the valid transfer of data between the two bridge chips, datasent through the cable 28 must be synchronized properly to the clocksfrom the clock generators 102 and 122. The downstream clock generator122 bases its clocks on an upstream clock (which in turn is based on thePCI bus clock PCICLK1) transmitted down the cable 28 with the data. As aresult, upstream data transmitted downstream is synchronized to theclocks generated in the downstream bridge chip 48. However, the phasedelay associated with the cable 28 between the main clocks generated inthe upstream chip 26 and the data transferred back upstream from thedownstream chip 48 is unknown. The length of the cable 28 range from 10to as large as 100 feet (if appropriate interface technology is used).The receiving logic in the upstream cable interface 104 is effectivelyan asynchronous boundary with respect to the upstream clock.Consequently, the receiving logic needs to re-synchronize thedownstream-to-upstream data to the clock from the upstream clockgenerator 102.

Referring to FIG. 5, the clock distribution scheme in the 2-chip PCI-PCIbridge is shown. Transactions which are forwarded between the bridgechips 26 and 48 are encoded into multiple time-multiplexed messages. Theformat of the messages is similar to the PCI transaction format (exceptfor time multiplexing) and includes an address and one or more dataphases and modified handshake signals in addition to signals which areadded to indicate buffer number and special bridge function commands.Each cable interface 104 or 130 includes a master cable interface (192or 194) and a slave cable interface (196 or 198). The master cableinterface 192 or 194 transmits messages out onto the cable 28, and theslave cable interface 196 or 198 receives messages from the cable 28.

The clock generator 102 or 122 in each bridge chip includes two on-chipPLLs for clock generation. A PLL 184 in the upstream bridge chip 26locks on the primary PCI bus input clock PCICLK1. In the downstreambridge chip 48, the PLL 180 locks to an incoming clock PCICLK2 from aclock buffer 181.

In the ensuing description, a "1X clock" refers to a clock having thesame frequency as the clock PCICLK1, while a "3X clock" refers to aclock having three times the frequency of the clock PCICLK1. A 1X clockPCLK generated by the PLL 184 or 180 (in the bridge chip 26 or 48,respectively) is used for the corresponding bridge chip's PCI businterface logic 188 or 190, and the 3X clock PCLK3 is used to run thecable message generation logic in the master cable interface 192 or 194.The other PLL 186 or 182 is used to lock to a cable input clock CABLE₋₋CLK1 (from upstream) or CABLE₋₋ CLK2 (from downstream) and to generate a1X clock CCLK and a 3X clock CCLK3 to capture incoming cable data. Theclock outputs of the PLL 186 or 182 are routed to the slave cableinterface 196 or 198, respectively.

The PLLs are arranged in the layout to balance the 1X and 3X clocks asclosely as possible to minimize the skew between them.

The PLL 184 or 180 generates a phase indicator signal PCLKPHI1, whichindicates to the master cable interface 192 or 194 when the first phaseof data should be presented to the cable 28. On the upstream side, thesignal PCLKPHI1 is based on the PCI clock PCICLK1; on the downstreamside, the signal PCLKPHI1 is based on the PCI clock PCICLK2. The PLL 186or 182 generates a phase indicator signal CCLKPHI1, based on the cableclock CABLE₋₋ CLK1 or CABLE₋₋ CLK2, to indicate to the slave cableinterface 196 or 198 when the first phase of data has come down thecable 28.

The PCI clock PCICLK2 for the secondary PCI bus 32 is generated off a 1Xclock BUFCLK of the PLL 182 in the downstream bridge chip 48. The clockBUFCLK drives the clock buffer 181 through a driver 179. The buffer 181outputs a separate clock signal for each of the six slots on thesecondary PCI bus 32 as well as the clock PCICLK2, which is routed backas the bus input clock to the downstream bridge chip 48. By basing theclock PCLK on the clock PCICLK2 from the clock buffer 181, the clockschemes of the upstream and downstream chips are made to appear moresimilar since both are based on an external bus clock.

The cable clock CABLE₋₋ CLK1 is a 33% duty cycle clock. The PLL 182first converts the 33% duty cycle clock to a 50% duty cycle clock foroutput as BUFCLK.

The PCI Specification, Version 2.1, requires that the PCI bus clock mustmeet the following requirements: clock cycle time greater than or equalto 30 ns; clock high time greater than 11 ns; clock low time greaterthan or equal to 11 ns; and clock slew rate between 1 and 4 ns.

When the computer system is powered up, the upstream chip 26 is poweredon last, the upstream PLL 184 sends the clock CABLE₋₋ CLK1 (through themaster interface 192) down the cable 28, which is then locked to by thedownstream PLL 182 and PLL 180. The downstream PLL 180 then sends theclock CABLE₋₋ CLK2 back upstream to be locked to by the PLL 186. Thesystem is not completely operational until all four PLLs have acquiredlock.

If the upstream bridge chip 26 powers up and the downstream bridge chip48 is not yet turned on, the upstream bridge chip 26 behaves as aPCI--PCI bridge with nothing connected to its downstream bus (the cable28). As a result, the upstream bridge chip 26 does not accept any cyclesuntil the downstream bridge chip 48 is powered on and the upstream PLL186 has acquired "lock" from the cable clock CABLE₋₋ CLK2.

The upstream bridge chip 26 floats all of its PCI output buffers andstate machines asynchronously with assertion of the PCI reset signalPCIRST1₋₋ on the primary bus 24. During reset, the PLL 184 may beattempting to acquire lock on the PCI bus clock PCICLK1. Since the PCISpecification guarantees that the signal PCIRST1₋₋ will remain activefor at least 100 As after the PCI bus clock becomes stable, the PLL 184has about 100 μs to acquire a lock.

The downstream bridge chip 48 resets all internal state machines upondetection of the primary bus PCIRST1₋₋ signal. In response, thedownstream bridge chip 48 also asserts a slot-specific reset to eachslot on the secondary PCI bus 32, as well as a secondary PCI bus resetsignal PCIRST2₋₋.

Referring to FIG. 6, each PLL includes a voltage-controlled oscillator(VCO) 200 generating an output 201 (the 3X clock) between 75 Mhz (for a25-Mhz PCI bus) and 100 Mhz (for a 33-Mhz PCI bus). The VCO 200 receivesa reference clock 197, which is the PCI bus clock. Each PLL has a lockdetection circuit 205 which indicates by a lock indication bit that thePLL phase is locked to its reference accurately enough to perform itsintended function.

The lock indication bits are written to a status register in theconfiguration space 105 or 125 of each bridge chip. On the downstreamside, a power-good/lock status bit is transmitted to the upstream bridgechip 26 to indicate that the main elements of the downstream bridge chip48 are stable (power is stable) and the downstream PLLs are locked (lockindication bits of the two PLLs are active). The lock indication bit isalso gated with the EDC status bits such that EDC errors are notreported as such until the PLLs are locked. Thus, the bridge chip paircan come up to an error-free communication state without softwareintervention. The lock indication bit also provides some diagnosticinformation which can distinguish between a PLL lock failure and otherdata errors. The clock generation circuitry includes a four-statemachine 202 to generate a divide-by-3 clock (1X clock) of the VCO output201. The 1X clock is fed back to the PLL at input 203.

Data is moved down the cable 28 at a 3X clock (PCLK3) rate in threetime-multiplexed phases to produce a 1X clock message transfer rate.Referring to FIG. 7, the circuitry in the master cable interface 192 or194 for disassembling and transmitting the cable message includes aregister 204, which samples the out-going message at the local PCLKboundary. The flip-flop 208 provides extra margin for hold time on thethird phase of the transmitted message by holding this phase for anextra half of a PCLK. Since the output register 212 is clocked with the3X clock PCLK3, this reduces the need for tight control on the skewbetween the 1X and 3X clocks. From the phase indication signal PCLKPHI1,a set of three flip-flops 210 generates successive PHI1, PHI2, and PHI3signals, representing phases 1, 2 and 3, respectively, which in turncontrol a 60:20 multiplexer 206. The three phases of data(LMUXMSG[19:0], LMUXMSG[39:20], {LMUXMSG[51:40], EDC[7:0]}) aresuccessively multiplexed into the register 212 and driven through thecable 28. The third phase of data includes error correction bitsEDC[7:0] generated by an ECC generator 206 (FIG. 17) from the register204 output bits LMUXMSG [51:0]. The flip-flop 214, clocked by PCLK3,receives the PHIL signal and clocks it out as the cable clock CABLE CLK1or CABLE₋₋ CLK2.

Since the master cable interface 192 or 194 is a 1X-to-3X communicationinterface, a one 3X-clock latency is incurred, resulting in a single 3Xclock phase shift of the transmitted cable message from the PCI busclock as shown in FIG. 8. In period TO, message A is presented to theinput of the register 204 and the first phase clock indicator PCLKPHI1is asserted high. The signal PHIL is asserted high from a previouscycle. In period Ti, the cable clock CABLE₋₋ CLK1 or CABLE₋₋ CLK2 isdriven high in response to the signal PHI1 being high. The PCLKPHI1pulse causes the signal PHI2 to be pulsed high in period T1. Next, inperiod T2, the signal PHI3 is pulsed in response to the signal PHI2. Inperiod T3, the signal PHI1 is pulsed high in response to the signal PHI3being high. Message A is also loaded into the register 204 on the risingedge of the clock PCLK in period T3. Next, in period T4, the signal PHILcauses the multiplexer 206 to select the first phase data A1 for loadinginto the register 212. Next, in period T5, the second phase data A2 isselected and loaded into the register 212. Then, in period T6, the thirdphase data A3 is loaded into the register 212. This process is repeatedfor messages B, C, D and E in the subsequent clock periods.

As shown in FIG. 8, the cable clock CABLE₋₋ CLK has a 33% duty cycle.Alternatively, the cable clock CABLE₋₋ CLK can be designed to have anaverage duty cycle of 50%, which can be accomplished, for example, bysending out the cable clock as 33% high-66% low-66% high-33% low. Havingan average 50% duty cycle could result in better pass characteristics inthe cable 28.

Referring to FIG. 9, a slave cable interface first-in-first-out buffer(FIFO) 216 assembles incoming data from the cable 28 and transmits theassembled data to the queues and PCI state machines in the receivingbridge chip. The FIFO 216 is 4 entries deep, with each entry capable ofholding one complete cable message. The depth of the FIFO 216 allows forthe cable data to be synchronized to the local bridge chip clock withoutlosing any effective bandwidth in the cable interface. In addition, onthe upstream side, the FIFO 216 is an asynchronous boundary for thecable data coming from the downstream bridge chip 48. The FIFO 216ensures that the cable data is properly synchronized with respect toPCLK before it is outputed to the rest of the chip.

The entries of the FIFO 216 are selected by an input pointer INPTR[1:0]from an input pointer counter 226, which is clocked by the signal CCLK3,cleared when a signal EN₋₋ INCNT is low, and enabled by the phaseindicator CCLKPHI1. The negative edge of the 3X clock CCLK3 from the PLL186 or 182 is used to latch incoming data from the cable 28, first intoa 20-bit register 218, and then into a register 220 if a phase oneindication signal PHI1₋₋ DLY is asserted, or into a register 222 if aphase two indication signal PHI2₋₋ DLY is asserted. The phase 1 data,phase 2 data and phase 3 data from the registers 220, 222 and 218,respectively, are loaded into the selected entry of the FIFO 216 on thenegative edge of CCLK3 when the phase 3 indication signal PHI3₋₋ DLY isasserted. The four sets of outputs from the FIFO 216 are received by a240:60 multiplexer 228, which is selected by an output pointerOUTPTR[1:0] from an output pointer counter 224 clocked by PCLK andcleared when a signal EN₋₋ OUTCNT is low.

Referring to FIG. 10, the input pointer and output pointer counters 226and 224 continuously traverse through the FIFO 216 filling and emptyingdata. The counters 226 and 224 are offset in such a way as to guaranteevalid data in a location before it is read out. The initialization ofthe pointers is different for an upstream bridge chip 26 than for adownstream bridge chip 48 due to synchronization uncertainties.

Flip-flops 236 and 238 synchronize the reset signal C₋₋ CRESET, which isasynchronous to the clocks in the bridge chip, to the CCLK clockboundary. The signal EN₋₋ INCNT is generated by the flip-flop 238. Theinput pointer is incremented on the rising edge of the clock CCLK3 ifthe first phase indication signal CCLKPHI1 and the signal EN₋₋ INCNT.The output pointer is then started at a later local PCLK clock boundaryPCLK when it can be guaranteed that the data will be valid in the FIFO216. The upstream and downstream bridge chips must handle the startingof the output pointer differently since the phase relationship of thecable clock to the local clock is not known for the upstream bridge chip26 but is known for the downstream bridge chip 48.

In the downstream bridge chip 48, the phase relationship between theincoming cable clock CABLE₋₋ CLK1 and the secondary PCI bus clockPCICLK2 is known since the PCI clock PCICLK2 is generated from the cableclock. As a result, no synchronization penalty exists for the outputpointer OUTPTR[1:0] in the downstream bridge chip 48, and the outputpointer can track the input pointer INPTR[1:0] as closely as possible. Aflip-flop 230, which is clocked on the negative edge of the clock PCLK,is used to avoid any clock skew problems between the clock CCLKgenerated by the PLL 182 and the clock PCLK generated by the PLL 180.Though these two clocks have identical frequencies and should be inphase with each other, there is an unknown skew between the two clockssince they are generated from two different PLLs. On the downstreamside, the signal EN₋₋ OUTCNT is the signal EN₋₋ INCNT latched on thenegative edge of the signal PCLK by the flip-flop 230. A multiplexer 234selects the output of the flip-flop 230 since the signal UPSTREAM₋₋ CHIPis low.

In the upstream bridge chip 26, the cable interface is treated ascompletely asynchronous. The phase uncertainty is due to the unknownphase shift of the cable 28 itself. Designing for this uncertainty givescomplete freedom on the length of cable 28. What is known is that theclocks in the upstream and downstream bridge chips have the samefrequency, since they both have their origin in the upstream PCI busclock PCICLK1. In the upstream bridge chip 26, the signal EN₋₋ OUTCNT isthe signal EN₋₋ INCNT latched on the positive edge of the clock PCLK bya flip-flop 232. The multiplexer 234 selects the output of the flip-flop232 since the signal UPSTREAM₋₋ CHIP is high. The flip-flop 232guarantees that even for the worst-case lineup of the cable clockCABLE₋₋ CLK2 and the local PCI clock PCLK (one complete PCLK periodphase shift), there is valid data in the FIFO 216 before the data istransmitted to the rest of the chip.

Referring to FIG. 11, the cable data is received by the slave cableinterface 196 or 198 as three phase time-multiplexed signals A1, A2 andA3; B1, B2 and B3; C1, C2 and C3; and so forth. A previous transactionis completed in periods T0, T1 and T2. Beginning in period T3, the firstphase data A1 is presented to the register 218 and the first phaseindicator CCLKPHI1 is pulsed high. On the falling edge of CCLK3 inperiod T3, the data A1 is loaded into the register 218, and the localphase 1 indication signal PHI₋₋ DLY is pulsed high. In period T4, on thefalling edge of clock, the phase 1 data A1 is loaded into the register220, the phase 2 data A2 is loaded into the register 218, and the phase2 indication signal PHI2₋₋ DLY is pulsed high. In period T5, on thefalling edge of CCLK3, the phase 2 data is loaded into the register 222,the phase 3 data A3 is loaded into the register 218, and the phase 3indication signal PHI3₋₋ DLY is pulsed high. In period T6, the contentsof the registers 220, 222, and 218 are loaded into the selected entry ofthe FIFO 216 on the following edge of CCLK3. Also in period T6, the dataB1 is presented to the register 218 along with the indication signalCCLKPHI1. Messages B and C are loaded into the FIFO 216 in the samemanner as message A in subsequent periods.

Referring to FIG. 12, the input pointer INPTR[1:0] starts at the value 0in period TO on the rising edge of the clock CCLK3. Also in period TO,message A is loaded into FIFO 0 on the falling edge of the clock CCLK3.In the downstream bridge chip 48, the output pointer OUTPTR[1:0] isincremented to the value 0 on the next rising edge of the clock PCLK inperiod T3. Also in period T3, the input pointer INPTR[1:0] isincremented to the value 1 on the rising edge of the clock CCLK3, andmessage B is loaded into FIFO 1 on the falling edge of CCLK3. Cable datais thus loaded into FIFO0, FIFO1, FIFO2, and FIFO3 in a circularfashion.

On the upstream side, if the input pointer INPTR[1:0] is 0 in period t0,the output pointer OUTPTR[1:0] is incremented to the value 0 in periodT6, two PCLK periods after the input pointer INPTR[1:0]. The two PCLKperiod lag in the upstream bridge chip 26 allows the phase delay in thecable 28 to be of any value, which has the advantage that the cablelength need not be of a specific fixed value.

Referring to FIG. 13, the input and output flip flops on the cableinterface are custom-placed by the manufacturer of the chips to minimizethe skew between the cable data and the clock passed with it. The amountof wire between each flip-flop and the I/O are maintained as consistentas possible between all cable interface signals.

CABLE MESSAGE

Sixty bits of cable data constitute one message. The 60 bits aremultiplexed onto 20 cable lines and are transmitted each 10 ns over thecable 28. The table in FIG. 14 shows the bits and the phase each bit isassigned to. The first three columns show the upstream-to-downstreamdata transfer format, and the last three columns show thedownstream-to-upstream data transfer format. The following is adescription of the signals.

EDC[7:0]: The signals are the eight syndrome bits used to detect andcorrect errors encountered in transmitting data over the cable 28.

CAD[31:0]: The signals are the 32 address or data bits.

CFRAME₋₋ : The signal is used to signal the start and end of a cabletransaction, similar to the PCI FRAME₋₋ signal.

CCBE[3:0]₋₋ : The four bits form byte enables in some PCI clock phasesand either a PCI command or a message code in other PCI clock phases.

CBUFF[3:0]: In the address phase, the signals indicate a buffer numberfor initializing the bridge chip delayed completion queue (DCQ) 148 totie upstream and downstream delayed read completion (DRC) and delayedread request (DRR) transactions. After the address phase, the signalscontain the parity bit, parity error indication and the data readysignal.

COMPLETION REMOVED: The bit is used to signal that a delayed completionhas been removed from the transaction ordering queue (TOQ) on the otherside of the cable 28.

PMW ACKNOWLEDGE: The bit is used to signal that a posted memory write(PMW) has been completed on the other side and has been removed from thetransaction run queue (TRQ).

LOCK₋₋ : The bit is transmitted downstream (but not upstream) toidentify locked cycles.

SERR₋₋ : The bit is used to transmit an SERR₋₋ indication upstream, butis not transmitted downstream.

INTSYNC and INTDATA: The bits carry the eight interrupts from downstreamto upstream in a serially multiplexed format. The signal INTSYNC is thesynchronization signal indicating the start fo the interrupt sequenceand the signal INTDATA is the serial data bit. The signals INTSYNC andINTDATA are routed on separate lines over the cable 28.

RESET SECONDARY BUS: The bit is asserted when the CPU 14 writes to thesecondary reset bit in a bridge control register in the upstream bridgechip 26. It causes the downstream bridge chip 48 to reset to a power upstate. The reset signals for the slots are also asserted. The signalRESET secondary bus is routed on a separate line over the cable 28.

Because the address and data in each PCI transaction is multiplexed overthe same lines, each PCI transaction includes an address phase and atleast one data phase (more than one for burst transactions). The PCIspecification also supports single address transactions (32-bitaddressing) and dual-address transactions (64-bit addressing).

Referring to FIG. 15A, a table shows what information appears on eachportion of the bus during address and data phases of the single-addresstransactions. For a single address transaction, the first phase is theaddress phase and the second and subsequent phases are data phases. Inthe address phase of a delayed read/write request transaction, thesignals CBUFF[3:0] indicate the DCQ buffer number for initializing thebridge chip DCQ 148 to tie upstream and downstream DRC and DRRtransactions. After the address phase, the signal CBUFF[0] contains theparity bit. The signals CCBE[3:0]₋₋ contain the PCI command in theaddress phase and the byte enable bits in the data phases.

For posted memory write transactions, the signals CBUFF[3:0] are "don'tcare" in the address phase and contain the data-ready indication, parityerror indication, and parity bit in the data phases.

In a delayed read/write completion transaction, the signals CBUFF[3:0]contain the DCQ buffer numbers in the address phase and theend-of-completion indication, data-ready indication, parity errorindication, and parity bit in the data phases. The signals CCBE[3:0]₋₋contain a code representing a DRC transaction in the address phase andthe status bits of the DRC transaction in the data phases. Delayedcompletion transactions return the status of the destination bus foreach data phase. The data parity bit is transmitted on CCBE[3]₋₋. Otherstatus conditions are encoded on the CCBE[2:0]₋₋ bus, with a binaryvalue 000 indicating normal completion and a binary value 001 indicatinga target abort condition. The address/data bits CAD[31:0] are "don'tcare" in the address phase and contain data during the data phases.

In a stream connect transaction, the signals CBUFF[3:0] contain a buffernumber in the address phase and the signal CBUFF[2] contains thedata-ready indication in the data phases. The signals CCBE[3:0] containa code representing a stream connect transaction in the address phaseand are "don't care" in the data phases. The address/data bits CAD[31:0]are not used during a stream connect transaction.

The table in FIG. 15B shows the encoding of the signals for dual-addresstransactions. In delayed read/write request transactions, the signalsCBUFF[3:0] contain a buffer number in the first and second addressphases and the signal CBUFF[0] contains the parity bit in the dataphase. The signals CCBE[3:0]₋₋ contain a code representing adual-address cycle in the first address phase, the PCI command in thesecond address phase, and the byte enable bits in the data phase. Thesignals CAD[31:0] contain the most significant address bits in the firstaddress phase, the least significant address bits in the second addressphase, and the data bits in the data phase. In a dual-address postedmemory write transaction, the signals CBUFF[3:0] are "don't care" in thefirst two address phases, but the signals CBUFF[1:0] contain the parityerror indication bit and the parity bit in the data phases. The signalsCCBE[3:0]₋₋ contain a code representing a dual-address cycle in thefirst address phase, the PCI command bits in the second address phase,and the byte enable bits in the data phases. The signals CAD[31:0]contain the most significant address bits in the first address phase,the remaining address bits in the second address phase, and the databits in the data phases.

There are three possible states for the data transfer: not-last,last-of-cable-transfer, and last-of- request. The not-last state isindicated by asserting the bit CBUFF[2] while FRAME₋₋ is active, whichindicates that another word of data is being presented. Thelast-of-cable- transfer state is indicated by asserting the bit CBUFF[2]while the signal CFRAME₋₋ is inactive. The last-of-request state isindicated by asserting the bits CBUFF[3] and CBUFF[2] while the signalCFRAME₋₋ is inactive.

The following four IEEE 1149.1 Boundary-Scan (JTAG) signals are includedin the cable 28 to effect a JTAG test chain: TCK (the test clock), TDI(test data input), TDO (test data output) and TMS (test mode select).The optional TRST₋₋ is not transmitted down the cable, but TRST₋₋ can begenerated from power-good.

The JTAG signals are routed from the system PCI connector through theupstream bridge chip 26, including JTAG master 110, down the cable 28 tothe downstream bridge chip 48 to the JTAG master 128, which distributesthe JTAG signals to each of the six PCI slots on the secondary PCI bus32. The return path is from the JTAG master 128, up the cable 28 back tothe upstream bridge chip 26 and then to the PCI slot on the primary PCIbus 24. The signals TDO, TCK, and TMS are downstream bound signals. Thesignal TDI is an upstream bound signal.

One type of cable 28 that can be used is a cylindrical 50-pair shieldedcable designed to support the High Performance Parallel Interface(HIPPI) standard. A second type of cable is a shielded 50-pair ribboncable. The advantages of the first are standardization, ruggedness andreliable uniform manufacture. The advantages of the second are greatermechanical flexibility, automatic termination to the connector inassembly and possibly lower cost.

The table of FIG. 16 shows some of the HIPPI cable specifications. Theground shield consists of a braid over aluminum tape and carries onlyminimum DC currents due to the differential nature of the buffers to beused. The method of signaling is true differential which providesseveral advantages, with differential buffers used to send and receivesignals over the cable 28. First the true differential method is lessexpensive than fiber optics for this short distance and less complex tointerface than other serial methods. Differential signaling providessignificant common mode noise immunity and common mode operating range,is available in ASICs and is faster than TTL. When using twisted pairand shielding, it minimizes electromagnetic radiation. When using lowvoltage swings, it minimizes power dissipation.

The signaling levels chosen as a target are described in the IEEE DraftStandard for Low-Voltage Differential Signals (LVDS) for ScaleableCoherent Interface (SCI), Draft 1.10 (May 5, 1995).

The cable connector is an AMP metallic shell 100-pin connector with tworows of pins. The rows are 100 mils apart and the pins are on 50-milcenters. The metal shell provides EMI shielding and the connection ofthe ground path from the cable shield to the board connector. The matingright angle board connector just fits a PCI bracket. The connector is tohave a bar running between the rows of pins to divert electrostaticdischarges from the signal pins when the connector is disconnected. Apair of thumb screws attached to the cable connector will secure themated connectors.

ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION

An error detection and correction (EDC) method is implemented on eachbridge chip to protect communication over the cable 28. Since the datais time-multiplexed into three 20-bit groups to be sent over 20 pairs ofwires, each triplet of "adjacent" bits (i.e., bits associated with thesame wire in the cable 28) is arranged so as to be transmitted on asingle wire pair. The EDC method can correct single-bit failures andmulti-bit failures occurring in the same bit position in each of thethree time-multiplexed phases. The multi-bit failures are typicallyassociated with a hardware failure, e.g., a broken or defective wire ora faulty pin on bridge chips 26, 48.

Twenty wire pairs of the cable 28 are used for downstream communicationand 20 more for upstream communication. For the remaining ten pairs inthe 50-pair HIPPI cable 28 (which pass such information as the clocksignals CABLE₋₋ CLK1 and CABLE₋₋ CLK2, reset signals, and the powergood/PLL-lock signal), error detection and correction is notimplemented.

The following are the underlying assumptions for the EDC algorithm. Mosterrors are single bit errors. The probability of having randommultiple-bit errors in the same transaction is extremely remote becausethe cable 28 is not susceptible to interference from internal orexternal sources. Errors caused by a defective wire may affect a singlebit or a group of bits transmitted on that wire. When a hardware failureoccurs, the logic state of the corresponding differential buffer is in asingle valid logic state.

Referring to FIG. 17, the output signals FIFOOUT[59:0] from themultiplexer 228 in the slave cable interface 196 or 198 are provided tothe input of a check bit generator 350, which produces check bitsCHKBIT[7:0]. The check bits are generated according to the parity-checkmatrix shown in FIG. 18, in which the first row corresponds toCHKBIT[0], the second row corresponds to CHKBIT[1], and so forth. Thebits across a row correspond to data bits FIFOOUT[0:59].

The check bits are generated by an exclusive-OR of all the data bitsFIFOOUT[X] (X is equal to 0-59), which have a "1" value in theparity-check matrix. Thus, the check bit CHKBIT[0] is an exclusive-OR ofdata bits FIFOOUT[7], FIFOOUT[8], FIFOOUT[9], FIFOOUT[12], FIFOOUT[13],FIFOUT[16], FIFOOUT[22], FIFOOUT[23], FIFOOUT[24], FIFOOUT[26],FIFOOUT[32], FIFOOUT[33], FIFOOUT[34], FIFOOUT[35], FIFOOUT[38],FIFOOUT[39], FIFOOUT[45], FIFOOUT[46], FIFOOUT[48], FIFOOUT[49],FIFOOUT[51], and FIFOOUT[52]. Similarly, the check bit CHKBIT[1] is anexclusive-OR of bits 0, 1, 4, 5, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 23, 27, 35, 37,38, 40, 43, 46, 47, 48, 50, and 53. Check bits CHKBIT[2:7] are generatedin similar fashion according to the parity-check matrix of FIG. 18. Theparity check matrix is based upon the 20 sub-channels or wires pertime-multiplexed phase and a probability that multiple errors in theaccumulated data are attributable to a faulty sub-channel or wire thataffects the same data position in each time-multiplexed phase.

In the master cable interface 192 or 194, the check bits CHKBIT[7:0] areprovided as error detection and correction bits EDC[7:0] along withother cable data to allow error correction logic in the slave cableinterface 196 or 198 to detect and correct data errors.

The check bits CHKBIT[7:0] are provided to a fix bit generator 352,which generates fix bits FIXBIT[59:0] according to the syndrome tableshown in FIG. 19. The check bits CHKBIT[7:0] have 256 (28) possiblevalues. The syndrome table in FIG. 19 contains 256 possible positions.Each of the 256 positions in the syndrome table contains 2 entries, thefirst entry being the hexadecimal value of the check bits CHKBIT[7:0],and the second entry indicating the cable data status associated withthat position. Thus, for example, a hexadecimal value 00 indicates ano-error condition, a hexadecimal value 01 indicates an error in databit 52, a hexadecimal value 02 indicates an error in data bit 53, ahexadecimal value 03 indicates an uncorrectable error (UNCER), and soforth.

The EDC logic is capable of detecting up to 3 erroneous bits, as long asthose data bits are adjacent, i.e., associated with the same wire. Thus,for example, if the check bits CHKBIT[7:0] contain a hexadecimal value3D, then data bits 3, 23, and 43 are erroneous. The cable 28 carriescable data CABLE DATA[19:0]. Thus, data bits FIFOOUT[3], FIFOOUT[23],and FIFOOUT[43] are associated with the fourth position of the cabledata, i.e., CABLE₋₋ DATA[3]. The EDC method can also correct two-biterrors associated with the same cable wire. Thus, for example, ahexadecimal check bit value of 0F indicates errors in data bitsFIFOOUT[4] and FIFOOUT[24], both associated with CABLE₋₋ DATA[4].

The fix bit generator 352 also produces signals NCERR (uncorrectableerror) and CRERR (correctable error). If no error is indicated by thecheck bits, then the signals CRERR (correctable error) and NCERR(non-correctable error) are both deasserted low. In those positions inthe syndrome table containing the uncorrectable state UNCER, the signalNCERR is asserted high and the signal CRERR is deasserted low.Otherwise, where a correctable data error is indicated, the signal NCERRis deasserted low and the signals CRERR is asserted high.

The lower 52 bits of the fix bits FIXBIT[51:0] are provided to one inputof 52 exclusive-OR gates 354, whose other input receives one of each thelower 52 bits of the FIFO data FIFOOUT[51:0]. The upper 8 FIFO bitsFIFOOUT[59:52], allocated to the error detection and correction bitsEDC[7:0], are used to generate the check bits and the syndrome bits, butare not subject to error correction. The exclusive-OR gates 354 performa bit-wise exclusive-OR operation of the fix bits FIXBIT[51:0] and thedata bits FIFOOUT[51:0]. If the data signals FIFOOUT[51:0] containcorrectable, erroneous data bits, those data bits are flipped by theexclusive-OR operation. The exclusive-OR gates 354 provide the correcteddata CORRMSG[51:0] to the 1 input of a multiplexer 360. The 0 input ofthe multiplexer 360 receives the data bits FIFOOUT[51:0], and themultiplexer 360 is selected by a configuration signal CFG2C₋₋ ENABLE₋₋ECC. The output of the multiplexer 360 produces signals MUXMSGI[51:0].If the system software enables error detection and correction by settingthe signal CFG2C₋₋ ENABLE₋₋ ECC high, then the multiplexer 360 selectsthe corrected data CORRMSG[51:0] for output. Otherwise, if errordetection and correction is disabled, the data bits FIFOOUT[51:0] areused.

The non-correctable and correctable error indicators NCERR and CRERR areprovided to inputs of AND gates 356 and 358, respectively. The AND gates356 and 358 are enabled by the signal CFG2C₋₋ ENABLE₋₋ ECC. The outputsof the AND gates 356 and 358 produce signals C₋₋ NLERR and C₋₋ CRERR,respectively. The signals C₋₋ NLERR and C₋₋ CRERR can be asserted onlyif error detection and correction is enabled. When an error is detected,the fix bits are latched and used for diagnostic purposes.

If a correctable error is indicated (the signal C₋₋ CRERR is high), thenan interrupt is generated to the interrupt receiving block 132,forwarded up to the interrupt output block 114, and then transmitted tothe system interrupt controller and then to the CPU 14 to invoke aninterrupt handler. Non-correctable errors indicated by the signal C₋₋NCERR will cause the system error SERR₋₋ to be asserted, which in turncauses the system interrupt controller (not shown) to assert thenon-maskable interrupt (NMI) to the CPU 14. In the downstream bridgechip 48, non-correctable errors will also cause the power-good/PLL lockindication bit sent up the cable 28 to be negated so that the upstreambridge chip 26 does not send cycles downstream.

To prevent spurious interrupts during and just after power-up, errordetection and correction on both the upstream and downstream bridgechips is disabled during power-up until the upstream PLL 186 anddownstream PLL 182 have locked to the clock CABLE₋₋ CLK1 or CABLE₋₋CLK2.

System management software responding to the correctable-error interruptdetermines the cause by reading the latched fix bits. If a hardwarefailure is determined (e.g., multiple data error bits associated withthe same cable wire), then the system management software can notify theuser of the condition to fix the hardware failure. The system managementsoftware responds to SERR₋₋ caused by an uncorrectable error by shuttingdown the system or performing other functions programmed by the user.

SECONDARY BUS ARBITER

Referring to FIG. 3, each bridge chip includes a PCI arbiter 116 or 124.Since the upstream bridge chip 26 is normally installed in a slot, thePCI arbiter 116 is disabled. The PCI arbiter 124 supports 8 masters: 7generic PCI masters (REQ[7:1]₋₋, GNT[7:1] ₋₋) including the six PCIslots and the hot plug controller in the SIO 50, and the bridge chipitself (BLREQ₋₋, BLGNT₋₋). The signals BLREQ₋₋ and BLGNT₋₋ are routedfrom and to the PCI master block 123. The bridge chip asserts the signalBLREQ₋₋ if a transaction from the CPU 14 targeted for the secondary PCIbus 32 is received by the upstream and downstream bridge chips 26 and48. The request and grant lines REQ[1]₋₋ and GNT[1]₋₋ for the SIO 50 arerouted internally in the downstream bridge chip 48. The PCI arbiter 124inserts a PCICLK2 delay between negation of a GNT₋₋ signal for onemaster and the assertion of a GNT₋₋ signal for another master.

In the downstream bridge chip 48, the PCI arbiter 124 is enabled ordisabled based on the sampled value of REQ[7]₋₋ at the rising edge ofthe signal PCIRST2₋₋. If the bridge chip 48 samples REQ[7]₋₋ low onPCIRST2₋₋, it will disable the PCI arbiter 124. If the PCI arbiter 124is disabled, then an external arbiter (not shown) is used and the hotplug request is driven out on the REQ[1]₋₋ pin and hot plug grant isinput on the GNT[1]₋₋ pin. The bridge PCI bus request is driven out onthe REQ[2]₋₋ pin and its grant is input on the GNT[2]₋₋ pin. If thebridge chip 48 samples REQ[7]₋₋ high on PCIRST2₋₋, it will enable thePCI arbiter 124.

The PCI arbiter 124 negates a master's GNT₋₋ signal either to service ahigher priority initiator, or in response to the master's REQ₋₋ signalbeing negated. Once its GNT₋₋ signal is negated, the current bus mastermaintains ownership of the bus until the bus returns to idle.

If no PCI agents are currently using or requesting the bus, the PCIarbiter 124 does one of two things depending on the value of aPARKMSTRSEL configuration register in the configuration space 125. Ifthe register contains the value 0, the PCI arbiter 124 uses the lastactive master to park on the bus 32; if it contains the value 1, thenthe bus is parked at the bridge chip 48.

The PCI arbiter 124 includes a PCI minimum grant timer 304 (FIG. 21)which controls the minimum active time of all the GNT₋₋ signals. Thedefault value for the timer 304 is the hexadecimal value 0000 whichindicates that there is no minimum grant time requirement. The timer 304can be programmed with a value from 1 to 255, to indicate the number ofPCICLK2 clock periods the GNT₋₋ line is active. Alternatively, anindividual minimum grant timer can be assigned to each PCI master on thesecondary bus 32 to provide more flexibility. The minimum grant time isapplicable only when the current master is asserting its REQ₋₋ signal.Once the REQ signal is deasserted, the GNT₋₋ signal can be removedregardless of the minimum grant time value.

Referring to FIG. 20A, in normal operation, the PCI arbiter 124implements a round-robin priority scheme (second level arbitrationscheme). The eight masters in the round-robin scheme include devicesconnected to the six slots of the expansion box 30, the SIO 50, and aposted memory write (PMW) request from the upstream bridge chip 26. Allmasters on the PCI bus 32 in this scheme have the same priority as thebridge chip 48. After a master has been granted the secondary PCI bus 32and the master has asserted the FRAME signal, the bus is re-arbitratedand the current master is put on the bottom of the round-robin stack. Ifthe master negates its request or the minimum grant timer 304 expires,the PCI bus 32 is granted to the next highest priority master. Lockedcycles are not treated any differently by the PCI arbiter 124.

In response to certain events, the arbitration scheme is modified tooptimize system performance. The events include: 1) anupstream-to-downstream delayed read or delayed write request is pending,2) a downstream-to-upstream delayed read request is pending with no readcompletion indication provided, and 3) a streaming possibility existswhile the bridge chip 26 is the current master on the upstream bus 24.

When a delayed request is detected, the bridge chip 48 becomes the nextmaster to be granted the secondary PCI bus 32. Once the bridge chip 48is granted the bus 32, it maintains ownership of the bus 32 until itcompletes all outstanding delayed requests or one of its cycles isretried. If the bridge chip 48 is retried, then a two-level arbitrationscheme is implemented by the arbiter 124. One primary cause of thebridge chip read cycle being retried is that the target device is abridge with a posted write buffer that needs to be flushed. In thiscase, the optimum operation is to grant the bus 32 to the retryingtarget to allow it to empty its posted write buffer so it can accept thebridge chip read request.

Referring to FIG. 20B, the two-level arbitration protocol includes afirst level arbitration scheme which is a round-robin scheme among threepossible masters: the delayed request from the CPU 14, a request fromthe retrying master, and a master selected by the second-levelarbitration scheme. Each of the three masters in the first-levelarbitration scheme is guaranteed every third arbitration slot. Formemory cycles, the slot associated with the retrying target can bedetermined from target memory range configuration registers in theconfiguration space 125 of the bridge chip 48, which store the memoryrange associated with each PCI device. If the retrying master cannot bedetermined (as in the case of an I/O read), or if the retrying master isnot requesting the secondary bus 32, then the first level arbitrationscheme would be between the bridge chip 48 and a level-two master.

The retrying master is not masked from the level-two arbitration. Thus,it is possible for it to have two back-to-back arbitration wins if it isthe next master in the level-two arbitration scheme.

For example, if an upstream-to-downstream read is retried and Master C(the retrying master) is requesting the bus 32 as well as Master B andMaster E, the order of the bus grants would be as follows in descendingorder: the bridge chip 48, the retrying master (Master C), Master C, thebridge chip 48, the retrying master C, Master E, the bridge chip 48, andso forth, until the bridge chip 48 is able to complete its transactionand the PCI arbiter 124 reverts back to its level-two arbitration schemefor normal operation.

If, as another example, the bridge chip read is retried and the onlyother requesting masters are Master A and Master D (i.e., the retryingmaster is not requesting the bus or it could not be identified becauseit is accessing I/O space), the order of the bus grants is as follows:the bridge chip 48, Master A, the bridge chip 48, Master D, and soforth.

The two-level arbitration scheme gives delayed requests from the CPU 14the highest priority. Although this arbitration method favors heavilythe CPU 14, every requesting device on the bus 32 is eventually grantedthe PCI bus 32. By so doing, there is less chance that the othersecondary bus masters would be starved when a PCI bridge chip request isretried.

Referring to FIG. 21, the PCI arbiter 124 includes an L2 state machine302 to implement the level-two round-robin arbitration scheme. The L2state machine 302 receives signals RR₋₋ MAST[2:0], which indicate thecurrent round-robin master. The L2 state machine 302 also receivesrequest signals RR₋₋ REQ[7:0], corresponding to the 8 possible mastersof the secondary PCI bus 32. Based on the current master and the stateof the request signals, the L2 state machine 302 generates a valuerepresenting the next round-robin master. The output of the L2 statemachine 302 is provided to the 0 input of a 6:3 multiplexer 306, whose 1input receives signals Q2A₋₋ STRMAST[2:0]. The select input of themultiplexer 306 receives a signal STREAM₋₋ REQ, which is asserted highby an AND gate 308 when a streaming opportunity exists (Q2A₋₋ STREAM ishigh), the streaming master on the secondary PCI bus 32 is asserting itsrequest line (MY₋₋ REQ[Q2A STRMAST[2:0]] is high), and a delayed requestis not pending (BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ is low).

The output of the multiplexer 306 drives signals N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0]which represent the next round-robin master in the level-two arbitrationscheme. The signals N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0] are received by an L1 statemachine 300, which also receives the following signals: a signalRTRYMAST₋₋ REQ (which represents the request of the retrying busmaster); a signal MIN₋₋ GRANT (which is asserted when the minimum granttimer 304 times out); the delayed request signal BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ; thestream request signal STREAM₋₋ REQ; a signal CURMAST₋₋ REQ (indicatingthat the current master is maintaining assertion of its request signal);a signal ANY₋₋ SLOT₋₋ REQ (which is asserted high if any of the requestsignals REQ[7:1]₋₋, but not including the bridge chip request BLREQ₋₋,is asserted); and signals L1STATE[1:0] (which represent the currentstate of the L1 state machine 300). The L1 state machine 300 selects oneof the three possible L1 masters, including the retrying master(RTRYMAST₋₋ REQ), the delayed request from the bridge chip 48 (BAL₋₋DEL₋₋ REQ), and the level-two master (ANY₋₋ SLOT₋₋ REQ).

The retrying master request signal RTRYMAST₋₋ REQ is generated by an ANDgate 312, which receives the signal BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ, the signal MY₋₋REQ[RTRY₋₋ MAT[2:0]] (which indicates if the retrying master isasserting its request), and the output of an OR gate 310. The inputs ofthe OR gate 310 receive the signals RTRY₋₋ MAST[2:0]. Thus, if aretrying master has been identified (RTRY₋₋ MAST[2:0] is non-zero), adelayed request is present (BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ is high), and the retryingmaster has asserted its request, then the signal RTRYMAST₋₋ REQ isasserted.

The L1 state machine 300 generates signals N₋₋ L1STATE[1:0](representing the next state of the L1 state machine 300), as well assignals N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0] (representing the next master according to thelevel-two arbitration scheme). The L1 state machine 300 also generates asignal OPEN₋₋ WINDOW, which indicates when a re-arbitration windowexists for a grant state machine 306 to change masters on the secondaryPCI bus 32. A signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST provided by the L1 state machine300 indicates to the grant state machine 306 when to load the value ofthe signals N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0] into the signals RR₋₋ MAST[2:0] toadvance the next level-two round-robin master.

The grant state machine 306 outputs grant signals GNT[7:0] as well as asignal CHANGING₋₋ GNT to indicate that ownership of the bus 32 ischanging. The grant signals GNT[7:1]₋₋ are inverted from the GNT[7:1]signals, and the grant signal BLGNT₋₋ is inverted from the GNT[0]signal. The grant state machine 306 also generates signals L1STATE[1:0]and signals RR₋₋ MAST[2:0].

The minimum grant timer 304 is clocked by the signal PCLK and generatesthe signal MIN₋₋ GRANT. The minimum grant timer 304 also receives thesignal CHANGING₋₋ GNT and NEW₋₋ FRAME (indicating a new FRAME₋₋ signalhas been asserted). The initial value of the minimum grant timer 304 isloaded as a value {CFG2A₋₋ MINGNT[3:0], 0000}, with the signals CFG2A₋₋MINGNT[3:0] being stored configuration bits in the configuration space125 which define the initial value of the minimum grant timer 304. Theminimum grant timer 304 is re-loaded after it has counted down to zeroand the signal CHANGING-GNT is asserted high. After the minimum granttimer 304 is loaded with a new value, it begins decrementing when thesignal NEW₋₋ FRAME is asserted high and the signal CHANGING₋₋ GNT isdeasserted low by the grant state machine 306, which indicates that anew transaction has started on the PCI bus 32.

Signals MY-REQ[7:1] are generated by a NOR gate 314, whose inputsreceive the request signals REQ[7:1]₋₋ and mask signals Q2AMASKREQ[7:1].Assertion of the mask bit Q2AMASKREQ[X], X=1-7, masks the requestREQ[X]₋₋ of the corresponding master, which prevents the PCI arbiter 124from responding to the request signal. A signal MY₋₋ REQ[0] is driven byan inverter 316, which receives the bridge request BLREQ₋₋.

Referring to FIG. 22 the grant state machine 306 includes four states:PARK, GNT, IDLE4GNT, and IDLE4PARK. On assertion of a reset signal RESET(generated from the PCI reset signal PCIRST2₋₋), the grant state machine306 enters state PARK, where it remains while a signal ANY₋₋ REQ isdeasserted. The signal ANY₋₋ REQ is asserted high if any of the requestlines to the PCI arbiter 124 is asserted. In the PARK state, thePCI--PCI bridge 48 is parked as the owner of the PCI bus 32 when anotherrequest is not present.

If the signal ANY₋₋ REQ is asserted, the grant state machine 306transitions from state PARK to state IDLE4GNT, and the signal CHANGING₋₋GNT is asserted high to indicate that the PCI arbiter 124 is changingmasters. The grant signals GNT[7:0] are cleared to all zeros, and thesignals CURMAST[2:0] are updated with the value of the next master N₋₋CURMAST[2:0]. In addition, the round-robin master signals RR₋₋ MAST[2:0]are updated with the next round-robin master value N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0] ifthe signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST is asserted by the L1 300. The signal ADV₋₋RR₋₋ MAST when high indicates that the next L1 master is one of the L2masters.

From state IDLE4GNT, the grant state machine 306 next transitions to theGNT state, and the signals GNT[7:0] are set to the state of new grantsignals NEWGNT[7:0] and the signal CHANGING₋₋ GNT is negated low. Thesignals NEWGNT[7:0] are based on the state of the current master signalsCURMAST[2:0], as shown in FIG. 24.

From state GNT, three transitions are possible. The grant state machine306 returns to the PARK state if an arbitration window is open (OPEN₋₋WINDOW is high), no request is pending (ANY₋₋ REQ is low), the PCI bus32 is idle (BUS-IDLE is high), and the next master is the current master(i.e., the current master is the parking master). In the transition backfrom the GNT state to the PARK state, the signals L1STATE[1:0] areupdated with the signals N₋₋ L1STATE[1:0]. However, if no requests arepending and the bus is idle, but the current master is not the parkingmaster (i.e., the signals N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0] are not equal to the value ofthe signals CURMAST[2:0]), an idle state is needed and the grant statemachine 306 transitions from the GNT state to the IDLE4PARK state. TheL1 state values L1STATE[1:0] are updated. From the IDLE4PARK state, thegrant state machine 306 transitions to the PARK state, setting the grantsignals GNT[7:0] equal to the new grant signals NEWGNT[7:0] to grant thePCI bus 32 to the new master. The signal CHANGING₋₋ GNT is also negatedlow.

If the arbitration window opens up (OPEN₋₋ WINDOW is high), and the nextmaster is not the current master (the signals N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0] are notequal to the signals CURMAST[2:0]), then the grant state machine 306transitions to the idle state IDLE4GNT to change bus master grants. Inthe transition, the signal CHANGING₋₋ GNT is asserted high, the signalsGNT[7:0] are cleared to all zeros, the signals CURMAST[2:0] are updatedwith the next master value N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0], and the L1 state signalsL1STATE[1:0] are updated with the next state value N₋₋ L1STATE[1:0]. Inaddition, the round-robin master signals RR₋₋ MAST[2:0] are updated withthe next round-robin master N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0] if the signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋MAST is asserted high. The grant signals GNT[7:0] are then assigned tothe value NEWGNT[7:0] in the transition from the IDLE4GNT state to theGNT state.

Referring to FIG. 23, the L1 state machine 300 (FIG. 21) starts in stateRR upon assertion of the RESET signal, where the state machine 300remains while a delayed request signal BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ is negated low(indicating there is no delayed request pending). While in the RR state,the signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST is asserted high to allow the grant statemachine 306 to update the round-robin master (i.e., setting signals RR₋₋MAST[2:0] equal to the value N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0]. The RR state is theround-robin state in which the level-two arbitration scheme is used.While in the RR state, the next master signals N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0] are setequal to the next round-robin master N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0], and the signalOPEN₋₋ WINDOW is set high if a stream request opportunity exists(STREAM₋₋ REQ is high), or the minimum grant timer 304 has expired(MIN₋₋ GRANT is high), or the current master has negated its request(CURMAST₋₋ REQ goes low). When asserted high, the signal OPEN₋₋ WINDOWallows a new arbitration to take place.

If a delayed request is detected (BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ goes high), the L1state machine 300 transitions from the RR state to the BAL state,setting the next master state N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0] as the bridge chip 48 anddeasserting the signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST to disable the level-tworound-robin arbitration. In the BAL state, the signal OPEN₋₋ WINDOW isasserted high if the delayed request is deasserted (BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ goeslow) or the delayed request has been retried (BAL₋₋ RETRIED goes high).If the signal BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ is negated low, or if the delayed requestBAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ is asserted high but the retrying master request isnegated low (RTRYMAST₋₋ REQ is low) and the slot request ANY₋₋ SLOT₋₋REQ is asserted high, then the L1 state machine 300 transitions back tothe RR state. In the transition, the signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST is assertedhigh and the next master signals N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0] are set equal to thenext round-robin master N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0]. If the signal BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋REQ is deasserted, that indicates that the arbiter 124 should revertback to the level-two round-robin scheme. If the delayed request signalis asserted but the retrying master request is negated, then thelevel-one arbitration scheme is between the slots on the PCI bus 32 andthe bridge chip 48.

If both the delayed request BAL₋₋ DEL₋₋ REQ and the retrying masterrequest RTRYMAST₋₋ REQ are asserted, then the L1 state machine 300transitions from state BAL to state RETRY₋₋ MAST, and the retryingmaster is set as the next master (N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0] is set equal toRTRY₋₋ MAST[2:0]). The signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST is maintained low. In theRETRY₋₋ MAST state, if none of the PCI slot masters are asserting arequest (ANY₋₋ SLOT₋₋ REQ is low), then the level-one arbitration schemeis between the retrying master and the bridge chip 48, and the L1 statemachine 300 transitions back to the BAL state. The bridge chip 48 is setas the next master (N₋₋ CURMAST[2:0] is equal to the state BALBOA), andthe signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST is maintained low. However, the L1 statemachine 300 transitions from the RETRY₋₋ MAST state to the RR state ifany one of the slot masters is asserting a request (ANY₋₋ SLOT₋₋ REQ ishigh). In the transition, the signal ADV₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST is asserted high,and the next round-robin master is set as the next master (N₋₋CURMAST[2:0] is set equal N₋₋ RR₋₋ MAST[2:0]).

To take advantage of the streaming capabilities of the bridge chip, whendata for a DRC starts arriving from the cable 28, the master associatedwith that DRC becomes the highest priority device (assuming its REQ₋₋ isasserted). This allows the master to receive the data stream coming downthe cable 28 while the window of opportunity is there for streaming. Ifthe bridge chip 48 cannot connect the master before the DRC queue fillsup, then the upstream bridge chip 24 will disconnect and only a portionof the data would be passed to the requesting master, necessitating themaster to issue another read request on the upstream bus 24. Thestreaming master retains the highest priority as long as DRC datacontinues to arrive from the cable 28. If the master repeats a differentcycle/address, it will be retried, but it will maintain ownership of thesecondary PCI bus 32 until its request goes away or the opportunity forstreaming passes.

RETRYING REQUESTS AND MULTI-THREADED MASTERS

Since each bridge chip is a delayed transaction device, if a device onthe downstream bus 32 issues a read request destined for an upstreamtarget, the downstream bridge chip 48 will issue a retry transaction(described in the PCI specification) on the secondary bus 32 and forwardthe request up the cable 28. The retry transaction causes the requestingmaster to give up control of the PCI bus 32 and negate its REQ₋₋ line.After negating its REQ₋₋ line, the retried master will re-assert arequest for the same cycle at a later time, which may result in its GNTbeing asserted (if its REQ₋₋ line is not masked) and the bus masterbeing retried again until the read completion indication is asserted inthe downstream bridge chip 48.

Referring to FIG. 25, to avoid the unnecessary servicing of retryrequests, the REQ₋₋ line of a secondary bus master which issues aretried delayed read or write request is masked by asserting theappropriate one of signals Q2A₋₋ MASK₋₋ REQ[7:1] (requests from thebridge chip 48 which are retried are not masked) until the delayedcompletion returns. In this fashion, other requesting masters are givenpriority to get their requests in. As soon as the first informationassociated with the delayed completion is returned, the REQ₋₋ line ofthe corresponding master is unmasked and the retried master is able toenter arbitration again.

However, a special case exists for multi-threaded (or multi-headed)masters on the downstream bus 32 (FIG. 26B), which are able to assert afirst request, get retried, and come back with a different request. Onesuch multi-threaded bus device is a PCI-PCI bridge 323 connecting thesecondary PCI bus 32 and a subordinate PCI bus 325. The bus 325 isconnected to network interface cards (NICs) 327A and 327B which areconnected to two different networks. Thus, if the request from the NIC327A for the primary PCI bus 32 is retried by the bridge chip 48, theNIC 327B can generate a different request. In this case, the REQ₋₋ linesof the multi-threaded masters are not masked, as indicated by the signalCFG2Q₋₋ MULTI₋₋ MASTER[X] being set high.

A status register 326 determines if a slot is single-or multi-threaded.On reset, the register 326 is cleared to assume that each secondary busdevice is single-threaded. Each slot is then monitored to determine ifit requests a different cycle while another cycle from the same masteris pending. If multi-threaded behavior is observed in a master, thenthat master is marked as such by setting the corresponding bit CFG2Q₋₋MULTI₋₋ MASTER[X] high.

The input of the status register 326 is connected to the output of a14:7 multiplexer 328, whose 0 input is connected to the output of a 14:7multiplexer 330 and whose 1 input is connected to address bits P2Q₋₋AD[22:16]. A select signal CFGWR₋₋ MM selects the 0 and 1 inputs of themultiplexer 328. When asserted high, the signal CFGWR₋₋ MM causes aconfiguration write of the status register 326 from the data bits P2Q₋₋AD[22:16], allowing software control of the bits in the register 326.The 1 input of the multiplexer 330 receives multi-master signals MULTI₋₋MASTER[7:1], the 0 input receives the output of the register 326, andthe multiplexer 330 is selected by a signal MULTI₋₋ SEL. The signalMULTI₋₋ SEL is generated by an AND gate 338, whose first input receivesa signal Q2PIF₋₋ CHECK₋₋ CYC (asserted high to indicate that the currenttransaction information should be checked with information stored in thequeue block 127 for a match, such as during a delayed memory read orwrite request from a bus device on the secondary PCI bus 32), and theother input receives the inverted state of a signal DCQ₋₋ HIT(indicating that the current address information does not match theaddress information associated with a pending request of the requestingmaster in the DCQ 148). Thus, if a failed comparison occurred, the valueof signals CFG2Q₋₋ MULTI₋₋ MASTER[7:1] is updated.

A bit MULTI₋₋ MASTER[X] is asserted high if master X has a pendingrequest that has been retried, and master X subsequently comes back witha different request. This is checked by comparing the transactioninformation (e.g., address, byte enables, data for a write) of thepending request with the address of the new request. A failed comparisonindicates that the master is multi-threaded. Once a multi-masterconfiguration bit CFG2Q₋₋ MULTI₋₋ MASTER[X] (X=1-7) is set high, the bitis maintained high.

The signals MULTI₋₋ MASTER[7:1] are generated by a decoder 336. Thedecoder 336 receives signals Q2PIF₋₋ SLOT[2:0] (slot number for thecurrent delayed request from a master), Q[7:0]₋₋ MASTER[2:0] (the masterassociated with each of the eight buffers in the DCQ 148), Q[7:0]₋₋COMPLETE (the completion status of each of the eight queues), andQ[7:0]₋₋ PART₋₋ COMPLETE (the partial completion status of each of thebuffers in the delayed completion queue). For example, if the signalQ0₋₋ MASTER[2:0] contains the value 4, then that indicates DCQ buffer 0stores the transaction information of a delayed request from the busdevice in slot 4. The signal QY₋₋ COMPLETE, Y=0-7, if asserted highindicates if DCQ buffer Y has received all the data associated withdelayed request transaction. The signal QY₋₋ PART₋₋ COMPLETE, Y=0-7, ifasserted high indicates that DCQ buffer Y has been allocated as the DCQbuffer for a delayed transaction of one of the masters but all the dataassociated with the delayed transaction has not been received.

If the current slot number Q2PIF₋₋ SLOT[2:0] is equal to the value ofany one of the eight queue master indication signals Q[7:0]₋₋MASTER[2:0], and the corresponding DCQ buffer is in the complete or partcomplete state, then the corresponding one of the bits MULTI₋₋MASTER[7:1] is set high if the signal DCQ₋₋ HIT is low and the signalQ2PIF₋₋ CHECK₋₋ CYC is high. Thus, for example, if the signal Q2PIF₋₋SLOT[2:0] contains the value 2, indicating that the device in slot 2 isthe current master of the delayed request, and DCQ buffer 5 is storing apending request for the slot 2 master (Q5₋₋ MASTER[2:0]=5), and eitherof signals Q5₋₋ COMPLETE or Q5₋₋ PART₋₋ COMPLETE is high, and if thesignal Q2PIF₋₋ CHECK₋₋ CYC is high and the signal DCQ₋₋ HIT is low, thenthe bit MULTI₋₋ MASTER[2] is set high to indicate that the slot 2 deviceis a multi-threaded master.

A mask request generation block 332 produces signals Q2A₋₋ MASK₋₋ REQ[X](X=1-7) in response to signals Q[7:0]₋₋ MASTER[2:0], Q[7:0]₋₋ STATE[3:0](which indicates the state of delayed completion queues 0-7), SLOT₋₋WITH₋₋ DATA[7:0] (which indicate if delayed completion Qs 0-7 containvalid data), CFG2Q₋₋ MULTI₋₋ MASTER [X] (X=1-7), CFG2Q₋₋ ALWAYS₋₋ MASK,and CFG2Q₋₋ NEVER₋₋ MASK.

Referring to FIG. 26A, the mask request generation block 332 includes a2:1 multiplexer 320 for producing the signal Q2A₋₋ MASK₋₋ REQ[X](X=1-7). The 1 input of the multiplexer 320 is connected to the outputof an OR gate 322 and the 0 input is tied low. The select input of themultiplexer 320 is driven by a signal MASK₋₋ MUXSEL. One input of the ORgate 322 is connected to the output of a NOR gate 324, which receives asignal CFG2Q₋₋ MULTI₋₋ MASTER[X] (indicating a multi-threaded master),and the other input receives a signal CFG2Q₋₋ NEVER₋₋ MASK (aconfiguration bit indicating that the request line should not be maskedif a multi-threaded master is detected). The other input of the OR gate322 receives a signal CFG2Q₋₋ ALWAYS₋₋ MASK, which is a configurationbit indicating that the corresponding mask bit Q2A₋₋ MASK₋₋ REQ[X]should always be masked if the signal MUXSEL is asserted high. Thesignal MASK₋₋ MUXSEL is asserted high if the request from the secondarybus master is not to data already existing in the queue block 127, i.e.,the request must be transmitted to the primary PCI bus 24. Thus eachtime a request is transmitted from a device on the secondary PCI bus 32upstream to the primary PCI bus 24, a check is performed on bits CFG2Q₋₋MULTI₋₋ MASTER[7:1] to determine if a multi-threaded master has beendetected.

The masking of requests can be overridden by setting the appropriatebits in the configuration registers 125. The available modes include: 1)normal mode in which request masking is enabled except if multi-threadedmaster (CFG2Q₋₋ NEVER₋₋ MASK=0, CFG2Q₋₋ ALWAYS₋₋ MASK=0), 2) always maskmode in which requests from retried masters are masked even ifmulti-threaded (CFG2Q₋₋ ALWAYS₋₋ MASK=1), and 3) never mask mode inwhich the requests are never masked (CFG2Q₋₋ NEVER₋₋ MASK=1, CFG2Q₋₋ALWAYS₋₋ MASKED=0).

EXPANSION CARD INSERTION AND REMOVAL CONNECTING EXPANSION CARDS

As shown in FIGS. 1 and 27A, the two expansion boxes 30a and 30b, ofcommon design 30, each have the six hot-plug slots 36 (36a-f) in whichthe conventional expansion cards 807 can be inserted and removed(hot-plugged) while the computer system 10 remains powered up. The sixmechanical levers 802 are used to selectively secure (when closed, orlatched) the expansion cards 807 that are inserted into correspondinghot-plug slots 36. For purposes of removing or inserting the expansioncard 807 into one of the slots 36, the corresponding lever 802 must beopened, or unlatched, and as long as the lever 802 is opened, thecorresponding slot 36 remains powered down.

When the lever 802 that secures the expansion card 807 to its slot 36 isopened, the computer system 10 senses this occurrence and powers downthe card 807 (and corresponding slot 36) before the card 807 can beremoved from its slot 36. Slots 36 that are powered down, like otherslots 36 not holding cards 807, remain powered down until software ofthe computer system 10 selectively powers up the slots 36.

The card 46 inserted into the card slot 34 has the bridge chip 48 thatmonitors the securement status (open or closed) of the levers 802 andpowers down any card 807 (and corresponding slot 36) that is not securedby its lever 802. Software of the computer system 10 can alsoselectively power down any one of the slots 36.

The cards 807 are powered up through a power up sequence and powereddown through a power down sequence. In the power up sequence, power isfirst supplied to the card 807 being powered up, and thereafter, a PCIclock signal (from the PCI bus 32) is furnished to the card 807 beingpowered up. Remaining PCI bus signal lines of the card 807 are thencoupled to corresponding lines of the PCI bus 32. Lastly, the resetsignal for the card 807 being powered up is negated which brings thecard 807 out of reset.

The power up sequence allows the circuitry of the card 807 being poweredup to become fully functional with the PCI clock signal before theremaining PCI bus signals are provided. When the clock signal andremaining PCI bus signals are connected to the card 807 and before thecard 807 is reset, the bridge chip 48 has control of the PCI bus 32.Because the bridge chip 48 has control of the PCI bus 32 during thesetimes, potential glitches on the PCI bus 32 from the power up sequencedo not disturb operations of the cards 807 that are powered up.

In the power down sequence, the card 807 being powered down is firstreset. Next, the PCI bus signals, excluding the PCI clock signal, areremoved from the card 807. The bridge chip 48 subsequently disconnectsthe PCI clock signal from the card 807 before power from the card 807 isremoved. The power down sequence minimizes the propagation of falsesignals from the card 807 being powered down to the bus 32 becausecircuitry on the card 807 remains fully functional until the PCI bussignal lines are removed.

When the PCI clock signal and remaining PCI bus signals aredisconnected, and when the card 807 is reset, the bridge chip 48 hascontrol of the PCI bus 32. Because the bridge chip 48 has control of thePCI bus 32 during these times, potential glitches on the PCI bus 32 fromthe power down sequence do not disturb operations of the cards 807 thatare powered up.

The bridge chip 48 includes the Serial Input/Output (SIO) circuit 50which controls the power up and power down sequences of the slots 36through twenty-four control signals POUT[39:16]. The control signalsPOUT[39:16] are a subset of forty output control signals POUT[39:0]generated by the SIO circuit 50. The control signals POUT[39:16] arelatched versions of slot bus enable signals BUSEN#[5:0], slot powerenable signals PWREN[5:0], slot clock enable signals CLKEN#[5:0] andslot reset signals RST#[5:0], all internal signals of the SIO circuit50, further described below. The control signals POUT[39:0] and theirrelationship to the signals BUSEN#[5:0], PWREN[5:0], CLKEN#[5:0] andRST#[5:0] are described in the following table:

    ______________________________________                                        PARALLEL OUTPUT CONTROL SIGNALS (POUT[39:0])                                                                      WHEN                                      SIGNAL                   ASSOCIATED SIGNAL                                    POSI-                    CONTROL    IS                                        TION   DESCRIPTION       SIGNALS    ACTIVE                                    ______________________________________                                         0-11  Control signals for LEDs 54                                            12-15  General purpose output signals                                                                  GPOA[3:0]                                            16     Reset signal for slot 36a                                                                       (RST#[0])  Low                                       17     Reset signal for slot 36b                                                                       (RST#[1])  Low                                       18     Reset signal for slot 36c                                                                       (RST#[2])  Low                                       19     Reset signal for slot 36d                                                                       (RST#[3])  Low                                       20     Reset signal for slot 36e                                                                       (RST#(4])  Low                                       21     Reset signal for slot 36f                                                                       (RST#[5])  Low                                       22     Clock enable signal for slot 36a                                                                (CLKEN#[0])                                                                              Low                                       23     Clock enable signal for slot 36b                                                                (CLKEN#[1])                                                                              Low                                       24     Clock enable signal for slot 36c                                                                (CLKEN#[2])                                                                              Low                                       25     Clock enable signal for slot 36d                                                                (CLKEN#[3])                                                                              Low                                       26     Clock enable signal for slot 36e                                                                (CLKEN#[4])                                                                              Low                                       27     Clock enable signal for slot 36f                                                                (CLKEN#[5])                                                                              Low                                       28     Bus enable signal for slot 36a                                                                  (BUSEN#[0])                                                                              Low                                       29     Bus enable signal for slot 36b                                                                  (BUSEN#[1])                                                                              Low                                       30     Bus enable signal for slot 36c                                                                  (BUSEN#[2])                                                                              Low                                       31     Bus enable signal for slot 36d                                                                  (BUSEN#[3])                                                                              Low                                       32     Bus enable signal for slot 36e                                                                  (BUSEN#[4])                                                                              Low                                       33     Bus enable signal for slot 36f                                                                  (BUSEN#[5])                                                                              Low                                       34     Power enable signal for slot 36a                                                                (PWREN[0]) High                                      35     Power enable signal for slot 36b                                                                (PWREN[1]) High                                      36     Power enable signal for slot 36c                                                                (PWREN[2]) High                                      37     Power enable signal for slot 36d                                                                (PWREN[3]) High                                      38     Power enable signal for slot 36e                                                                (PWREN[4]) High                                      39     Power enable signal for slot 36f                                                                (PWREN[5]) High                                      ______________________________________                                    

As shown in FIGS. 2 and 28, each hot-plug slot 36 has the associatedswitch circuitry 41 for connecting and disconnecting the slot 36 to andfrom the PCI bus 32. The switch circuitry 41 for each slot 36 receivesfour of the control signals POUT[39:16]. As an example, for the slot36a, when the control signal POUT[28] is asserted, or low, the slot 36ais connected to the bus signal lines of the PCI bus 32 by a switchcircuit 47. When the control signal POUT[28] is deasserted, or high, theslot 36a is disconnected from the bus signal lines of the PCI bus 32.

When the control signal POUT[22] is asserted, or low, the slot 36a isconnected to a PCI clock signal CLK through a switch circuit 43. Whenthe control signal POUT[22] is deasserted, or high, the slot 36a isdisconnected from the clock signal CLK.

When the control signal POUT[34] is asserted, or high, the slot 36a isconnected to a card voltage supply level V_(ss) through a switch circuit45. When the control signal POUT[34] is deasserted, or low, the slot 36ais disconnected from the card voltage supply level V_(ss). When thecontrol signal POUT[16] is asserted, or low, the slot 36a is reset andwhen the control signal POUT[16] is deasserted, or high, the slot 36acomes out of the reset state.

As seen in FIG. 2, the SIO circuit 50 may selectively monitor up to onehundred twenty-eight (sixteen bytes) of latched status signalsSTATUS[127:0] furnished by the expansion box 30. The status signalsSTATUS[127:0] form a "snapshot" of selected conditions of the expansionbox 30. The status signals STATUS[127:0] include six status signalsSTATUS[5:0] which indicate the securement status (opened or closed) ofeach of the levers 802. The SIO circuit 50 monitors the status signalsSTATUS[31:0] for changes in their logical voltage levels. The SIOcircuit 50 serially shifts the status signals STATUS[127:32] into theSIO circuit 50 when instructed to do so by the CPU 14.

The SIO circuit 50 serially receives the status signals STATUS[127:0],least significant signal first, via a serial data signal NEW₋₋ CSID. Thedata signal NEW₋₋ CSID is furnished by the serial output of thethirty-two bit, parallel input shift register 82 located on board theexpansion box 30 along with the slots 36.

The register 82, through its parallel inputs, receives twenty-fourparallel status signals PIN[23:0], four associated with each of thehot-plug slots 36, that are included in the thirty-two least significantstatus signals STATUS[31:0]. When the status indicated by one or more ofthe status signals STATUS[31:0] changes (the logical voltage levelchanges), the bridge chip 48 generates an interrupt request to the CPU14 by asserting, or driving low, a serial interrupt request signal SI₋₋INTR# which is received by the interrupt receiving block 132. The statussignals PIN[23:0] include two PCI card presence signals (PRSNT1# andPRSNT2#) associated with each slot 36.

Six status signals PIN[5:0], corresponding to their latched versions,status signals STATUS[5:0], indicate the securement, or engagement,status (open or closed) of each the levers 802. Six sliding switches 805(FIGS. 27A-27C) are actuated by the movement of their correspondinglevers 802 and are used to electrically indicate the securement statusof the corresponding lever 802. Each switch 805 has a first terminalcoupled to ground and a second terminal furnishing the corresponding oneof the status signals PIN[5:0]. The second terminal is coupled to asupply voltage level V_(DD) through one of six resistors 801.

If one of the levers 802 opens and the card 807 secured by the lever 802becomes unsecured, the corresponding one of the status signals PIN[5:0]is asserted, or driven high. As an example, for the slot 36a, the statussignal PIN[0] is deasserted, or driven low, when the corresponding lever802 is closed. When the lever 802 for the slot 36a is opened, the statussignal PIN[0] is asserted, or driven high.

The register 82 also receives a serial stream of latched status signalsSTATUS[127:32] that do not cause interrupts when the logical voltagelevel of one of the signals STATUS[127:32] changes. The status signalsSTATUS[127:32] are formed by the sixteen bit shift register 52 locatedon board the expansion box 30 with the slots 36. The shift register 52receives status signals at its parallel inputs and latches the statussignals STATUS[127:32] when instructed to do so by the SIO circuit 50.The shift register 52 serializes the status signals STATUS[127:32] andfurnishes the signals STATUS[127:32] to the serial input of the register82 via a serial data signal CSID₋₋ I.

When instructed by the SIO circuit 50, the register 82 latches statussignals PIN[23:0], forms the status signals STATUS[31:0], furnishes thestatus signals STATUS[31:0] and furnishes a byte or more of the statussignals STATUS[127:32] (when requested by the CPU 14), in a leastsignificant signal first fashion, to the SIO circuit 50 via the serialdata signal NEW CSID. The status signals STATUS[127:0] are described bythe following table:

    ______________________________________                                        STATUS[127:0]                                                                 BIT   DESCRIPTION                                                             ______________________________________                                         0    Lever 802 status signal for slot 36a (PIN[0])                            1    Lever 802 status signal for slot 36b (PIN[1])                            2    Lever 802 status signal for slot 36c (PIN[2])                            3    Lever 802 status signal for slot 36d (PIN[3])                            4    Lever 802 status signal for slot 36e (PIN[4])                            5    Lever 802 status signal for slot 36f (PIN[5])                            6    Reserved for lever 802 status signal for additional hot-plug                  slot                                                                     7    Reserved for lever 802 status signal for additional hot-plug                  slot                                                                     8    PRSNT2# signal for slot 36a (PIN[6])                                     9    PRSNT2# signal for slot 36b (PIN[7])                                    10    PRSNT2# signal for slot 36c (PIN[8])                                    11    PRSNT2# signal for slot 36d (PIN[9])                                    12    PRSNT2# signal for slot 36e (PIN[10])                                   13    PRSNT2# signal for sl6t 36f (PIN[11])                                   14    Reserved for PRSNT2# signal for additional hot-plug slot 36             15    Reserved for PRSNT2# signal for additional hot-plug slot 36             16    PRSNT1# signal for slot 36a (PIN[12])                                   17    PRSNT1# signal for slot 36b (PIN[13])                                   18    PRSNT1# signal for slot 36c (PIN[14])                                   19    PRSNT1# signal for slot 36d (PIN[15])                                   20    PRSNT1# signal for slot 36e (PIN[16])                                   21    PRSNT1# signal for slot 36f (PIN[17])                                   22    Reserved for PRSNT1# signal for additional hot-plug slot 36             23    Reserved for PRSNT1# signal for additional hot-plug slot 36             24    Power fault status for slot 36a (PIN[18])                               25    Power fault status for slot 36b (PIN[19])                               26    Power fault status for slot 36c (PIN[20])                               27    Power fault status for slot 36d (PIN[21])                               28    Power fault status for slot 36e (PIN[22])                               29    Power fault status for slot 36f (PIN[23])                               30    Reserved for power fault status for additional hot-plug                       slot 36                                                                 31    Reserved for power fault status for additional hot-plug                       slot 36                                                                 32-   Status signals that do not cause interrupt requests when their          127   status changes                                                          ______________________________________                                    

As shown in FIGS. 2 and 30, when the SIO circuit 50 asserts, or driveslow, a register load signal CSIL₋₋ O₋₋, the shift register 52 latchesthe status signals STATUS[127:32] and the shift register 82 latches thestatus signals STATUS[31:0]. When the SIO circuit 50 negates, or driveshigh, the signal CSIL₋₋ O₋₋, both the registers 52 and 82 serially shifttheir data to the SIO circuit 50 on the positive edge of a clock signalCSIC₋₋ O furnished by the SIO circuit 50. The clock signal CSIC₋₋ O issynchronized to and one fourth the frequency of the PCI clock signalCLK.

As shown in FIG. 29, for purposes of monitoring, or scanning, the statussignals STATUS[31:0], the SIO circuit 50 uses a thirty-two bit interruptregister 800 whose bit positions correspond to the signals STATUS[31:0].The SIO circuit 50 updates the bits of the interrupt register 800 toequal the corresponding status signals STATUS[31:0] that have beendebounced, as further described below. Two status signals STATUS[7:6]are reserved for additional hot-plug slots 36, and the seventh andeighth most significant bits of the interrupt register 800 are alsoreserved for the additional slots 36. The interrupt register 800 is partof a register logic block 808 of the SIO circuit 50 which is coupled tothe PCI bus 32.

Serial scan input logic 804 of the SIO circuit 50 sequentially scans, ormonitors, the status signals STATUS[31:0], least significant signalfirst, for changes, as indicated by transitions in their logical voltagelevels. If the status of one or more of the status signals STATUS[5:0]associated with the levers 802 changes, the serial scan input logic 804enters a slow scan mode such that the status signals STATUS[5:0] arescanned thirty-two times within a predetermined debounce time interval.If one or more of the status signals STATUS[5:0] changes, the serialscan input logic 804 updates the interrupt register 800 (and asserts theserial interrupt signal SI₋₋ INTR#) if the changed status signalSTATUS[5:0] remains at the same logical voltage level for at least apredetermined debounce time interval. The serial scan input logic 804 iscoupled to programmable timers 806 which generate and indicate the endof the debounce delay interval initiated by the serial scan logic 804.Requiring the status to remain stable for the debounce time intervalminimizes the inadvertent powering down of one of the hot-plug slots 36due to a false value (i.e., a "glitch") indicated by one of the statussignals STATUS[5:0]. When all of the status signals STATUS[5:0] remainat the same logical voltage level for at least the debounce timeinterval, the serial scan input logic 804 then proceeds to once againscan all thirty-two status signals STATUS[31:0] in the faster scan mode.

If the serial scan input logic 804 detects a change in one of the statussignals STATUS[31:6], the serial scan input logic 804 instructs thetimers 806 to measure another debounce delay interval, subsequentlyasserts the serial interrupt signal SI₋₋ INTR#, updates the interruptregister 800 with the signals STATUS[31:6] that have changed, andignores further changes in the status signals STATUS[31:6] until thedebounce time interval expires. After expiration of the debounce timeinterval, the serial scan input logic 804 proceeds to recognize changesin the thirty-two status signals STATUS[31:0].

When the serial interrupt signal SI₋₋ INTR# is asserted, the CPU 14subsequently reads the interrupt register 800, determines which (may bemore than one) status signals STATUS[31:0] caused the interrupt, anddeasserts the serial interrupt signal SI₋₋ INTR# by writing a "1" to thebit or bits of the interrupt register 800 that have changed.

The CPU 14 may selectively mask interrupt requests caused by the statussignals STATUS[31:0] by writing a "1" to a corresponding bit of athirty-two bit interrupt mask register 810. The CPU 14 can alsoselectively read any byte of the status signals STATUS[47:0] by writinga byte number of the selected byte to a serial input byte register 812.The SIO circuit 50 then transfers the desired byte into a serial dataregister 815.

For example, to read the third byte (byte number two) of the statussignals STATUS[23:16], the CPU 14 writes a "2" to the serial input byteregister 812. The serial scan input logic 804 then serially shifts bytetwo of the status signals STATUS[23:16] into the serial data register815. A busy status bit BS of the serial input byte register 812 is equalto "1" when the CPU 14 initially writes the desired byte number to theserial input byte register 812. The bit BS is cleared by the SIO circuit50 after the requested byte has been shifted into the serial dataregister 815.

The CPU 14 can power up one of the slots 36 by writing a "1" to acorresponding bit of a slot enable register 817 and disable the slot 36by writing a "0" to this bit. Furthermore, the CPU 14 can reset one ofthe slots 36 by writing a "1" to a corresponding bit of a slot resetregister 819. The contents of the slot enable 817 and slot reset 819registers are represented by signals SLOT₋₋ EN[5:0] and SLOT₋₋ RST₋₋[5:0], respectively.

To initiate the request indicated by the slot enable 817 and reset 819registers, the CPU 14 writes a "1" to an SO bit of control register 814.After the SO bit is asserted (which asserts, or drives high, a GO₋₋UPDATE signal), the SIO circuit 50 initiates and controls the requiredpower down and/or power up sequences.

The serial scan input logic 804 is coupled to ON/OFF control logic 820which controls the power up and power down sequences. The ON/OFF controllogic 820 furnishes the signals BUSEN#[5:0], CLKEN#[5:0], RST#[5:0] andPWREN[5:0] to serial output logic 824.

Each power up or power down sequence involves four shift phases duringwhich another step of the power down or power up sequence is performed.During each shift phase, the ON/OFF control logic 820 instructs theserial output logic 824 to combine the control signals BUSEN#[5:0],CLKEN#[5:0], RST#[5:0] and PWREN[5:0]; latch these signals; and seriallyfurnish these signals (via a serial data signal CSOD₋₋ O) to the serialinput of an output shift register 80. At end of each shift phase, theON/OFF control logic 820 instructs the shift register 80 to update thecontrol signals POUT[35:12].

The ON/OFF control logic 820 is also interfaced to the register logic808 and Light Emitting Diode (LED) control logic 822. The LED controllogic 122 controls the on/off status of the six LEDs 54, which visuallyindicate whether the corresponding levers 802 are latched or unlatched.The LEDs 54 can be programmed to blink when turned on through LEDcontrol registers (not shown) of the register logic 808.

As shown in FIG. 31A, the serial scan input logic 804 includes a scanstate machine 840 which controls the scanning of the status signalsSTATUS[31:0] for changes and controls the shifting of a selected byte ofthe status signals STATUS[47:0] into the serial input byte register 815.

The scan state machine 840 is clocked on the negative edge of a clocksignal DIV2CLK, which is synchronized to a PCI clock signal CLK and onehalf of the frequency of the PCI clock signal CLK. The load and clocksignals, CSIL₋₋ O₋₋ O and CSIC₋₋ O, respectively, are furnished by thescan state machine 840. The clock signal, when enabled, is synchronizedto the clock signal CSIC₋₋ O.

A bit/byte counter 841, through a thirty-two bit signal BIT₋₋ACTIVE[31:0], indicates which bit of the status signals STATUS[31:0] iscurrently represented by the serial data signal NEW₋₋ CSID. The assertedbit of the signal BIT₋₋ ACTIVE[31:0] has the same bit position as thestatus signal STATUS[31:0] represented by the data signal NEW₋₋ CSID.

The counter 841 also furnishes a three bit signal BIT[2:0] whichrepresents which bit of the current byte of the status signalsSTATUS[31:0] is currently being scanned by the scan state machine 840.The counter 841 is clocked on the negative edge of a signal SHIFT₋₋ENABLE. The outputs of the counter 841 are reset, or cleared, when theoutput of an AND gate 842, connected to the clear input of the counter841, is negated.

The scan state machine 840 furnishes a signal SCAN₋₋ IN₋₋ IDLE whichwhen asserted, or high, indicates that the scan state machine 840 is inan IDLE state and not currently scanning any of the status signalsSTATUS[127:0]. The signal SCAN₋₋ IN₋₋ IDLE is deasserted otherwise.

The signal SCAN₋₋ IN₋₋ IDLE is furnished to one input of the AND gate842. The other input of the AND gate 842 is connected to the output ofan OR gate 843. One input of the OR gate 843 receives an inverted HOLD₋₋OFF signal, and the other input of the OR gate 843 receives a signalGETTING₋₋ BYTE.

The signal HOLD₋₋ OFF, when asserted, or driven high, indicates that achange in one of the status signals STATUS[5:0] has been detected, andthe serial scan logic 804 has entered the slow scan mode. In the slowscan mode, the serial scan input logic 804 waits for a predeterminedslow scan interval before traversing the status signals STATUS[31:0]again. The serial scan input logic 804 counts the number of times theserial scan signals STATUS[5:0] are scanned during the slow scan modeand uses this count to determine when one of the status signalSTATUS[5:0) has remain unchanged for the debounce delay interval, asfurther described below.

Therefore, when the scan state machine 840 is in the IDLE state and theeither the HOLD-OFF signal is deasserted or the scan state machine 840is reading in a selected byte (selected by the CPU 14) of the statussignals STATUS[47:0], all outputs of the counter 841 are cleared, or setequal to zero.

The signal SHIFT-ENABLE is furnished by the output of an AND gate 844.One input of the AND gate 844 receives the clock signal CSIC₋₋ O.Another input of the AND gate 844 receives a signal DIV2CLK#. The signalDIV2CLK# is asserted, or driven low, on the negative edge of the signalCLKDIV4. The third input of the AND gate 844 receives a signal SCAN₋₋IN₋₋ PROGRESS, which when asserted, or driven high, indicates that thescan state machine 840 is currently scanning the status signalsSTATUS[127:0], and the signal SCAN₋₋ IN₋₋ PROGRESS is deassertedotherwise.

Therefore, when the scan state machine 840 is not shifting in the statussignals STATUS[127:0], the counter 841 is disabled. Furthermore, whenenabled, the counter 841 is clocked on the negative edge of the clocksignal DIV2CLK.

The interrupt register 800 receives input signals D₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[31:0]at its corresponding thirty-two inputs. The load enable inputs of theinterrupt register 800 receive corresponding load enable signalsUPDATE₋₋ IRQ[31:0]. The interrupt register 800 is clocked on thepositive edge of the PCI clock signal CLK.

For purposes of keeping track of the status signals STATUS[5:0] aftereach scan, a multi-bit, D-type flip-flop 836 furnishes status signalsSCAN₋₋ SW[5:0]. The clear input of the flip-flop 836 receives the resetsignal RST, and the flip-flop 836 is clocked on the positive edge of theclock signal CLK. The input of the flip-flop 836 is connected to theoutput of a multi-bit OR gate 850 which has one input connected to theoutput of a multi-bit AND gate 846 and one input connected to the outputof a multi-bit AND gate 847. One input of the AND gate 846 receives sixbit enable signals BIT₋₋ ENABLE[5:0] (described below) and the otherinput of the AND gate 846 receives the serial data signal NEW₋₋ CSID.One input of the AND gate 847 receives inverted bit enable signals BIT₋₋ENABLE[5:0], and the other input of the AND gate 847 receives thesignals SCAN₋₋ SW[5:0].

Only one of the bit enable signals BIT₋₋ ENABLE[5:0] is asserted at onetime (when the scan state machine 840 is scanning), and the asserted bitindicates which one of the corresponding status signals STATUS[31:0] isrepresented by the signal NEW₋₋ CSID. Thus, when the scan state machine840 is scanning, on every positive edge of the clock signal CLK, thesignals SCAN-SW[5:0] are updated.

The bit enable signals BIT₋₋ ENABLE[31:0] are furnished by the output ofa multi-bit multiplexer 832 that receives the bits BIT₋₋ ACTIVE[31:0] atits one input. The zero input of the multiplexer 832 receives athirty-two bit signal indicative of logic zero. The select input of themultiplexer 832 receives the signal SHIFT₋₋ ENABLE.

For purposes of detecting a change in the status signals STATUS[5:0], amulti-bit, Exclusive Or (XOR) gate 848 furnishes switch change signalsSW₋₋ CHG[5:0]. When one of the signals SW₋₋ CHG[5:0] is asserted, orhigh, the logical voltage of the corresponding status signal STATUS[5:0]changed during successive scans. One input of the XOR gate 848 isconnected to the input of the flip-flop 836, and the other input of theXOR gate 848 receives the signals SCAN₋₋ SW[5:0].

As shown in FIG. 31D, for purposes of indicating when the logicalvoltage level of a selected status signal STATUS[5:0] has remained atthe logical voltage level for at least the duration of the debouncedelay interval, the scan input logic 804 has six signals LSWITCH[5:0].The non-inverting input of a D-type flip-flop 900 furnishes the signalLSWITCH[5] at its non-inverting output. The signal LSWITCH[5] isasserted, or driven high, to indicate the above-described condition anddeasserted otherwise. The flip-flop 900 is clocked on the positive edgeof the clock signal CLK, and the clear input of the flip-flop 900receives the RST signal.

The input of the flip-flop 900 is connected to the output of amultiplexer 902 which furnishes a D₋₋ LSWITCH[5] signal. The selectinput of the multiplexer 902 is connected to the output of an AND gate903 that receives a MAX5 signal and a SCAN₋₋ END signal. The SCAN₋₋ ENDsignal, when asserted, indicates the scan state machine 840 hascompleted the current scan. Five signals (MAX5, MAX4, MAX3, MAX2, MAX1AND MAX0) indicate whether the corresponding status signal STATUSES],STATUS[4], STATUS[3], STATUS[2], STATUS[1], or STATUS[0], respectively,has remained at the same logical voltage level for a least the durationof the debounce time interval. The zero input of the multiplexer 902receives the signal LSWITCH[5], and the one input of the multiplexer 902receives the signal SCAN₋₋ SW[5]. The signal SCAN₋₋ END is furnished bythe output of an AND gate 851 (FIG. 31B). The AND gate 851 receives asignal STOP₋₋ SCAN and a signal SCAN₋₋ DONE. The signal STOP₋₋ SCAN isasserted, or driven high, when conditions for ending the scanning by thescan state machine 840 are present, as further described below. Thesignal SCAN₋₋ END is a pulsed (for one cycle of the CLK signal) versionof the STOP₋₋ SCAN signal. The signals LSWITCH[4]-LSWITCH[0] and D₋₋LSWITCH[4]-D₋₋ LSWITCH[0] are generated in a similar fashion from therespective SCAN₋₋ SW[4]-SCAN₋₋ SW[0] signals and the respective signalsMAX4-MAX0.

For purposes of updating the logical voltage level of the status signalsSTATUS[31:6] as these signals are scanned in, a multi-bit D-typeflip-flop 905 (FIG. 31D) furnishes twenty-six signals SCAN₋₋ NSW[31:6].One of the signals SCAN₋₋ NSW[31:6] is asserted, or driven high, toindicate this condition and deasserted otherwise. The flip-flop 905 isclocked on the positive edge of the clock signal CLK, and the clearinput of the flip-flop 905 receives the RST signal.

The input of the flip-flop 905 is connected to the output of a multi-bitmultiplexer 906. The select input of the multiplexer 906 receives aninverted CHECK₋₋ SWITCH₋₋ ONLY signal. The CHECK₋₋ SWITCH₋₋ ONLY signalis asserted, or driven high, when the scan state machine 840 is onlyscanning the status signals STATUS[5:0] or status signals STATUS[127:32](i.e., ignoring changes in the signals STATUS[31:6]) and deassertedotherwise. The zero input of the multiplexer 906 receives the signalsSCAN₋₋ NSW[31:6], and the one input of the multiplexer 906 is connectedto the output of a multi-bit OR gate 907. One input of the OR gate 907is connected to the output of a multi-bit AND gate 908, and the otherinput of the OR gate 907 is connected to the output of a multi-bit ANDgate 872.

One input of the AND gate 908 receives the signals BIT₋₋ ENABLE[31:6].The other input of the AND gate 908 is connected to the output of amulti-bit multiplexer 909. If the NEW₋₋ CSID signal is asserted, orhigh, the multiplexer 909 furnishes a twenty-six bit signal equal to"h3FFFFFF." Otherwise, the multiplexer furnishes a twenty-six bit signalequal to "0." One input of the AND gate 872 is connected to the invertedoutput of the AND gate 908, and the other input of the AND gate 872receives the signals SCAN ₋₋ NSW[31:6].

For purposes of storing the logical voltage level of the status signalsSTATUS[31:6] after every scan, a multi-bit, D-type flip-flop 871furnishes twenty-six signals LNON₋₋ SW[31:6]. One of the signals LNON₋₋SW[31:6] is asserted, or driven high, to indicate this condition anddeasserted otherwise. The flip-flop 871 is clocked on the positive edgeof the clock signal CLK, and the clear input of the flip-flop 871receives the RST signal.

The input of the flip-flop 871 is connected to the output of a multi-bitmultiplexer 870 which furnishes the signals D₋₋ LNON₋₋ SW[31:6]. Theselect input of the multiplexer 870 receives the signal SCAN₋₋ END. Thezero input of the multiplexer 870 receives the signals LNON₋₋ SW[31:6],and the one input of the multiplexer 807 receives the signals SCAN₋₋NSW[31:6].

As shown in FIG. 31B, for purposes of generating the MAX0, MAX1, MAX2,MAX3, MAX4, and MAX5 signals, the serial input logic 804 includes sixcounters 831a-f, respectively, of common design 831. Each counter 831 isinitialized (to a predetermined count value) when an AND gate 892asserts, or drives high, its output. For the counter 831a, the AND gate892 receives the signal BIT₋₋ ENABLE[0], the signal SW₋₋ CHG[0] and aninverted signal QUICK₋₋ FILTER. The signal QUICK₋₋ FILTER, whenasserted, or high, can be used to circumvent the debounce time interval.The QUICK₋₋ FILTER signal is normally deasserted, or low. The clockinput of the counter 831 is connected to the output of an AND gate 893.For the counter 831a, the AND gate 893 receives the BIT₋₋ ENABLE[0]signal, the inverted SW₋₋ CHG[0] signal, the inverted GETTING₋₋ BYTEsignal, and the inverted MAX0 signal. Therefore, for the counter 831a,once the logical voltage of the status signal STATUS[0] changes, eachtime the serial scan logic 804 scans the status signal STATUS[0], thecounter 831a is incremented. When the counter 831a reaches its maximumvalue, the signal MAX0 is asserted which indicates the debounce timeinterval has elapsed. If the logical voltage of the status signalSTATUS[0] changes during the count, the counter 831a is reinitializedand the count begins again. The other counters 831b-f function in asimilar fashion for their corresponding status signals STATUS[5:1].

The HOLD₋₋ OFF signal, when asserted, instructs one of the timers 806 tomeasure a predetermined slow scan interval which puts the serial scanstate machine 840 in the slow scan mode. When the timer 806 completesmeasuring this delay interval, the timer 806 asserts, or drives high, aFTR₋₋ TIMEOUT signal which is otherwise deasserted, or negated. Theproduct of this slow scan interval and the number of counts for thecounter 831 to reach its maximum value is equal to the debounce timeinterval (8 ms).

The HOLD₋₋ OFF signal is furnished by the output of a JK flip-flop 885.The flip-flop 885 is clocked on the positive edge of the CLK signal, andthe clear input of the flip-flop 885 receives the RST signal. The Jinput is connected to the output of an AND gate 883, and the K input isconnected to the output of an AND gate 884. One input of the AND gate884 is connected to the output of a JK-type flip-flop 896, and the otherinput of the AND gate 883 receives the SCAN₋₋ END signal. One input ofthe AND gate 884 is connected to the inverted output of the AND gate883, one input of the AND gate 884 receives the FTR₋₋ TIMEOUT signal,and another input of the AND gate 884 receives a SCAN ₋₋ IN₋₋ IDLEsignal, which is asserted when the scan state machine 840 is in its IDLEstate, as further described below.

The flip-flop 895 is clocked on the positive edge of the CLK signal, andthe clear input of the flip-flop 895 receives the RST signal. The Jinput is connected to the output of a NAND gate 894 which receives theMAX0, MAX1, MAX2, MAX3, MAX4 and MAX5 signals. The K input is connectedto the output of an AND gate 826 which is connected to the inverted Jinput of the flip-flop 895 and receives an inverted SCAN₋₋ IN₋₋ PROGRESSsignal which is asserted when the scan state machine 840 is scanning thestatus signals STATUS[31:0].

For purposes of generating the CHECK₋₋ SWITCH₋₋ ONLY signal, the serialscan input logic 804 includes a JK-type flip-flop 864 which furnishesthe CHECK₋₋ SWITCH₋₋ ONLY signal at its non-inverting output and isclocked on the positive edge of the CLK signal. The clear input of theflip-flip 864 receives the RST signal, and the J input of the flip-flop864 receives a DEBOUNCE signal, which when asserted, or driven high,indicates that one of the logical voltage level of one or more of thestatus signals STATUS[31:6] has changed. The K input of the flip-flop864 is connected to the output of a AND gate 865. One input of the ANDgate 865 receives the inverted DEBOUNCE signal, and one input of the ANDgate 865 receives the SCAN₋₋ IN₋₋ IDLE signal.

As shown in FIG. 31C, the debounce signal DEBOUNCE is furnished by thenon-inverting output of a JK-type flip-flop 860. The flip-flop 860 isclocked by the positive edge of the clock signal CLK, and the clearinput of the flip-flop 860 receives the reset signal RST. The J input ofthe flip-flop 860 receives a signal CHANGE₋₋ ON₋₋ INPUT signal. TheCHANGE₋₋ ON₋₋ INPUT signal is asserted, or driven high, when a change inone of the status signals STATUS[31:6] is detected at the end of a scanby the serial input logic 804 and deasserted otherwise. The K input isconnected to the output of an AND gate 861 which receives a DB₋₋ TIMEOUTsignal at one of its inputs. The other input of the AND gate 861receives the inverted CHANGE₋₋ ON₋₋ INPUT signal. The DB₋₋ TIMEOUTsignal is asserted by the timers 106 for one cycle of the CLK signalwhen the debounce time delay (initiated by the assertion of the DEBOUNCEsignal) has expired. The assertion of the DB₋₋ TIMEOUT signal negatesthe DEBOUNCE signal on the next positive edge of the CLK signal.

The CHANGE₋₋ ON₋₋ INPUT signal is furnished by the non-inverting outputof a JK-type flip-flop 866 which is clocked on the positive edge of theCLK signal. The clear input of the flip-flop receives the RST signal.The J input of the flip-flop 866 is connected to the output of an ANDgate 869 which receives the SCAN₋₋ END signal, and another input of theAND gate 869 is connected to the output of an OR gate 867. The OR gate867 logically ORs all of a set of NSW₋₋ CHG[31:6] signals. The bitpositions of the signals NSW₋₋ CHG[31:6] correspond to the bit positionsof the status signals STATUS[31:6] and indicate, by their assertion,whether the corresponding status signal STATUS[31:6] has changed afterthe last scan. The AND gate 869 further receives the SCAN₋₋ END signal.The K input of the flip-flop 866 is connected to the output of an ANDgate 868 which receives the inverted SCAN₋₋ IN₋₋ PROGRESS signal and theinverted output of the AND gate 869. The signals NSW₋₋ CHG[31:6] arefurnished by the output of a multi-bit, XOR gate 862 which receives thesignals D₋₋ LNON₋₋ SW[31:6] and LNON₋₋ SW[31:6].

The non-inverting output of a multi-bit D-type flip-flop 912 furnishesbits SI₋₋ DATA[7:0] for the serial data register 815. The clear input ofthe flip-flop 912 receives the signal RST, and the flip-flop 912 isclocked on the positive edge of the CLK signal. The signal input of theflip-flop 912 is connected to the output of a multi-bit multiplexer 916.The select input of the multiplexer 916 is connected to the output of anAND gate 914, and the zero input of the multiplexer 916 receives thebits SI₋₋ DATA[7:0]. The AND gate 914 receives the signals GETTING₋₋BYTE and SHIFT₋₋ ENABLE. Thus, when the serial scan logic 804 is notshifting in a requested byte of the status signals STATUS[47:0], thevalues of the bits SI₋₋ DATA[7:0] are preserved.

The one input of the multiplexer 916 is connected to the output of amulti-bit multiplexer 910. The one input of the multiplexer 910 isconnected to the output of a multi-bit OR gate 911, and the zero inputof the multiplexer is connected to the output of a multi-bit AND gate915. The select input of the multiplexer 910 receives the signal NEW₋₋CSID.

One input of the AND gate 915 receives the bits SI₋₋ DATA[7:0], and aninverting input of the AND gate 915 is connected to the output of a 3X8decoder 913. The decoder 913 receives the signal BIT[2:0]. One input ofthe OR gate 911 receives the bits SI₋₋ DATA[7:0], and the other input ofthe OR gate 911 receives the output of the decoder 913.

The serial input logic 804 furnishes five signals RST₋₋ SWITCH[5:0](corresponding to the bit positions of the status signals STATUS[5:0])to the ON/OFF control logic 820 which indicate, by their assertion,whether the corresponding slot 36a-f should be powered down. The ON/OFFcontrol logic 820 indicates when the slot 36 (indicated by the RST₋₋SWITCH[5:0] signals) has subsequently been powered down by thesubsequent assertion of one of five signals CLR₋₋ SWITCH₋₋ [5:0] signalswhose bit positions correspond to the signals RST₋₋ SWITCH[5:0]. Afterreceiving the indication that the slot 36 has been powered down, theserial logic 804 then deasserts the corresponding RST₋₋ SWITCH[5:0]signal.

The signals RST₋₋ SWITCH[5:0] are furnished by the non-inverting outputof a multi-bit, D-type flip-flop 891 (FIG. 31B). The clear input of theflip-flop 891 receives the reset signal RST, and the flip-flop 891 isclocked on the positive edge of the clock signal CLK. The input of theflip-flop 891 is connected to the output of a multi-bit OR gate 857which has one input connected to the output of a multi-bit AND gate 859and one input connected to the output of a multi-bit AND gate 855. Oneinput of the AND gate 859 is connected to the output of a multiplexer853, and the other input of the AND gate 859 receives latched slotenable signals LSLOT₋₋ EN[5:0] which indicate, by their assertion,whether the corresponding slot 36a-f is powered up. One input of the ANDgate 855 receives the signals CLR₋₋ SWITCH₋₋ [5:0] signals. Anotherinput of the AND gate 855 receives the signals RST₋₋ SWITCH[5:0].Another input of the AND gate 855 is connected to the inverted output ofthe multiplexer 853.

The zero input of the multiplexer 853 receives a six bit signalindicative of zero. The one input of the multiplexer 853 is connected tothe output of a multi-bit AND gate 849. One input of the AND gate 849receives the signals D₋₋ LSWITCH[5:0], and the other input of the ANDgate 849 receives the inverted signals L₋₋ SWITCH[5:0]. The select inputof the multiplexer 853 receives the SCAN₋₋ END signal.

For purposes of generating the SI₋₋ INTR# signal, the serial scan logic804 includes a D-type flip-flop 882 which furnishes the serial interruptsignal SI₋₋ INTR# at its inverting output. The flip-flop 882 is clockedon the positive edge of the CLK signal, and the clear input of theflip-flip 882 receives the RST signal. The input of the flip-flop 882 isconnected to the output of an OR gate 881 which receives thirty twopending interrupt signals PENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0], which indicate, by theirassertion, or driving high, whether an interrupt is pending for thecorresponding one of the status signals STATUS[31:0]. The signalsPENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0] are otherwise deasserted.

As shown in FIG. 31E, a multi-bit, D-type flip-flop 979 furnishes thesignals PENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0] at its non-inverting output. The flip-flop979 is clocked on the positive edge of the signal CLK signal andreceives the signal RST at its clear input. The input of the flip-flop979 is connected to the output of a multi-bit AND gate 981 whichreceives inverted interrupt mask signals INTR₋₋ MASK[31:0] at one input.The signals INTR₋₋ MASK[31:0] are indicative of corresponding bit of theinterrupt mask register 810. The other input of the AND gate 981 isconnected to the output of a multi-bit OR gate 835. One input of the ORgate 835 is connected to the output of a multi-bit AND gate 862, and theother input of the OR gate 835 is connected to the output of a multi-bitAND gate 834.

The AND gate 862 receives inverted PENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0] signals andsignals SET₋₋ PIRQ[31:0]. The signals SET₋₋ PIRQ[31:0] are asserted toindicate an interrupt request should be generated for the correspondingone of the status signals STATUS[31:0]. Therefore, the signals PENDING₋₋IRQ[31:0] are updated with the signals SET₋₋ PIRQ[31:0] if not masked bythe signals INTR₋₋ MASK[31:0].

The AND gate 834 receives the signals PENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0], invertedsignals SET₋₋ PIRQ[31:0] and inverted WR₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[31:0] signals. Thesignals WR₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[31:0] indicate the write data furnished by theCPU 14 to the interrupt register 800. The CPU clears an interrupt bywriting a "1" to the corresponding bit of the interrupt register 800.Therefore, if this occurs, and no new interrupt requests are indicatedfor the corresponding one of the status signals STATUS[31:0], thecorresponding one of the signals PENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0] is cleared.

The signals SET₋₋ PIRQ[31:0] are furnished by the output of a multi-bitAND gate 839. One input of the AND gate 839 receives the signalsUPDATE₋₋ IRQ[31:0]. The other input of the AND gate 839 is connected tothe output of a multi-bit XOR gate 837. One input of the XOR gate 837receives the signals D₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[31:0], the other input of the XORgate 837 receives the signals INTR₋₋ REG[31:0]. Therefore, when the bitsof the interrupt register 800 transition from one logical state toanother, an interrupt request is generated.

For purposes of updating the bits of the interrupt register 800, thesignals UPDATE₋₋ IRQ[31:0] are furnished to the corresponding loadinputs of the register 800. When one of the signals UPDATE₋₋ IRQ[31:0]is asserted, or driven high, the corresponding bit is loaded with thecorresponding one of the signals D₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[31:0].

The signals UPDATE₋₋ IRQ[31:0] are furnished by the output of amulti-bit OR gate 971. One input of the OR gate 971 is connected to theoutput of a multi-bit AND gate 973. One input of the AND gate 973 isconnected to the output of a multi-bit multiplexer 977, and the otherinput of the AND gate 973 receives inverted PENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0] signals.The select input of the multiplexer 977 receives the signal SCAN₋₋ END,the one input of the multiplexer 977 receives a thirty-two bit signalindicative of "hFFFFFFFF," and the zero input of the multiplexer 977receives a thirty-two bit signal indicative of "0." Therefore, at theend of a scan, the signals UPDATE₋₋ IRQ[31:0] allow the bits of theinterrupt register 800 to be updated that correspond to the assertedPENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0] signals.

Another input of the OR gate 971 is connected to the output of amulti-bit AND gate 975. One input of the AND gate 975 receives theinverted INTR₋₋ MASK[31:0] signals, another input of the AND gate 975receives the signals PENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0], and another input of the ANDgate 975 receives the signals WR₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[31:0]. Therefore, the CPU14 can selectively clear bits of the signals PENDING₋₋ IRQ[31:0].

The signals D₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[5:0] are furnished by the output of amulti-bit multiplexer 830. When the SCAN₋₋ END signal is asserted, thesignals D₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[5:0] are equal to the signals D₋₋ LSWITCH[5:0].When the SCAN₋₋ END signal is deasserted, the signals D₋₋ INTR₋₋REG[5:0] are equal to the signals LSWITCH[5:0].

The signals D₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[31:6] are furnished by the output of amulti-bit multiplexer 845. When the SCAN₋₋ END signal is asserted, thesignals D₋₋ INTR₋₋ REG[31:6] are equal to the signals D₋₋ LNON₋₋SW[31:6]. When the SCAN₋₋ END signal is deasserted, the signals D₋₋INTR₋₋ REG[5:0] are equal to the signals LNON₋₋ SW[31:6]. The interruptregister 800 takes on new values only when the signal SCAN₋₋ END isasserted.

As shown in FIGS. 32A-B, the scan state machine 840 enters an IDLE stateafter the assertion of the reset signal RST. When not in the IDLE state,the scan state machine 840 toggles the states of the serial input clocksignal CSIC₋₋ O in order to clock the shift register 82. Furthermore,when not in a first load state LD1, the scan state machine 840 asserts,or drives high, the load signal CSIL₋₋ O₋₋ in order to enable theregisters 82 and 52 to serially shift the status signals STATUS[127:0]to the SIO circuit 50. In the IDLE state, the scan state machine 840sets the signal SCAN₋₋ DONE equal to zero.

The scan state machine 840 transitions from the IDLE state to the stateLD1 when either the signal GETTING₋₋ BYTE is asserted or the signalHOLD₋₋ OFF is deasserted. Otherwise, the scan state machine 840 remainsin the IDLE state. In the LD1 state, the scan state machine 840 asserts,or drives low, the load signal CSIL₋₋ O₋₋ which enables the registers 82and 52 to latch and start receiving the status signals STATUS[127:0].

The scan state machine 840 transitions from the LD1 state, to a load twostate LD2. In the LD2 state, the load signal CSIL₋₋ O₋₋ is kept assertedwhich enables the registers 82 and 52 to serially shift the statussignals STATUS[127:0].

The scan state machine 840 subsequently transitions to a scan stateSCAN. In the SCAN state, the serial scan input logic 804 scans in one ofthe status signals STATUS[127:0] on each negative edge of the clocksignal DIV2CLK. When the signal STOP₋₋ SCAN is asserted, the scan statemachine 840 transitions back to the IDLE state. The STOP₋₋ SCAN signalis asserted when either the desired byte of the status signalsSTATUS[127:0] has been shifted into the serial data register 815; thelever status signals STATUS[5:0] have been scanned in and the serialinterrupt signal SI₋₋ INTR# has been asserted; or all of the statussignals STATUS[31:0] have been shifted in. In the SCAN state, the SCAN₋₋DONE signal is set equal to the STOP₋₋ SCAN signal.

As shown in FIG. 33A, the ON/OFF control logic 820 includes an ON/OFFstate machine 998 which receives the signals RST₋₋ SWITCH[5:0], SLOT₋₋EN[5:0] and SLOT₋₋ RST₋₋ [5:0]. Based on the conditions indicated bythese signals, the ON/OFF state machine 998 indicates and controls theappropriate power up or power down sequences. The ON/OFF state machine998 furnishes control signals to control logic 999.

The ON/OFF state machine 998 furnishes a serial output update signalSO₋₋ UPDATE to the serial output logic 824. When the signal SO₋₋ UPDATEis asserted, or driven high, the serial output logic 824 begins theshifting phase and serially shifts control data, via the signal CSOD₋₋O, to the register 80. The serial output logic 824 indicates completionof the shifting phase by asserting a signal SO₋₋ UPDATE₋₋ DONE which isreceived by the ON/OFF state machine 998. The ON/OFF state machine 998subsequently updates the control signals POUT[39:0] by negating, orclocking, the latch signal CSOLC₋₋ O which is received by the register80.

The control logic 999 furnishes the signals PWREN[5:0], CLKEN#[5:0],BUSEN#[5:0] and RST#[5:0] to the serial output logic 824. The controllogic 999 also furnishes a PCI bus request signal CAYREQ# to andreceives a PCI bus grant signal CAYGNT# from the arbiter 124. The ON/OFFcontrol logic 820 asserts, or drives low, the signal CAYREQ# to requestthe PCI bus 32, and when the arbiter 124 asserts, or drives low, thesignal CAYGNT#, the arbiter 124 has granted control of the PCI bus 32 tothe ON/OFF control logic 820.

As shown in FIGS. 33B-G, the ON/OFF state machine 998 enters an idlestate IDLE upon assertion of the reset signal RST. If not idle, theON/OFF state machine 998 controls one of three sequences: the power downsequence, the power on sequence, or the one pass sequence used to updatethe control signals POUT[39:0] as indicated by the slot enable 817 andLED control (not shown) registers. The ON/OFF state machine 998 asserts,or drives high, the load signal CSOLC₋₋ O for one cycle of the clocksignal CLK of the register 80 until the ON/OFF state machine 998determines the control signals POUT[39:0] are to be updated. When thecontrol signals POUT[39:0] are updated, the ON/OFF state machine 998negates the signal CSOLC₋₋ O which updates the control signalsPOUT[39:0].

The ON/OFF state machine 998 begins the power down sequence when eitherthe software requests a power down of at least one of the slots 36, asindicated by the deassertion of the signals SLOT₋₋ EN[5:0]; or theserial scan input logic 804 determines at least one of the slots 36a-fshould undergo the power down sequence, as indicated by the assertion ofthe signals RST₋₋ SWITCH[5:0]. To begin the power down sequence, theON/OFF state machine 998 asserts the SO₋₋ UPDATE signal to begin ashifting phase and transitions from the IDLE state to a RSTON state.

During the RSTON state, the control logic 999 negates the reset signalsRST#[5:0] for the slots 36 that are to be powered down, and the serialoutput logic 824 serially shifts the reset signals RST#[5:0] to theoutput register 80. The ON/OFF state machine 998 also negates the signalSO₋₋ UPDATE. Once all forty-control signals are shifted by the serialoutput logic 824 to the register 80, as indicated by the assertion ofthe signal SO₋₋ UPDATE₋₋ DONE, the ON/OFF state machine 998 transitionsfrom the RSTON state to an OFF₋₋ ARB1 state.

In the OFF₋₋ ARB1 state, the ON/OFF state machine 998 requests controlof the secondary PCI bus 32 by asserting the request signal CAYREQ#. TheON/OFF state machine 998 then transitions to an OFF₋₋ WGNT1 state whereit waits for the grant of the secondary PCI bus 32. When the arbiter 124grants control of the bus 32, as indicated by the assertion of theCAYGNT# signal, the ON/OFF state machine 998 negates the signal CSOLC₋₋O for one cycle of the signal CLK to update the control signalsPOUT[39:0] and transitions to an OFF₋₋ LCLK1 state.

In the OFF₋₋ LCLK1 state, the ON/OFF state machine 998 asserts thesignal SO₋₋ UPDATE to begin another shift phase. The ON/OFF statemachine 998 transitions from the OFF₋₋ LCLK1 state to a bus off stateBUSOFF. During the BUSOFF state, the control logic 999 deasserts, ordrives high, the bus enable signals BUSEN#[5:0] for the slots 36 thatare to be powered down, and the serial output logic 824 serially shiftsthe bus enable signals BUSEN#[5:0] to the output register 80. The ON/OFFstate machine 998 also negates the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE. Once allforty-control signals are shifted by the serial output logic 824, asindicated by the assertion of the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE₋₋ DONE, the ON/OFFstate machine 998 transitions from the BUSOFF state to an OFF₋₋ ARB2state where the state machine 998 once again requests control of thesecondary PCI bus 32. The state machine 998 then transitions to an OFF₋₋WGNT2 state where it waits for the grant of the PCI bus 32. Once thegrant is received, the state machine 998 transitions to an OFF₋₋ LCLK2state where the control signals POUT[39:0] are updated by negating thesignal CSOLC₋₋ O for one cycle of the signal CLK. The state machine 998then transitions to a clock off state CLKOFF.

During the CLKOFF state, the control logic 999 deasserts, or driveshigh, the clock enable signals CLKEN#[5:0] for the slots 36 that are tobe powered down. The bus enable signals BUSEN#[5:0] do not change, andthe serial output logic 824 serially shifts the clock enable signalsCLKEN#[5:0] to the output register 80. The ON/OFF state machine 998 alsonegates the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE. Once all forty control signals areshifted by the serial output logic 824, as indicated by the assertion ofthe signal SO₋₋ UPDATE₋₋ DONE, the ON/OFF state machine 998 transitionsfrom the CLKOFF state to an OFF₋₋ ARE3 state, where the state machine998 once again requests control of the PCI bus 32. The state machine 998then transitions to an OFF₋₋ WGNT3 state where it waits for the grant ofthe PCI bus 32. Once the grant is received, the state machine 998transitions to an OFF₋₋ LCLK3 state where the control signals POUT[39:0]are updated by negating the signal CSOLC₋₋ O for one cycle of the signalCLK. The state machine 998 then transitions to a power off state PWROFF.

During the PWROFF state, the control logic 999 deasserts, or dries low,the power enable signals PWREN[5:0] for the slots 36 that are to bepowered down. The signals RST#[5:0], BUSEN#[5:0], and CLKEN#[5:0] do notchange, and the serial output logic 824 serially shifts the power enablesignals PWREN[5:0] to the output register 80. The ON/OFF state machine998 also negates the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE. Once all forty control signalsare shifted by the serial output logic 824, as indicated by theassertion of the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE₋₋ DONE, the ON/OFF state machine 998transitions from the PWROFF state to an OFF₋₋ LCLK4 state where thesignals POUT[39:0] are updated by negating the signal CSOLC₋₋ O for onecycle of the signal CLK. The state machine 998 then transitions to theIDLE state which completes the power down sequence.

If a power down sequence is not required, the ON/OFF state machine 998then determines if the power up sequence is required. If either thesoftware has requested at least one of the slots 36 to powered up or apower up of the expansion box 30 is pending, then the ON/OFF statemachine 998 transitions from the IDLE state to a power on PWRON state tobegin the power on sequence. To begin the power on sequence, the ON/OFFstate machine 998 asserts the SO₋₋ UPDATE signal to begin a shift phaseand transitions from the IDLE state to a power on state PWRON.

During the PWRON state, the control logic 999 asserts the power enablesignals PWREN[5:0] for the slots 36 that are to be powered up, and theserial output logic 824 serially shifts the power enable signalsPWREN[5:0] to the output register 80. The ON/OFF state machine 998 alsonegates the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE. Once all forty control signals areshifted by the serial output logic 824, as indicated by the assertion ofthe signal SO₋₋ UPDATE₋₋ DONE, the ON/OFF state machine 998 transitionsfrom the PWRON state to a timer 806 initialization state LDCNT1 andnegates the load signal CSOLC₋₋ O to update the control signalsPOUT[39:0].

In the LDCNT1 state, the ON/OFF state machine 998 initializes the timers806 so that the timers 806 provide an indication when a predeterminedstabilization delay interval has expired. The stabilization delayinterval allows sufficient time for the card 807 that is being poweredup to stabilize once the voltage level V_(ss) is furnished to the card807. In the LDCNT1 state, the ON/OFF state machine 998 also asserts thesignal CSOLC₋₋ O. The ON/OFF state machine 820 transitions from theLDCNT1 state to a CLKON state.

During the CLKON state, the control logic 999 asserts, or drives low,the clock enable signals CLKEN#[5:0] for the slots 36 that are to bepowered up. The PWREN[5:0] signals remain unchanged, and the serialoutput logic 824 serially shifts the clock enable signals CLKEN#[5:0] tothe output register 80. The ON/OFF state machine 998 also negates thesignal SO₋₋ UPDATE. Once the stabilization delay interval has expired,the ON/OFF state machine 998 transitions from the CLKOFF state to anON₋₋ ARB1 state.

In the ON₋₋ ARB1 state, the ON/OFF state machine 998 requests control ofthe secondary PCI bus 32 by asserting the request signal CAYREQ#. TheON/OFF state machine 998 then transitions to an ON₋₋ WGNT1 state whereit waits for the grant of the secondary PCI bus 32. Once control of thebus 32 is granted, as indicated by the assertion of the CAYGNT# signal,the ON/OFF state machine 998 negates the signal CSOLC₋₋ O to update thecontrol signals POUT[39:0] and transitions to an ON₋₋ LCLK1 state wherethe signals POUT[39:0] are updated.

The ON/OFF state machine 998 transitions from the ON₋₋ LCLK1 state to aLDCNT2 state where the timers 806 are initialized so that the timers 806provide an indication when another predetermined stabilization delayinterval has expired. This delay interval is used to allow the clocksignal on the card 807 being powered up to stabilize before the power upsequence continues. The ON/OFF state machine 998 transitions from theLDCNT2 state to a bus on state BUSON.

During the BUSON state, the control logic 999 asserts, or drives low,the bus enable signals BUSEN#[5:0] for the slots 36 that are to bepowered down. The signals CLKEN#[5:0] and PWREN[5:0] remain unchanged,and the serial output logic 824 serially shifts the bus enable signalsBUSEN#[5:0] to the output register 80. The ON/OFF state machine 998 alsonegates the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE. Once the stabilization delay intervalhas expired, the ON/OFF state machine 998 transitions from the BUSONstate to an ON₋₋ ARB2 state where the state machine 998 once againrequests control of the PCI bus 32. The state machine 998 thentransitions to an ON₋₋ WGNT2 state where it waits for the grant of thebus 32. Once the grant is received, the state machine 998 transitions toan ON₋₋ LCLK2 state where the signals POUT[39:01 are updated by negatingthe signal CSOLC₋₋ O for one cycle of the signal CLK. The state machine998 then transitions to a reset off state RSTOFF.

During the RSTOFF state, the control logic 999 asserts, or negates, thereset signals RST#[5:0] for the slots 36 that are to be powered up,depending on their respective SLOT₋₋ RST₋₋ [5:0] signals. The signalsCLKEN#[5:0], PWREN[5:0] and BUSEN#[5:0] remain unchanged, and the serialoutput logic 824 serially shifts the reset signals RST#[5:0] to theoutput register 80. The ON/OFF state machine 998 also negates the signalSO₋₋ UPDATE. Once all forty control signals are shifted by the serialoutput logic 824, as indicated by the assertion of the signal SO₋₋UPDATE₋₋ DONE, the ON/OFF state machine 998 transitions from the RSTONstate to an ON₋₋ ARB3 state where the state machine 998 once againrequests control of the bus 32. The state machine 998 then transitionsto an ON₋₋ WGNT3 state where it waits for the grant of the bus 32. Oncethe grant is received, the state machine 998 transitions to an ON₋₋LCLK3 state where the signals POUT[39:0] are updated by negating thesignal CSOLC₋₋ O for one cycle of the signal CLK. The state machine 998then transitions back to the IDLE state.

If neither the power up sequence nor the power down sequence isrequired, the ON/OFF state machine 998 then determines if a one passsequence is needed to update selected ones of the signals POUT[39:0]. Ifthe GO₋₋ UPDATE signal is asserted, and if any bits of the slot enableregister 817 or slot reset register 819 changes, then the ON/OFF statemachine 998 transitions to a ONEPASS state and asserts the SO₋₋ UPDATEsignal.

The ON/OFF state machine 998 remains in the ONEPASS state until theforty control signals have been shifted to the register 80. The ON/OFFstate machine 998 then transitions to an OP₋₋ ARB state where the statemachine 998 requests control of the PCI bus 32 by asserting the signalCAYREQ#. The state machine 998 then transitions to an OP₋₋ WGNT statewhere it waits for the grant of the bus 32. Once the grant is received,the state machine 998 transitions to an OP₋₋ LCLK state where thesignals POUT[39:0] are updated by negating the signal CSOLC₋₋ O for onecycle of the signal CLK. The state machine 998 then transitions back tothe IDLE state.

As shown in FIG. 34, the serial output logic 824 includes a shift outputbit counter 921 that provides a six bit counter output signal BIT₋₋CNTR[5:0] which tracks the control signal shifted out of the serialoutput logic 824 via the signal CSOD₋₋ O. When the signal BIT₋₋CNTR[5:0] is equal to a six digit number equivalent to "39" then asignal MAX₋₋ CNT is asserted. The signal MAX₋₋ CNT is provided to theinput of an AND gate 922. The AND gate 922 further receives a signalSHIFT4 which is asserted when the output shift state machine 920 entersits SHIFT4 state, further described below. The output of the AND gate922 provides the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE₋₋ DONE.

The output shift state machine 920 furnishes an increment counter signalINC₋₋ CNTR to the bit counter 921. When the INC₋₋ CNTR signal isasserted, the bit counter 921 increments the value represented by thesignal BIT₋₋ CNTR[5:0]. When a load counter signal LOAD₋₋ CNTR isasserted or when the RST signal is asserted, then the output of an ORgate 925, connected to a clear input of the bit counter 921, clears thesignal BIT₋₋ CNTR[5:0].

The signal BIT₋₋ CNTR[5:0] is furnished to the select input of amulti-bit multiplexer 924 that furnishes the signal CSOD₋₋ O. The zerothrough eleven inputs of the multiplexer 924 receive the LED controlsignals LEDS[11:0]. The twelve through fifteen inputs of the multiplexer924 receive general purpose output signals GPOA[3:0]. The sixteenthrough twenty-one inputs receive the reset signals RST#[5:0]. Thetwenty-two through twenty-seven inputs receive the clock enable signalsCLKEN#[5:0]. The twenty-eight through thirty-three inputs receive thebus enable signals BUSEN#[5:0]. The thirty-four through thirty-nineinputs receive the power enable signals PWREN[5:0].

As shown in FIGS. 35A-B, the output shift state machine 920 enters anIDLE state when the signal RST is asserted. If the signal SO₋₋ UPDATE isasserted, then the output shift state machine 920 transitions from theIDLE state to a SHIFT1 state.

Because the output shift state machine 920 is clocked on the positiveedge of the PCI clock signal CLK, the output shift state machine 920transitions through a SHIFT1 state, a SHIFT2 state, a SHIFT3 state and aSHIFT4 state to generate the clock signal CSOSC₋₋ O that is one fourthof the frequency of the clock signal CLK. During the SHIFT1 and SHIFT2states the clock signal CSOSC₋₋ O is negated, or low, and during theSHIFT3 and SHIFT4 states, the clock signal CSOSC₋₋ O is asserted, orhigh. When the current shift phase is completed, as indicated by theassertion of the signal MAXCNT, the shift state machine 920 returns tothe IDLE state and the clock signal CSOSC₋₋ O is asserted until thebeginning of the next shifting phase.

As shown in FIG. 36, a HANG₋₋ PEND signal is received by the clear inputof the register 80. The assertion, or driving high, or the HANG₋₋ PENDsignal asynchronously clears the appropriate output control signalsPOUT[39:0] to power down all slots 36 when the PCI bus 32 is in a lockedup condition, as further described below.

FAULT ISOLATION

The bus watcher 129 can detect for a hang condition on the secondary PCIbus 32. If a hang condition is detected, the bus watcher 129 sets a bushang pending bit, which causes the SIO 50 to power down the slots on thesecondary PCI bus 32 and a non-maskable interrupt (NMI) to betransmitted to the CPU 14. The CPU 14 responds to the NMI by invoking anNMI routine to isolate the slot(s) causing the hang condition. Onceidentified, the defective slot(s) are disabled or powered off.

For software diagnostic purposes, the bus watcher 129 in the downstreambridge chip 48 includes a bus history FIFO and a bus vector FIFO. Whenthe secondary PCI bus 32 is functioning properly, the bus historyinformation, which includes an address group (including the PCI address,PCI command signals, PCI master number, and the address parity bit) anda data group (including the PCI data, byte enable signals C/BE[3:0]₋₋,parity error signal PERR₋₋, the data parity bit, a burst cycleindication bit, and a data valid flag), are recorded by the bus watcher129 in each transaction. When the PCI signal FRAME₋₋ is asserted on thesecondary PCI bus 32 to start a bus transaction, the address group andeach subsequent data group are stored in the bus history FIFO. If thetransaction is a burst transaction, then the burst cycle indication bitis set active on the second data phase. After the first data phase, theaddress field in the address group associated with the subsequent datagroups in the burst transaction is incremented by 4 and the new addressgroup and data group are stored in the next location of the bus historyFIFO. If data is not transferred because of a retry condition or adisconnect-without-data condition, the valid data indication bit is setlow.

Both the address group and the data group flow through a 2-stagepipeline to allow time for the data group to collect the data parity bitand data parity error bit, and stop the recording process when a dataparity error occurs before the next address group is stored. If the bushangs in the middle of a write data phase, the data is stored, and abus-hang status bit is set in a bus-hang indication register 482 (FIG.42) accessible via configuration space. If the bus hangs in the middleof a read data phase, the data is marked as not valid, and the bus-hangbit is set.

Bus state vectors are assembled and stored in the bus vector FIFO,including the following PCI control signals: slot request signalsREQ[7:0]₋₋ ; slot grant signals GNT[7:0]₋₋ ; the FRAME₋₋ signal; the PCIdevice select signal DEVSEL₋₋ ; the PCI initiator ready signal IRDY₋₋ ;the PCI target ready signal TRDY₋₋ ; the STOP₋₋ signal; the PCI parityerror signal PERR₋₋ ; the PCI system error signal SERR₋₋ ; and theLOCK₋₋ signal. On each PCI clock in which the bus state vector changes,i.e., any one of the listed signals changes state, the new vector isstored into the bus vector FIFO.

The bus watcher 129 includes a watch-dog timer 454 (FIG. 40) todetermine whether the secondary bus 32 has locked up. If the watch-dogtimer 454 expires, then the bus 32 has hung. The following are examplesof bus-hang conditions that can be detected by the watch-dog timer 454:The FRAME₋₋ signal is stuck high or low; the signal TRDY₋₋ is notasserted in response to IRDY₋₋ ; the PCI arbiter 124 does not grant thebus to any master; and a master requesting the bus 32 keeps gettingretried.

When the watch-dog timer 454 expires, the bus hang pending bit is setactive in the bus-hang indication register 482. When set active, the bushang pending bit disables the bus watcher 129. Next, the slot enablebits in the SIO 50 are cleared, causing the slots to be powered off. TheSIO 50 then asserts the system error signal SERR₋₋.

To isolate the cause of a bus-hang condition, the system error signalSERR₋₋ causes the interrupt logic in the system to issue the NMI to theCPU 14. Referring to FIG. 37, the NMI handler first determines 400 ifthe bus hang pending bit is set by reading the bus hang indicationregister 482. If so, the NMI handler calls 401 a BIOS isolation handlerfor isolating the defective slot or slots. Otherwise, other NMIprocedures are called 402.

As a fail-safe mechanism, the computer system also includes theautomatic server recovery (ASR) timer 72 which is cleared when certainsoftware routines are executed by the operating system. If the ASR timerexpires (e.g., after 10 minutes), that indicates that the operatingsystem has locked up. The secondary PCI bus 32 hanging may be the causeof the system lock up, in which case the NMI may never get to the CPU14. If the ASR timer expires, then an ASR-generated reboot occurs. TheASR timer also ensures that if the BIOS isolation handler is in themiddle of isolating a faulty slot on the PCI bus 32, and the computersystem hangs to cause the ASR reboot, the isolate routine can pick upwhere it left off just before the ASR time-out event.

Referring to FIG. 38, a BIOS ASR handler is invoked in response to anASR reboot condition. The ASR handler first checks 444 to determine ifan isolation-in-progress event variable (EV) contains active informationindicating that the isolation process was in progress prior to the ASRtime-out event. The isolation-in-progress EV is stored in non-volatilememory (NVRAM) 70 and includes header information which is set active toindicate that the isolation process has started. Theisolation-in-progress EV is also updated with the current state of theisolation process, including the slots which have been checked, theslots which are defective, and the slots which have been enabled.

If the isolation process was in progress, the BIOS ASR handlerre-enables 448 all slots except the ones that were enabled immediatelyprior to the ASR event, which is determined from theisolation-in-progress EV. The enabled slots prior to the ASR reboot wereprobably the cause of the ASR lock-up. As a result, those slots aredisabled (i.e., powered off). Next, the disabled slot numbers are logged450 as fail status information stored in the NVRAM, and theisolation-in-progress EV is cleared. The BIOS ASR handler then checks452 to determine if the bus-hang pending bit is set. If so, the bus-hangpending bit is cleared (by performing an I/O cycle on the secondary PCIbus 32) to re-enable the bus watcher 129.

If the isolation-in-progress EV is not set 444 to the active state,indicating that the isolation process was not running when the ASR eventoccurred, the routine checks 446 to determine if the bus-hang pendingbit is set. If not, then the BIOS ASR handler is done. If the bus-hangpending bit is set 446, indicating that a bus-hang condition occurredbefore the ASR event, the BIOS ASR handler calls the BIOS isolationhandler to isolate the faulty slot or slots.

Referring to FIG. 39, the BIOS isolation handler first logs 408 to thefail status information portion of the NVRAM the bus history and busstate vector information stored in the history and vector FIFOs in thebus monitor 127. The bus history and bus state vector FIFOs are read andtheir contents transferred to the NVRAM. Next, the header information ofthe isolation-in-progress event variable is set 410 to indicate that theisolation process is in progress. The bus-hang pending bit is cleared(by writing to a predetermined configuration address) to re-enable thebus watcher 129. Next, the isolation routine re-enables 412 (i.e.,powers up) the first populated slot (i.e., slot with a PCI deviceconnected), and reads and writes from the PCI configuration space of thedevice. A slot is re-enabled by writing to the slot enable register 817(FIG. 29). Next, the routine determines 414 if the bus-hang pending bitis set active, indicating that the device connected to the slot causedthe bus to hang while reading from it. If not, the routine determines416 if all populated slots have been checked. If not, the firstpopulated slot is disabled 418 and the isolation-in-progress EV isupdated 420 to indicate that the first populated slot has been tried bythe BIOS isolation handler. If the routine determines 414 that thebus-hang pending bit is set active, the slot is indicated as beingfailed (e.g., by setting active a fail flag for that slot) in the failstatus information portion of the NVRAM. Next, the loop consisting ofsteps 412, 414, 416, 418 and 420 is performed until all populated slotshave been checked.

If all populated slots have been checked 416, the routine checks 424 todetermine if any slot is indicated as failed in the fail statusinformation portion of the NVRAM. If so, the routine 398 re-enables 426only the non-failing slots. Then, the isolation-in-progress EV iscleared 428, and the BIOS isolation routine is complete.

If none of the slots are indicated 424 as failed, then that indicatesthat the bus-hang condition is not caused by a single slot, but may becaused by more than one device being active at the same time. To confirmthat, the BIOS isolation handler first disables (i.e., powers down) 430all the slots, and updates the isolation-in-progress EV with thisinformation. Next, the BIOS isolation handler clears 431 a countvariable N to zero and sets a count variable I to the value of N. Thecount variable N represents the count of the populated slots.

The BIOS isolation handler re-enables (i.e., powers up) 432 thepopulated slot I (which is initially slot N) and reads and writes to itsPCI configuration space. The handler then checks 438 to determine if thebus-hang pending bit is set. If not, the handler decrements 433 thevariable I and checks 434 if the variable I is greater than or equal tozero. If so, the handler updates 435 the isolation-in-progress EV andre-enables 432 and reads and writes the next populated slot I. Thehandler then checks 438 if the bus hang pending bit is set for this nextslot. In this manner, for each slot N that is to be enabled, thepreviously enabled slots are also powered on one at a time to determineif a combination of slots is causing the failure.

If the variable I is determined 434 to be less than zero, then thehandler checks 436 to determine if all populated slots have beenenabled. If not, the variable N is incremented 437, theisolation-in-progress EV is updated 439, and the variable I is again set441 equal to the value of N.

If the bus hang pending bit is set 438 active, then potentially twoslots are disabled 440: slot N (which is the slot currently beingenabled) and slot I (which is the slot currently being read from andwritten to). If the value of I and N are the same, then only slot N isdisabled.

If the handler determines 436 that all populated slots have been enabled(and a failure could not be identified), then the handler logs 442 inthe NVRAM its inability to isolate the failure. Next, the handler clears428 the isolation-in-progress EV.

Referring to FIG. 40, the watch-dog timer 454, provides output signalsWD₋₋ TMR₋₋ OUT[17:0] (timer count value), HANG₋₋ PEND (bus hangcondition present), EN₋₋ CAP (the software has enable capture of the busand vector history information), TIME₋₋ OUT (the watch-dog timer 454 hastimed out), a signal HANG₋₋ RCOVR₋₋ EN (set high by software to enablethe hang recovery logic in the bus watcher 129 and in the SIO 50) and asignal CAP₋₋ ILLEG₋₋ PROT (to indicate an illegal cycle on the PCI bus32).

The signal HANG₋₋ PEND is provided to the SIO 50 to shut down thesecondary bus slots. The input signals to the watch-dog timer 454include some of the PCI bus signals, a signal WRT₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP₋₋₁ (pulsedhigh by software to re-enable the capture of the bus history and busvector information by the fault isolation block 129), and a power-goodindicator signal SYNC₋₋ POWEROK (indicating that power in the computersystem is stable).

A bus hang recovery state machine 456 receives the signals HANG₋₋ PEND,TIME₋₋ OUT, and HANG₋₋ RCOVR₋₋ EN from the watch-dog timer 454. Therecovery state machine 456 also receives some of the PCI signals. Theoutput signals from the bus hang recovery state machine 456 includes adevice select signal DEVSEL₋₋ O for driving the PCI signal DEVSEL₋₋, asignal STOP₋₋ O for driving the PCI signal STOP₋₋, a signal SERR₋₋ ENwhich enables assertion of the system error signal SERR₋₋, a signal BR₋₋M₋₋ ABORT (indicating that the bus watcher 129 has recovered with amaster abort), a signal BR₋₋ T₋₋ ABORT (indicating that the bus watcher129 has recovered with a target abort), and a signal RCOVR₋₋ ACTIVE (forindicating when the bus hang recovery state machine 456 is active). Thebus hang recovery state machine 456 ensures that the secondary PCI bus32 is brought back to the idle state to allow the software to isolatethe faulty slot. When the hang condition is detected, the SIO 50 powersdown the secondary bus slots, which would automatically place the bus 32into the idle state if one of the slot devices was the bus master whenthe hang condition occurred. However, if one of the slot devices was thetarget (and the bridge chip 48 was the master) when the bus hangoccurred, then the bridge chip 48 would remain on the bus. To take thebridge chip off the bus, the recovery state machine 456 forces a retrycycle on the PCI bus 32 by asserting the signal STOP₋₋.

A bus history capture block 458 monitors the PCI bus 32 fortransactions, and presents the bus history information (including theaddress and data) on to output signals BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ DATA3 [31:0] (thebus history address), BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ DATA2 [31:0] (the bus history data),and BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ DATA1 [15:0] (parity error signal !PERR₋₋, parity bitPAR, valid data bit VALID₋₋ DAT, address parity bit ADDRPAR, burstindicator BURST, master number MASTER[2:0], byte enable bits CBE[3:0]₋₋, and command bits CMD[3:0]). The bus history capture block 458asserts a signal HIST₋₋ RDY when data is available on the BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋DATA signals, which is true at the end of each data phase in a normaltransaction, or if the transaction is terminated with a master abort, aretry, while the assertion of the time out signal TIME₋₋ OUT.

A bus vector capture block 460 captures the states of certain PCIcontrol signals when any of the those control signals changes state. Thevector is captured and output as signals BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋ DATA[20:0], whichcontain the request signals IREQ[7:0]₋₋, grant signals !GNT[7:0]₋₋, timeout signal TIME₋₋ OUT, lock signal LOCK₋₋, system error signal SERR₋₋,parity error signal PERR₋₋, stop signal STOP₋₋, target ready signalTRDY₋₋, initiator ready signal IRDY₋₋, device select signal DEVSEL₋₋,and frame signal FRAME₋₋. The bus vector capture block 460 asserts asignal VECT₋₋ RDY if any of the bus vector BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋ DATA[24:0] haschanged or the watch-dog timer 454 has expired (TIME₋₋ OUT is high).

The bus history and bus vector signals are presented to the inputs ofbus watcher FIFOs, which includes a 2-deep bus history FIFO and a 4-deepvector history FIFO. The outputs of the bus history FIFOs are presentedas signals BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ REG1 [31:0], BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ REG2[31:0], and BUS₋₋HIST₋₋ REG3 [31:0]. The outputs of the vector history FIFO are presentedas signals BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋ REG[31:0]. The system software reads the outputsof the bus history FIFO by generating an I/O read cycle which causes asignal BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ RD1 to be asserted, and reads the outputs of thevector FIFO by generating an I/O read cycle which causes a signal BUS₋₋VECT₋₋ RD to be asserted.

Referring to FIG. 41, the recovery state machine 456 begins in stateIDLE when the signal SYNC₋₋ POWEROK is negated low, indicating thatpower is not yet stable. The state machine remains in state IDLE whilethe signal HANG₋₋ PEND is low. In state IDLE, signals BR₋₋ M₋₋ ABORT,BR₋₋ T₋₋ ABORT and RCOVR₋₋ ACTIVE are negated low. The signal RCOVR₋₋ACTIVE is active high in the other states WAIT, ABORT, and PEND₋₋ OFF.If the signal SET₋₋ HANG₋₋ PEND is asserted high, the state machinetransitions to state WAIT. In the transition, the signal DEVSEL₋₋ O isset equal to the inverted state of the device select signal DEVSEL₋₋.This insures that if the device select signal DEVSEL₋₋ is asserted by atarget before the bus hang condition, the recovery state machine 456maintains the signal DEVSEL₋₋ asserted. In state WAIT, the signalDEVSEL₋₋ O is set equal to the state of the signal DEV₋₋ SEL₋₋ WAS,which is set high if the signal DEVSEL₋₋ is asserted by a target beforethe state machine transition to the WAIT state.

From state WAIT, the bus hang recovery state machine 456 transitions tothe PEND₋₋ OFF state if a signal PCI₋₋ IDLE is asserted, indicating thatthe PCI bus 32 has gone idle (i.e., signals FRAME₋₋ and IRDY₋₋ are bothnegated high). In the transition, the signal BR₋₋ M₋₋ ABORT is set highto indicate that one of the slot devices was the master before the hangcondition and powering down the slot device caused the PCI bus to goidle. A signal SERR₋₋ EN is also set high to enable assertion of thesystem error signal SERR₋₋ or if INTA₋₋ is enabled.

If a slot device was a target before the bus hang condition, then thebus master will remain on the PCI bus 32. To force the bus master offthe PCI bus 32, the bus hang recovery state machine 456 issues a retryon the PCI bus 32. A counter 457 counts a predetermined number of PCLKperiods (e.g., 15 PCLK period) after the signal HANG₋₋ PEND is assertedhigh. The 15 PCLK periods insure sufficient rise time on FRAME₋₋ andIRDY₋₋ to give the signals time to go back to their idle states. When 15PCLK periods have elapsed, the counter 457 asserts the signal TIME₋₋OUT15. If the signal TIME₋₋ OUT15 is asserted high, and the signal PCI₋₋IDLE remains low, then the state machine transitions from state WAIT tostate ABORT. In the transition, the signal STOP₋₋ O is asserted high todrive the PCI STOP₋₋ signal active to retry the bus master. The statemachine remains in state ABORT while the bus master maintains the signalFRAME₋₋ asserted low. In state ABORT, the signal STOP₋₋ O is maintainedhigh. Once the bus master deasserts the FRAME₋₋ signal in response tothe retry condition, the state machine transitions from state ABORT tostate PEND₋₋ OFF. In the transition, the signal BR₋₋ T₋₋ ABORT isasserted high to indicate that the target abort was necessary after thebus hang condition to place the bus 32 in the idle state. The signalSERR₋₋ EN is also asserted high to enable assertion of the signal SERR₋₋or if INTA₋₋ is enabled. The state machine remains in state PEND₋₋ OFFuntil the signal WRT₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP₋₋ 1 has been asserted high at which timeit transitions back to state IDLE.

System software can read the value of the BR₋₋ M₋₋ ABORT and BR₋₋ T₋₋ABORT signals to determine if the slot device involved in the bus hangwas a master or a slave.

Referring to FIG. 42, the watch-dog timer 454 includes an 18-bit LSFRcounter 464 which is clocked by the signal PCLK. The counter 464 isenabled when the output of an AND gate 467 is asserted high, whichoccurs when a new master issues a request (ANY₋₋ REQ is high), the buscycle has started (signals FRAME₋₋ and IRDY₋₋ are both asserted), theenable capture signal EN₋₋ CAP is asserted, and the signal TIME₋₋ OUT islow. An OR gate 466 receives the signal ANY₋₋ REQ and the invertedstates of signals FRAME₋₋ and IRDY₋₋. The AND gate 467 receives theoutput fo the OR gate 466, the signal EN₋₋ CAP, and the inverted stateof the signal TIME₋₋ OUT. The output of the counter drives signals WD₋₋TMR₋₋ OUT[17:0] and is cleared when a time out condition is detected(TIME₋₋ OUT is high), a data transfer has taken place (both signalsIRDY₋₋ and TRDY₋₋ are asserted low), or all output bits of the counter464 are high (which is an illegal condition). The clear condition isindicated by an OR gate 470, which receives the signal TIME₋₋ OUT, thebit-wise AND of the signals WD₋₋ TMR₋₋ OUT[17:0], and the output of anAND gate 472. The inputs of the AND gate 472 receive the inverted stateof the signal IRDY₋₋ and the inverted state of the signal TRDY₋₋.

The signal TIME₋₋ OUT is asserted high by a time out detector 474 whenthe timer signals WD₋₋ TMR₋₋ OUT[17:0] count to the binary value1000000000000000. The signal TIME₋₋ OUT is provided to one input of anOR gate 476, whose output is connected to the input of an AND gate 478.The other input of the AND gate 478 receives the inverted state of asignal WRT₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP₋₋ 1 (controlled by software to re-enable the bushistory and bus vector capture), and its output is connected to the Dinput of a D-type flip-flop 488. The flip-flop 488 is clocked by thesignal PCLK and drives an output signal WD₋₋ TIME₋₋ OUT, which is fedback to the other input of the OR gate 476. The flip-flop 488 is clearedwhen the power-good signal SYNC₋₋ POWEROK is negated. Thus, an ASR resetdoes not clear the signal WD₋₋ TIME₋₋ OUT.

The HANG₋₋ PEND signal is asserted high by a D-type flip-flop 482, whoseD input is connected to the output of an AND gate 484 and which isclocked by the signal PCLK. One input of the AND gate 484 is connectedto the output of an OR gate 486, and its other input receives theinverted state of the signal WRT₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP₋₋ 1. One input of the ORgate 486 is connected to the signal HANG₋₋ PEND, and the other input isconnected to the output of an AND gate 488. The inputs of the AND gate488 receive the signal TIME₋₋ OUT and the enable signal HANG₋₋ RCOVR₋₋EN. Thus, if system software enables bus hang recovery (HANG₋₋ RCOVR₋₋EN is high), then a time-out condition will cause the signal HANG₋₋ PENDto be set high. The signal HANG₋₋ PEND is cleared when the systemsoftware causes the signal WRT₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP₋₋ 1 to be asserted (byperforming an I/O cycle on the bus 32) or when the signal SYNC₋₋ POWEROKis negated. The bit HANG₋₋ PEND is not negated by an ASR reboot.

The enable capture signal EN₋₋ CAP is generated by a D-type flip-flop490, whose D input receives the output of an AND gate 492. One input ofthe AND gate 492 is connected to the output of an OR gate 494, and itsother input is connected to the inverted state of a signal CLR₋₋ EN₋₋CAP. One input of the OR gate 494 is routed back to the signal EN₋₋ CAPand the other input receives the signal WRT₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP₋₋ 1. Theflip-flop 490 is clocked by the signal PCLK and set high when the signalSYNC₋₋ POWEROK is negated low. Once the signal EN₋₋ CAP is set high bythe software via the signal WRT₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP₋₋ 1, it is maintained high.The signal CLR₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP is asserted to clear the signal EN₋₋ CAP(disable capture of information), which occurs when a time-out hasoccurred (TIME₋₋ OUT is high), a system error has occurred (SERR₋₋ islow), a parity error has occurred (PERR₋₋ is low), or an illegal busprotocol has been detected (CAP₋₋ ILLEG₋₋ PROT is high).

The signal CAP₋₋ ILLEG₋₋ PROT is generated by a D-type flip-flop 483,whose D input receives the output of an AND gate 485. One input of theAND gate receives the inverted state of the signal WRT₋₋ EN₋₋ CAP₋₋ 1,and the other input receives the output of an OR gate 487. The OR gate487 receives the signals CAP₋₋ ILLEG₋₋ PROT and SET₋₋ ILLEG₋₋ PROT. Thesignal SET₋₋ ILLEG₋₋ PROT is asserted when capture is enabled (EN₋₋ CAPis high), the state machine 456 is not active (RCOVR₋₋ ACTIVE is low),the bus is idle, and any of signals DEVSEL₋₋, TRDY₋₋, or IRDY₋₋ isasserted low. This condition is an illegal condition, which triggerscapture of the bus history and bus vector information.

Referring to FIG. 43, the bus history ready signal HIST₋₋ RDY isgenerated by a D-type flip-flop 502, which is clocked by the signal PCLKand cleared by the signal RESET. The D input of the flip-flop 502 isconnected to the output of an OR gate 504, whose inputs receive thesignal TIME₋₋ OUT, a signal M₋₋ ABORT (master abort signal delayed byone PCLK), the output of an AND gate 506, and the output of an AND gate508. The AND gate 506 asserts its output if a retry, disconnect C ortarget abort cycle is present on the secondary bus 32 (the signalFRAME₋₋, the inverted state of the signal IRDY₋₋, the inverted state ofthe signal STOP₋₋, and the inverted state of the signal DSC₋₋ A₋₋ B areall true). The AND gate 508 asserts its output when a completed datatransfer has occurred (the signals IRDY₋₋ and TRDY₋₋ are both low).Thus, the bus history information is loaded into the bus history FIFOswhen the watch-dog timer 454 times out, a retry, disconnect C, or targetabort condition is present, the master has aborted the cycle, or a cyclehas successfully completed.

The valid data indication signal VALID₋₋ DAT is generated by a D-typeflip-flop 510, which is clocked by the signal PCLK and cleared by thesignal RESET. The D input of the flip-flop 510 is connected to theoutput of a NOR gate 512, which receives the signal TIME₋₋ OUT, masterabort signal M₋₋ ABORT, and the output of the AND gate 506. Thus, datais valid unless a time out is detected, a master abort cycle is issued,or a retry, disconnect C, or target abort cycle is present.

The signal VECT₋₋ RDY is generated by a D type flip-flop 514, which isclocked by the signal PCLK and cleared by the signal RESET. The D inputof the flip-flop 514 is connected to the output of an OR gate 516, whichreceives the time out signal TIME₋₋ OUT and a signal CHANGE₋₋ STATEindicating that one of the PCI control signals in the bus vector haschanged state. Thus, the state vector information is loaded into thevector FIFOs whenever control signals on the PCI bus 32 change state orwhen a time-out occurred.

Referring to FIG. 44, the bus history data {BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ DATA3[31:0],BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ DATA2[31:0], BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ DATA1[15:0] is provided to theinput of bus history register 540, which is the first stage of the bushistory FIFO. The bus history 501 provides output signals BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋FIFO1[79:0], to the register 542 (the second state of the pipeline),which provides output signals BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ FIFO0[79:0]. Both bus historyregisters 540 and 542 are clocked by the signal PCLK and cleared whenthe power-good signal SYNC₋₋ POWEROK is low.

The bus history registers 540 and 542 are loaded when the output of anAND gate 518 is driven high. The AND gate 518 receives the enablecapture bit EN₋₋ CAP and the OR of the bus history ready signal HIST₋₋RDY and the CAP₋₋ ILLEG₋₋ PROT signal (OR gate 519). The output signalsBUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ FIFO0[79:0] and BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ FIFO1[79:0] are provided tothe 0 and 1 inputs, respectively, of multiplexers 520, 522, and 524.Each of the multiplexers 520, 522, and 524 is selected by a read addresssignal HIST₋₋ FIFO₋₋ RD₋₋ ADDR (which starts out low to select theoutput of the bus register 502 and is toggled on each subsequent read).The multiplexers 520, 522, and 524 drive output signals BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋REG3[31:0], BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ REG2[31:0], and BUS₋₋ HIST₋₋ REG1[15:0],respectively.

The bus vector data signals BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋ DATA[24:0] are provided to theinputs of a bus vector register 544, whose output is routed to the inputof a bus vector register 546. The output of the bus vector register 546is routed to the input of a bus vector register 548, whose output is inturn routed to the input of a bus vector register 550. Each of the busvector registers 0-3 are clocked by the signal PCLK and cleared when thesignals SYNC₋₋ POWEROK is low. The bus vector registers are loaded whenthe output of the AND gate 521 is asserted high. The AND gate 521receives the signal EN₋₋ CAP and the OR of signals VECT₋₋ RDY and CAP₋₋ILLEG₋₋ PROT (OR gate 523). The bus vector registers 550, 548, 546 and544 produce output signals BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋ FIFO0[24:0], BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋FIFO1[24:0], BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋ FIFO2[24:0], and BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋ FIFO3[24:0],respectively, which are in turn provided to the 0, 1, 2, and 3 inputs ofa multiplexer 526, respectively. The output of the multiplexer 526provides signals BUS₋₋ VECT₋₋ REG[31:0], with the multiplexer 526selecting one of its inputs based on the state of address signals VECT₋₋FIFO₋₋ RD₋₋ ADDR[1:0] (which begin with a binary value 00 and isincremented on each successive read).

Thus, the bus history and bus state vector information is captured inresponse to assertion of signals HIST₋₋ RDY or VECT₋₋ RDY, respectively,or in response to assertion of the signal CAP₋₋ ILLEG₋₋ PROT if anillegal bus protocol condition is detected.

EXPANSION CARD SPACE RESERVATION

Unlike conventional computer systems, in the initial configuration ofthe computer system 10 at power up, the CPU 14 reserves memory space andPCI bus numbers for the slots 36 that are empty (no card 807 inserted)or powered down.

As is typically done, the CPU 14 assigns bus numbers for PCI buses(e.g., PCI buses 24, 32a-b and PCI bus(es) of the cards 807 that areinserted into slots 36 and powered up) that are present when thecomputer system 10 is first powered up.

Each PCI--PCI bridge circuit (e.g., PCI--PCI bridge 26, 48), in itsconfiguration register space 1252 (FIG. 49), has a subordinate busnumber register 1218 and a secondary bus number register 1220. Thesubordinate bus number register 1218 contains a subordinate bus numberwhich is the highest PCI bus number downstream of the PCI--PCI bridgecircuit, and the secondary bus number register 1220 contains a secondarybus number which is the PCI bus number of the PCI bus immediatelydownstream of the PCI--PCI bridge circuit. Thus, the values stored inthe subordinate 1218 and secondary 1220 bus number registers define therange of PCI bus numbers that are downstream of the PCI--PCI bridgecircuit.

The configuration register space 1252 also has a primary bus numberregister 1222. The primary bus number register 1222 contains the numberof the PCI bus located immediately upstream of the PCI--PCI bridgecircuit.

The system controller/host bridge circuit 18 also has the subordinate1218 and secondary 1220 bus number registers. After configuration, thesubordinate bus number register 1218 of the circuit 18 contains themaximum PCI bus number present in the computer system. The secondary busnumber register 1220 of the circuit 18 contains bus number zero, as thePCI bus immediately downstream of the circuit 18 (PCI bus 24) always isassigned bus number zero.

Unlike the known system, the CPU 14 recognizes that one of the slots 36that is initially powered down or empty may introduce one or moreadditional PCI buses (present on the card 807 inserted into the slot 36initially powered down) into the computer system 10 after the computersystem 10 is already powered up and configured. Accordingly, duringinitial configuration, the CPU 14 reserves memory space, I/O space and apredetermined number (e.g., one or three) of PCI bus numbers for anyslot 36 that is powered down or empty.

Thus, PCI--PCI bridge circuits of the computer system 10 do not have tobe reconfigured to accommodate the card 807 that has recently beenpowered up. Only the PCI--PCI bridge circuit of the card 807 that wasrecently powered up needs to be configured. The remainder of thecomputer system 10 remains unchanged.

As part of the resource reservation process, a Basic Input/Output System(BIOS) stored in the ROM 23 and shadowed (and write-protected) in thememory 20, builds a table specifying resource ranges being reserved forthe slots 36. This table includes bus number, memory, and I/O resourceranges for use in configuring a PCI device that has been newly added tothe system 10. The operating system uses this table to determine whatresources have been reserved and what resources are available forconfiguring the newly added PCI devices.

As shown in FIG. 45, in a recursive PCI configuration routine calledBUS₋₋ ASSIGN, the CPU 14 assigns PCI bus numbers and programsconfiguration registers 1252 of the PCI--PCI bridge circuitsaccordingly. The CPU 14 accomplishes this by scanning one PCI bus at atime for PCI devices. The BUS₋₋ ASSIGN routine is part of the BIOSstored in the ROM 23 and is used to initially configure the computersystem 10 after power up.

The CPU 14 first sets 1000 the value of a search parameter PCI₋₋ BUSequal to the value of another search parameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS andinitializes 1000 search parameters FCN and DEV. The parameter PCI₋₋ BUSindicates the bus number of the PCI bus currently being scanned by theCPU 14, and when the BUS₋₋ ASSIGN routine is first executed by the CPU14, the parameter PCI₋₋ BUS indicates bus number zero.

The parameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS indicates the next PCI bus numberavailable for assignment by the CPU, and when the routine BUS₋₋ ASSIGNis first executed by the CPU 14, the parameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUSindicates bus number zero. The parameters FCN and DEV indicate thecurrent PCI function and PCI device, respectively, currently beingscanned by the CPU 14.

The CPU 14 determines 1001 whether the parameter PCI₋₋ BUS indicates busnumber zero, and if so, the CPU 14 sets 1002 the secondary bus numberregister 1220 of the system controller/host bridge circuit 18 equal tozero. The CPU 14 then finds 1004 the next PCI--PCI bridge circuit or theslot 36 that is powered down or empty on the PCI bus indicated by theparameter PCI₋₋ BUS.

For purposes of determining if the next found PCI device is a PCI--PCIbridge circuit or does not exist (a powered down or empty slot) the CPU14 attempts to read from a value from a one word vendor ID registerlocated in the configuration space of every PCI device. A value of"hFFFF" (where the prefix h"h" denotes hexadecimal representation) isreserved and not used by any vendor. If the attempted read from thevendor ID register returns a value of "HFFFF," then this indicates noPCI device is present.

If the CPU 14 determines 1006 there are no more unfound PCI--PCI bridgecircuits or slots 36 that are powered down or empty on the PCI busindicated by the parameter PCI₋₋ BUS, a return is made from the lastcall made to the BUS₋₋ ASSIGN routine. Otherwise, the CPU 14 determines1008 whether another PCI--PCI bridge circuit was found, and if not, theCPU 14 increments 1010 the parameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS, as a slot 36that is powered down or empty was found, and finds 1004 the nextPCI--PCI bridge circuit or slot 36 that is powered down or empty. Thus,by incrementing 1010 the parameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS, the CPU 14effectively reserves a bus number for the slot 36 that is powered downor empty. Alternatively, the CPU 14 may reserve more than one bus numberfor the slot 36 that is powered down or empty.

If the CPU 14 found a PCI--PCI bridge circuit, the CPU 14 then sets 1012the primary bus number of the PCI--PCI bridge circuit equal to theparameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS. The CPU 14 then increments 1014 theparameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS and sets 1016 the secondary bus number ofthe PCI--PCI bridge equal to the new bus number indicated by theparameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS.

The CPU 14 then sets 1018 the subordinate bus number of the foundPCI--PCI bridge circuit equal to the maximum possible number of PCIbuses by writing to the subordinate bus number register 1218. This valuefor the subordinate bus number register 1218 is temporary and allows theCPU 14 to find and program additional downstream PCI--PCI bridgecircuits or slots 36 that are powered down or empty.

The CPU 14 finds additional downstream PCI--PCI bridge circuits or slots36 that are powered down or empty by preserving 1022 the parametersPCI₋₋ BUS, DEV and FCN and recursively calling 1022 the BUS₋₋ ASSIGNroutine. The CPU 14 then restores 1024 the values for the parametersPCI₋₋ BUS, DEV and FCN, and returns the latest call of the BUS₋₋ ASSIGNroutine to update the parameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS with the next PCIbus number to be assigned by the CPU 14.

The CPU 14 then updates 1026 the subordinate bus number of the foundPCI--PCI bridge by setting 1026 the subordinate bus number equal to theparameter CURRENT₋₋ PCI₋₋ BUS. Thus, this completes the assignment ofthe PCI bus number to the found PCI--PCI bridge circuit and additionaldownstream PCI--PCI bridge circuits and slots 36 that are powered downor empty. The CPU 14 then finds 1004 the next PCI--PCI bridge circuit orslot 36 that is powered down or empty on the PCI bus indicated by theparameter PCI₋₋ BUS.

As shown in FIG. 46, after the PCI bus numbers are assigned, the CPU 14executes a memory space allocation routine called MEM₋₋ ALLOC toallocate memory space for PCI functions and slots 36 that are powereddown or empty. The CPU 14 first initializes 1028 search parameters usedin aiding the CPU 14 in finding the located PCI functions and slots 36that are powered down or empty.

The CPU 14 then finds 1030 the next PCI function or slot 36 that ispowered down or empty. If the CPU 14 determines 1032 that all PCIfunctions and all slots 36 that are powered down or empty have beenallocated memory space, the CPU 14 returns from the routine MEM₋₋ ALLOC.Otherwise, the CPU 14 determines 1032 whether a PCI function was found.

If so, the CPU 14 allocates 1038 memory resources as specified by thePCI function. Otherwise, one of the slots 36 that is powered down orempty is found, and the CPU 14 allocates 1036 a default memory size andmemory alignment for the slot 36. The default memory size can either bea predetermined size determined before power up of the computer system10 or a size determined after a determination of the memory resourcesrequired by the computer system 10.

When allocating memory space, the CPU 14 programs memory base 1212 andmemory limit 1214 registers of the PCI--PCI bridge circuits that areupstream of the found PCI function. The CPU 14 also programs baseaddress registers of the corresponding PCI devices appropriately. TheCPU 14 then finds 1030 the next PCI function or slot 36 that is powereddown or empty.

As shown in FIG. 47, after the PCI bus numbers are assigned, the CPU 14executes an I/O space allocation routine called I/O₋₋ ALLOC to allocateI/O space for PCI functions and slots 36 that are empty. The CPU 14first initializes 1040 search parameters used in aiding the CPU 14 infinding the located PCI functions and slots 36 that powered down orempty.

The CPU 14 finds 1042 the next PCI function or slot 36 that is powereddown or empty. If the CPU 14 determines 1044 that all PCI functions andslots 36 that are powered down or empty have been allocated I/O space,the CPU 14 returns from the I/O₋₋ ALLOC routine. Otherwise, the CPU 14determines 1044 whether a PCI function was found. If so, the CPU 14allocates 1050 I/O resources as specified by the PCI function.Otherwise, a slot 36 that is powered down or empty was found, and theCPU 14 allocates 1048 a default I/O size and I/O alignment for the slot36. The default I/O size can either be a predetermined size determinedbefore power up of the computer system 10 or a size determined after adetermination of the I/O resources required by the computer system 10.

When allocating I/O space, the CPU 14 programs the I/O base 1208 andlimit 1210 registers of the PCI--PCI bridge circuits upstream of the PCIfunction or slot 36. The CPU 14 also programs base address registers ofthe corresponding PCI devices appropriately. The CPU 14 then finds 1042the next PCI function or slot 36 that is powered down or empty.

As shown in FIG. 48, after initial configuration, when an interrupt isgenerated that indicates one of the levers 802 has opened or closed, theCPU 14 executes an interrupt service routine called CARD₋₋ INT. The CPU14 reads 1052 the contents of the interrupt register 800 to determine1053 whether the lever 802 has been opened or closed. If the CPU 14determines 1053 that the lever 802 causing the interrupt was opened, theCPU 14 returns from the routine CARD₋₋ INT.

Otherwise, the CPU 14 writes 1054 to the slot enable register 817 andsets 1054 the SO bit to initiate the power up of the slot 36 and thecard 807 inserted into the slot 36. The CPU 14 then waits (not shown)for the card 807 to power up. The CPU 14 then accesses 1055 the PCI buson the card, if any. The CPU 14 then determines 1056 whether the card807 that was just powered up has a PCI bus (and PCI--PCI bridgecircuit). If so, the CPU 14 determines 1057 the primary, secondary andsubordinate bus numbers reserved for the slot 36 in which the card 807was powered up. The CPU 14 subsequently configures 1058 the PCI--PCIbridge circuit on the card 807 that was powered up.

The CPU 14 then determines 1060 the location and size of I/O and memoryspaces reserved for the slot 36. The CPU 14 subsequently writes 1062 tobase address registers in the PCI configuration header space of the card807 that was powered up. The CPU 14 then reads 1064 an interrupt pinregister in the configuration space of the card 807 to determine 1066whether the card 807 uses interrupt requests. If so, the CPU 14 writes1068 an interrupt line register in the configuration space of the card807 with an assigned IRQ number.

The CPU then enables 1070 command registers of the card 870 which arelocated in the configuration space of the card 807 and allow the card807 to respond to memory and I/O accesses on the PCI bus 32. The CPU 14subsequently writes 1072 to the interrupt register 800 to clear theinterrupt request and loads 1074 a software device driver for the card807. The CPU 14 then returns from the routine CARD₋₋ INT.

BRIDGE CONFIGURATION

Functionally, bridge chips 26 and 48 form a PCI--PCI bridge between PCIbuses 24 and 32. However, each bridge chip includes configuration spacewhich must be independently configured. One solution is to treat the twobridges as independent devices forming one bridge, but that wouldrequire modification of the BIOS configuration routine. The othersolution is to define the cable 28 as a bus so that the configurationroutine can configure the upstream bridge chip 26 as a PCI--PCI bridgebetween the PCI bus 24 and the cable 28, and the downstream bridge chip48 as a PCI--PCI bridge between the cable 28 and the PCI bus 32. Oneadvantage of this second solution is that standard PCI configurationcycles can be run to configure the bridge chips 26 and 48 as if theywere two PCI--PCI bridges, when in fact the two bridge chips actuallyform one PCI--PCI bridge.

There are two types of configuration transactions on a PCI bus: type 0and type 1. A type 0 configuration cycle is intended for devices on thePCI bus on which the configuration cycle is generated while a type 1configuration cycle is targeted for devices on a secondary PCI busaccessed via a bridge. FIG. 51 illustrates the address format of thetype 0 and type 1 configuration cycles. A type 0 configuration commandis specified by setting PCI address bits AD[1:0] to 00 during aconfiguration cycle. A type 0 configuration cycle is not forwardedacross a PCI--PCI bridge, but stays local on the bus on which the type 0configuration transaction was generated.

A type 1 configuration command is specified by setting address bitsAD[1:0] to binary value 01. Type 1 configuration commands can beforwarded by a PCI--PCI bridge to any level in the PCI bus hierarchy.Ultimately, a PCI--PCI bridge converts a type 1 command to a type 0command to configure devices connected to the secondary interface of thePCI--PCI bridge.

Configuration parameters stored in the configuration registers 105 or125 of the bridge identify the bus numbers for its primary PCI interface(primary bus number) and secondary PCI interface (secondary bus number)and a subordinate bus number that indicates the highest numbered PCI bussubordinate to the bridge. The bus numbers are set by the PCIconfiguration routine BUS₋₋ ASSIGN (FIG. 45). For example, in theupstream bridge chip 26, the primary bus number is the bus number of thebus 24, the secondary bus number is the number of the cable 28, and thesubordinate bus number is the number of the secondary PCI bus 32 or thenumber of a deeper PCI bus if one exists. In the downstream bridge chip48, the primary bus number is the number of the cable bus 28, thesecondary bus number is the number of the PCI bus 32, and thesubordinate bus number is the number of a PCI bus located deeper in thePCI bus hierarchy, if one exists.

Referring to FIG. 53A, detection of configuration cycles are handled bylogic in the PCI target block 103 or 121 in the upstream bridge chip 26or downstream bridge chip 48, respectively. A type 0 configuration cycledetected on the upstream bus 24 is indicated by asserting a signalTYP0₋₋ CFG₋₋ CYC₋₋ US generated by an AND gate 276. The AND gate 276receives signals UPSTREAM₋₋ CHIP, IDSEL (chip select duringconfiguration transactions), CFGCMD (configuration command cycledetected) and ADDR00 (bits 1 and 0 are both zeros). A type 0configuration cycle detected by the downstream bridge chip 48 isindicated by a signal TYP0₋₋ CFG₋₋ CYC₋₋ DS generated by an AND gate278, which receives a signal SI₋₋ BL₋₋ IDSEL (IDSEL signal for thedownstream bridge chip 48), the signal CFGCMD, the signal ADDR00, asignal MSTR₋₋ ACTIVE (indicating that the bridge chip 48 is the masteron a secondary PCI bus 32), and the inverted state of a signalUPSTREAM₋₋ CHIP.

Detection of a type 1 configuration cycle by the PCI target 103 in theupstream bridge chip 26 is indicated by asserting a signal TYPl₋₋ CFG₋₋CYC₋₋ US from an AND gate 280, which receives signals CFGCMD, ADDR01(bits 1 and 0 are low and high, respectively) and UPSTREAM₋₋ CHIP.Detection of a type 1 configuration cycle on the downstream bus 32 isindicated by asserting a signal TYP1₋₋ CFG₋₋ CYC₋₋ DS from an AND gate282, which receives the signals CFGCMD, ADDR01, and the inverted stateof the signal UPSTREAM₋₋ CHIP.

The bridge chip receiving the type 0 transaction uses the registernumber field 250 in the configuration transaction address to access theappropriate configuration register. The function number field 252specifies one of eight functions to be performed in a multi-functionaldevice during the configuration transaction. A PCI device can bemulti-functional and have such functions as a hard disk drivecontroller, a memory controller, a bridge, and so forth.

When the bridge chip 26 sees a type 1 configuration transaction on itsupstream bus 26, it can forward the transaction either downstream,translate the transaction to a type 0 transaction, convert thetransaction to a special cycle, or ignore the transaction (based on thebus number parameters stored in the configuration registers 105 or 125).If a transaction is forwarded, it is up to the PCI master of thedestination bridge chip to convert the type 1 transaction to thecorresponding appropriate transaction. If a bridge chip handles thetransaction itself, then it responds by asserting the signal DEVSEL₋₋ onthe PCI bus and handles the transaction as a normal delayed transaction.

In a type 1 configuration transaction, the bus number field 260 selectsa unique PCI bus in the PCI hierarchy. PCI target block 103 passes atype 1 configuration cycle from the upstream chip 26 down to thedownstream bridge chip 48 if a signal PASS₋₋ TYP1₋₋ DS is asserted by anAND gate 284. The AND gate 284 receives the signal TYP1₋₋ CFG₋₋ CYC₋₋ USand a signal IN₋₋ RANGE (the bus number field 260 is greater than orequal to the stored secondary bus number and less than or equal to thestored subordinate bus number). The other input of the AND gate 284 isconnected to the output of an OR gate 286, which has one input connectedto the output of an AND gate 288 and the other input receiving theinverted state of a signal SEC₋₋ BUS₋₋ MATCH. Thus, if a type 1 cycle isdetected, the signal IN₋₋ RANGE is asserted and the bus number field 260does not match the stored secondary bus number, the signal PASS₋₋ TYP1₋₋DS is asserted. If the bus field 260 does not match the stored secondarybus number, then bus devices on or below the downstream bus 32 areaddressed. The AND gate 288 asserts its output high if the signal SEC₋₋BUS₋₋ MATCH is asserted high and the device number field 258 indicatesthat the target of the type 1 configuration cycle is the configurationspace of the downstream bridge chip 48. If this is true, the type 1configuration transaction is forwarded down the cable 28 to thedownstream bridge chip 48 for translation to a type 0 configurationtransaction. The PCI target 121 in the downstream bridge chip 48responds to the transaction and reads and writes the downstream bridgeconfiguration registers 125 according to the type 0 transaction. Thecontrol pins of the downstream chip are driven and read and write dataappear on the downstream PCI bus 32 as if a type 0 transaction isrunning on the downstream bus (for debug purposes), although each IDSELon the downstream bus 32 is blocked so that no device actually respondsto the type 0 transaction.

If the PCI target block 103 in the upstream bridge chip 26 detects atype 1 configuration transaction on its upstream bus 24, having a busnumber field equal to the stored secondary bus number (the cable bus 28)but not addressing device 0 (searching for other devices on the cablebus 28), then the target block 103 ignores the transaction on theprimary bus 26.

If the PCI target 121 detects a type 1 configuration write transaction(WR₋₋ high) on the secondary PCI bus 32, which has a bus number field260 outside the range of the secondary bus number and subordinate busnumber (IN₋₋ RANGE low), and if the device number 258, the functionnumber 256, and the register number 254 indicate a special cycle (SP₋₋MATCH high), then a signal PASS₋₋ TYP1₋₋ US is asserted by an AND gate290. The AND gate 290 receives the signal TYP1₋₋ CFG₋₋ CYC₋₋ DS, thesignal SP₋₋ MATCH, the write/read strobe WR₋₋, and the inverted state ofthe signal IN₋₋ RANGE. When the PCI master 101 in the upstream bridgechip 26 receives such a cycle, it runs a special cycle on the primaryPCI bus 24.

Configuration transactions are ignored by a bridge chip under certainconditions. If the target block 103 in the upstream bridge chip 26detects a type 1 configuration transaction on the PCI bus 24 (itsupstream bus), and the bus number field 260 is less than the secondarybus number or greater than the subordinate bus number stored in thebridge chip's configuration space, then the target block 103 ignores thetransaction.

If the target block 121 in the downstream bridge chip 48 detects a type1 configuration transaction on the secondary PCI bus 32 (its downstreambus), and the bus number field 260 is greater than or equal to thesecondary bus number and less than or equal to the subordinate busnumber stored in the bridge chip's configuration space, then the targetblock 121 ignores the transaction. In addition, type 1 configurationcommands going upstream are ignored if the type 1 command does notspecify a conversion to a special cycle transaction regardless of thebus number specified in the type 1 command.

Referring to FIG. 53B, the PCI master 101 or 123 watches for aconfiguration cycle transferred over the cable 28. If the PCI master 123in the downstream bridge chip 48 detects a type 1 configurationtransaction from the upstream bridge chip 26, it compares the bus numberfield 260 with the primary bus number and secondary bus number stored inthe configuration space of the bridge chip 48. If the bus number field260 matches either the stored primary bus number (i.e., cable 28) or thestored secondary bus number (addressing a device directly connected tothe downstream bus 32), the downstream bridge chip 48 translates thetransaction to a type 0 transaction (by setting AD[:1:0]=00) as itpasses the configuration transaction onto the bus. The type 0transaction is performed on the PCI bus 32 by the PCI master block 123.

The following are translations performed of fields in he type 1configuration transaction. The device number field 258 in the type 1configuration transaction is decoded by the PCI master 123 to generate aunique address in the translated type 0 transaction on the secondary bus32, as defined in table of FIG. 52. The secondary address bits AD[31:16]decoded from the device number field 258 are used by the PCI master 123to generate the appropriate chip select signals IDSEL for the devices onthe secondary PCI bus 32. When the address bit AD[15] is equal to 1,then the bridge chip 48 maintains all of address bits AD[31:16]deasserted low (no IDSEL asserted). The register number field 254 andthe function number field 256 of the type 1 configuration command arepassed unmodified to the type 0 configuration command. The functionnumber field 256 selects one of eight functions, and the register numberfield 254 selects a double word in the configuration register space ofthe selected function.

For a type 1 configuration transaction targeted to the downstream bridgechip 48, the bridge chip 48 converts the type 1 transaction to a type 0transaction as if it were addressing a device on the downstream bus 32,but the AD[31:16] pins are set to zeros so that no secondary PCI busdevice receives an IDSEL. The PCI master logic 123 detects this byasserting a signal TYP1₋₋ TO₋₋ INT0 driven by an AND gate 262. The ANDgate 262 receives a signal CFG₋₋ CMD (indicating a configuration commandcycle), the output of an OR gate 264, and the inverted state of thesignal UPSTREAM₋₋ CHIP (type-1-to-type-0 translation is disabled in theupstream bridge chip 26). The OR gate 264 asserts its output high if asignal PRIM₋₋ BUS₋₋ MATCH is asserted (the bus number field 260 matchesthe stored primary bus number), or if the stored primary bus numberCFG2P₋₋ PRIM₋₋ BUS₋₋ NUM[7:0] is equal to zero (indicating that theprimary bus number in the configuration space of the bridge chip 48 hasnot been configured by the system BIOS yet and the current type 1configuration cycle is going to the internal configuration space toprogram the primary bus number of the bridge chip 48).

A signal TYP1₋₋ TO₋₋ EXTO is asserted by an AND gate 266 and responds toa match to the stored secondary bus number. The inputs of the AND gate266 receive the signal CFG₋₋ CMD, the signal SEC₋₋ BUS₋₋ MATCH, theinverted state of the signal UPSTREAM₋₋ CHIP, and the inverted state ofa signal SP₋₋ MATCH (not a special cycle). The signal TYP1₋₋ TO₋₋ EXTOindicates that the converted type 0 configuration transaction istargeted to a device on the secondary PCI bus 32.

The signal TYP1₋₋ TO₋₋ INT0 is provided to the 1 input of a 4:1multiplexer 274. The 2 input is tied low and the 0 and 3 inputs of themultiplexer 274 receive a signal LTYP1₋₋ TO₋₋ INT0 from a D typeflip-flop 270. The select input S1 of the multiplexer 274 receives asignal CMD₋₋ LATCH (FRAME₋₋ asserted for a new cycle on the PCI bus 32),and the select input SO receives a signal P2Q₋₋ START₋₋ PULSE (whichindicates when high that an address has been sent to the PCI bus 32).The output of the multiplexer 274 is connected to the D input of aflip-flop 270, which is clocked by the signal PCLK and cleared by thesignal RESET. The IDSEL signals to the secondary bus devices are blockedby asserting a signal BLOCK₋₋ IDSEL from an OR gate 272, which receivesat its inputs signals Q2P₋₋ AD[l5] (no conversion needed according toTable 1 of the FIG. 6), TYP1₋₋ TO₋₋ INT0 and LTYP1₋₋ TO₋₋ INT0. Thesignal LTYP1₋₋ TO₋₋ INT0 extends the assertion of the signal BLOCK₋₋IDSEL.

If the PCI master 123 in the downstream bridge chip 48 receives a type 1configuration transaction from the upstream bridge chip 26 in which thebus number field 260 is greater than the stored secondary bus number andless than or equal to the stored subordinate bus number, then the PCImaster block 123 forwards the type 1 transaction to the secondary PCIbus 32 unchanged. Some other device on the secondary PCI bus 32, e.g.,another bridge device 323 (FIG. 26B), will receive the type 1configuration transaction and forward to its secondary bus (PCI bus325).

A type 1 configuration transaction to special cycle translation isperformed if the PCI master 123 detects a type 1 configuration writetransaction from the upstream bridge chip 26 and the bus number field260 matches the stored secondary bus number and if the device numberfield 258, the function number field 256, and the register number field254 indicates a special cycle (SP₋₋ MATCH is high). This is indicated byan AND gate 268 asserting a signal TYPE1₋₋ TO₋₋ SPCYC high. The AND gate268 receives SP₋₋ MATCH, and Q2P₋₋ CBE₋₋ [0] (command bit for specialcycle). The data from the type 1 configuration transaction becomes thedata for the special cycle on the destination bus. The address during aspecial cycle is ignored.

BUS PERFORMANCE MONITOR

The bus monitor 127 (FIG. 3) includes circuitry for storing informationto calculate certain bus performance parameters. The parameters includebus utilization, bus efficiency, and read data efficiency. Busutilization is the ratio of the time that the bus is busy performing atransaction to a predetermined global period of time. Bus efficiency isthe ratio of the number of PCI clock periods actually used for datatransfer to the total number of clock periods during the bus busyperiod. Read data efficiency is the ratio of the number of the read databytes accessed by a device on the secondary PCI bus 32 from the delayedcompletion queue (DCQ) 144 (FIG. 4) to the total number of data bytesfetched for that master by the bridge chip 48. The information stored inthe bus monitor 127 is retrieved by system software to calculate thedesired parameters.

Referring to FIG. 54A, a global period timer 1300 (which can be 32 bitswide) counts a total period of time during which the various parametersare to be calculated. The timer 1300 is programmed to the hexadecimalvalue FFFFFFFF. If the PCI clock PCICLK2 is running at 33 MHz, then thetimer period is approximately 2 minutes. When the timer 1300 decrementsto 0, it asserts a signal GL₋₋ TIME₋₋ EXPIRE.

The bus monitor 127 includes 7 slot-specific bus-busy counters 1302A-G,six of the counters corresponding, respectively, to the 6 slots on thesecondary PCI bus 32 and one to the SIO 50. The bus-busy counters1302A-G are cleared when the signal GL ₋₋ TIME₋₋ EXPIRE is asserted.Depending on which bus device has control of the secondary bus 32, thebus-busy counter 1302 increments on every PCI clock in which thesecondary PCI bus FRAME₋₋ or IRDY signal is asserted. The appropriateone of the seven counters is selected by one of the grant signalsGNT[7:1] ₋₋. Thus, for example, the bus-busy counter 1302A is selectedwhen the signal GNT[1]₋₋ is asserted low, indicating that the SIO is thecurrent master on the secondary PCI bus 32.

Seven data-cycle counters 1306A-G, corresponding, respectively, to the 6slots on the secondary PCI bus 32 and the SIO 50, keep track of the timeduring which a data transfer is actually occurring between a master anda target during a transaction on the PCI bus 32. The selected data-cyclecounter 1306 is incremented on every PCI clock in which the secondarybus IRDY₋₋ and TRDY₋₋ signals are both asserted low. The data-cyclecounters 1306A-G are cleared when the signal GL₋₋ TIME₋₋ EXPIRE isasserted.

Six DCQ data counters 1310A-F are included in the bus monitor 127 forkeeping track of the amount of data loaded into the DCQ buffers. The sixDCQ data counters 1310A-F correspond to the 6 slots on the secondary PCIbus 32. The selected DCQ data counter 1310 increments on every PCI clockin which delayed read completion (DRC) data is received from the cable28 and loaded into the prefetch buffers.

Another set of counters, DCQ-data-used counters 1314A-F, are used tokeep track of the amount of data loaded into the DCQ 144 actually usedby the 6 slots on the secondary PCI bus 32. The selected DCQ-data-usedcounter 1314 increments on every PCI clock in which the secondary busmaster reads data from the corresponding DCQ buffer. Both the DCQ-datacounters 1310A-F and DCQ-data-used counters 1314A-F increment on eachdata cycle regardless of the number of bytes actually transferred. Inmost cases, the number of bytes transferred in each data cycle is 4.

When the global period timer 1300 times out and asserts the signal GL₋₋TIME₋₋ EXPIRE, several events occur. First, the global period timer 1300reloads its original count value, which is the hexadecimal valueFFFFFFFF. The contents of all the other counters, including the bus-busycounters 1302A-G, data-cycle counters 1306A-G, DCQ data counters1310A-F, and DCQ-data-used counters 1314A-F, are loaded into registers1304, 1308, 1312, and 1316, respectively. The counters 1302, 1306, 1310,and 1314 are then cleared to 0. The global period timer 1300 then beginsto count again after it is reloaded with its original value.

The signal GL₋₋ TIME₋₋ EXPIRE is provided to the interrupt receivingblock 132, which forwards the interrupt over the cable 28 to theinterrupt output block 114, which in turn generates an interrupt to theCPU 14. The CPU 14 responds to the interrupt by invoking an interrupthandler to perform the bus performance analysis. The interrupt handleraccesses the contents of the registers 1304, 1308, 1312, and 1316, andcalculates the several parameters, including the bus utilization, busefficiency, and prefetch efficiency parameters associated with the 6secondary bus slots and the SIO 50.

The bus utilization parameter is the value of the bus-busy counter 1302divided by the initial value of the global period timer 1300, which isthe hexadecimal value FFFFFFFF. Thus, bus utilization is the percentageof the total global time during which a bus master is performing a bustransaction.

A PCI transaction includes an address phase and at least one datatransfer phase. A bus master asserts the signal FRAME₋₋ to indicate thebeginning and duration of an active bus transaction. When the signalFRAME₋₋ is deasserted, that indicates the transaction is in the finaldata phase or the transaction has been completed. The signal IRDY₋₋indicates that the bus master is able to complete the current data phaseof the bus transaction. During a write, the signal IRDY₋₋ indicates thatvalid data is present on the bus. During a read, the signal IRDY₋₋indicates the master is prepared to accept read data. The addressed PCItarget responds to the bus transaction by asserting the signal TRDY₋₋ toindicate that the target is able to complete the current data phase ofthe transaction.

During a read, the signal TRDY₋₋ indicates that valid data is present onthe bus; during a write, the signal TRDY₋₋ indicates the target isprepared to accept data. Wait states can be inserted between the addressand data phases and between consecutive data phases of the bustransaction. During the address phase or the wait states, no datatransfer is actually occurring.

Actual data transfer is occurring only when both signals IRDY₋₋ andTRDY₋₋ are asserted low. To determine the data transfer bus efficiency,the interrupt handler divides the value of the data-cycle counter 1306by the value of the bus-busy counter 1302. The bus efficiency representsthe amount of time during which a data transfer actually occurs during abus transaction. By calculating this value, the computer system can bemade aware of target devices which require many wait states andtherefore are inefficient.

The bridge chip 48 can fetch data from the primary PCI bus 26 and storethe data in the DCQ 144. The DCQ 144 has eight buffers, each beingassignable to a secondary bus master. For example, a memory readmultiple transaction generated by a secondary bus master targeted at theprimary bus will cause bridge 26, 48 to fetch 8 cache lines from thememory 20 and load into the DCQ 144. A memory read line transaction willcause the PCI--PCI bridge 26, 48 to fetch one line of data from thememory 20. In addition, as described in conjunction with FIGS. 75 and79, the PCI--PCI bridge 26, 48 can perform read promotion, whichconverts a read request from a secondary bus master to a read requestfor a larger block of data. In these instances, there exists apossibility that not all of the fetched data will be used by the busmaster. In that case, the unread data is discarded, which reduces theread data efficiency. Measuring the read data efficiency allows systemdesigners to understand how a bus master is utilizing read data fetchedby the bridge chip 26, 48 from the primary bus 24.

Referring to FIG. 54B, the counter 1310 increments on the rising edge ofthe clock PCLK if the signal DCQ₋₋ DATA₋₋ RECEIVED [X], X=2-7, isasserted, indicating that four bytes of data are being received by a DCQbuffer associated with master X from the cable 28. The counter 1310outputs count value DCQ₋₋ DATA[X][20:0], X=2-7, which is cleared to zerowhen the signal GL₋₋ TIME₋₋ EXPIRE is asserted.

The counter 1314 increments on the rising edge of the clock PCLK if asignal DCQ₋₋ DATA₋₋ TAKEN[X], X=2-7, is asserted, indicating that fourbytes of data are read from a DCQ buffer associated with master X. Thecounter 1314 is cleared when the signal GL₋₋ TIME₋₋ EXPIRE is high.

To determine the amount of the DCQ data that is actually used by thedevices on the secondary PCI bus 32, the prefetch efficiency iscalculated by the interrupt handler. This is determined by taking theratio of the value in the DCQ-data-used counter 1314 to the value in theDCQ data counter 1310. Even though not all data transferred into or outof the prefetch buffers are 4 bytes wide, that ratio is closelyapproximated by assuming that every data phase transfers the same numberof bytes.

In response to the calculated parameters, a user or the computermanufacturer can better understand computer system performance. Forexample, if bus efficiency is low, then the PCI device involved could bereplaced with a different part by the computer manufacturer. Knowing theDCQ read data efficiency allows the computer manufacturer to change itsDCQ fetch algorithm to better improve efficiency.

USING SUBORDINATE BUS DEVICES

As shown in FIG. 88, six expansion cards inserted into the six expansioncards slots 36a-f introduce bus devices 1704-1708 that are subordinateto the CPU 14 and bus devices 1701-1702 that are subordinate to an I₂ Oprocessor 1700. Although all of the subordinate bus devices 1701-1708are connected to the common PCI bus 32, the I₂ O subordinate devices1701-1702 appear to the CPU 14 to only be addressable through the 120processor 1700 and not directly addressable via the PCI bus 32.Therefore, the PCI bus 32 serves as both an I₂ O subordinate device busand a CPU 14 subordinate device bus.

For purposes of preventing the CPU 14 from recognizing the 120subordinate devices 1701-1702 as PCI bus 32 devices, the bridge chip 48includes logic 1710 (FIG. 90) for preventing the 120 subordinate devices1701-1702 from responding to configuration cycles run by the CPU 14. Theexpansion box 30 also includes multiplexing circuitry 1712 whichcooperates with the interrupt receiving block 132 of the bridge chip 48to mask interrupt requests originating with the I₂ O subordinate devices1701-1702 from propagating to the CPU 14. Interrupt requests originatingwith 120 subordinate bus devices 1701-1702 are redirected by theinterrupt receiving block 132 to the I₂ O processor 1700. The I₂ Oprocessor 1700 configures the I₂ O subordinate devices 1701-1702;receives and processes interrupt requests originating from the I₂ Osubordinate devices 1701-1702; and controls operation of the I₂ Osubordinate devices as directed by the CPU 14.

After power up of the computer system 10 and when a card 807 is poweredup (i.e., a new bus device is introduced on the PCI bus 32), the I₂ Oprocessor 1700 scans the PCI bus 32 to identify I₂ O subordinate busdevices. For purposes of identifying the type of bus device (I₂ Osubordinate bus device or CPU 14 subordinate device), the I₂ O processor1700 runs configuration cycles on the PCI bus 32 to read the deviceidentification word (Device ID) of each bus device. The Device ID islocated in the configuration header space of all PCI devices. The I₂ Oprocessor 1700 stores the results of this scan in a six bit I₂ Osubordinate register 1729 (FIG. 93) inside the I₂ O processor 1700 whichis accessible by the CPU 14. Bits zero through five of the register 1729are associated with slots 36a-f, respectively. A value of "1" for a bitindicates the associated slot 36 has a bus device subordinate to the CPU14 and a value of "0" for a bit indicates the associated slot 36 has abus device subordinate to the I₂ O processor 1700.

The I₂ O processor 1700 can be inserted into any of the slots 36a-f. Forpurposes of identifying which slot 36, if any, contains an I₂ Oprocessor, the CPU 14 scans the PCI bus 32 and reads the Device ID ofthe bus devices connected to the bus 32. The CPU 14 does not attempt toconfigure any devices 1704-1708 on the bus 32 until a host configurationenable bit 1726 (FIG. 94) inside the I₂ O processor 1700 indicates tothe CPU 14 that the I₂ O processor 1700 has completed its identificationof I₂ O subordinate devices 1701-1702 on the bus 32. The hostconfiguration enable bit 1726 has a value of "0" (value at power up) todisable configuration of the devices on the bus 32 by the CPU 14 and avalue of "1" to enable configuration of the CPU 14 subordinate devices1704-1708 on the bus 32. When the CPU 14 does configure bus devices onthe bus 32, the CPU 14 does not "see" the I₂ O subordinate device1701-1702 because of the masking by the logic 1710, as described below.

After the host enable configuration bit 1726 is set, the CPU 14 readsthe contents of the I2O subordinate register 1729 and transfers the readcontents to a six bit I₂ O subordinate register 1728 (FIG. 91) of thebridge chip 48. The register 1728 indicates the subordinate status (I₂ Oprocessor 1700 subordinate or CPU 14 subordinate) of the bus devices inthe same manner as the register 1729. Before the CPU 14 writes to theregister 1728, the register 1728 contains all ones (value at power up)which allows the CPU 14 to scan the bus 32 for the I₂ O processor 1700.The interrupt receiving block 132 uses the register 1728 to identifywhich interrupt requests received by the block 132 should be routed tothe CPU 14 and which interrupt requests received by the block 132 shouldbe routed to the I₂ O processor 1700 for processing. Furthermore, thelogic 1710 uses the contents of the register 1728 to block recognitionby the CPU 14 of the I₂ O subordinate devices 1701-1702 from the CPU 14.

For purposes of indicating to the interrupt receiving block 132, whichbus device, if any, is an I₂ O processor, the CPU 14 sets one bit of anI₂ O slot register 1730 (FIG. 92) whose bits 0-5 correspond to the slots36a-f, respectively. For this register 1730, located inside the bridgechip 48, a value of "0" for a bit indicates the associated slot 36 doesnot have an I₂ O processor and a value of "1" for the bit indicates theassociated slot 36 has an I₂ O processor.

As shown in FIG. 90, the logic 1710 includes a multi-bit AND gate 1711which furnishes signals AD₋₋ IDSEL[5:0] to address/data lines of the bus32 to select devices on the bus 32 during configuration cycles. The ANDgate 1711 receives a six bit signal ENABLE[5:0] having bits indicativeof and corresponding to bits of the I₂ O subordinate register 1728. TheAND gate 1711 also receives the typical identification select signalsSLOT₋₋ IDSEL[5:0] furnished by the bridge chip 48 for selecting deviceson the bus 32 during configuration cycles. Therefore, the signalsENABLE[5:0] are used to selectively mask the signals SLOT₋₋ IDSEL[5:0]from the PCI bus 32 when configuration cycles are run by the CPU 14.

For purposes of controlling the destination of interrupt requests fromthe slots 36a-d, the four standard PCI interrupt request signals (INTA#,INTB#, INTC# and INTD#) provided by each slot 36 are furnished tomultiplexing circuitry 1712 (FIG. 88). The multiplexing circuitry 1712serializes the PCI interrupt request signals received from the slots 36and furnishes the signals to the interrupt receiving block 132 via fourtime multiplexed serial interrupt request signals: INTSDA#, INTDSB#,INTSDC#, and INTSDD#.

As shown in FIG. 89, the interrupt receiving block 132 furnishesinterrupt request signals for the CPU 14 to the interrupt output block114 via a time multiplexed serial interrupt request signal INTSDCABLE#.The interrupt receiving block 132 furnishes interrupt request signalsfor the I₂ O processor 1700 via a time multiplexed serial interruptrequest signal INTSDIIO# furnished via a PCI INTC# line 1709 of the bus32 to the I₂ O processor 1700.

The interrupt output block 114 furnishes the interrupt requests destinedfor the CPU 14 to one or more of the standard PCI interrupt requestlines (INTA#, INTB#, INTC#, and INTD#) of the PCI bus 24. An interruptcontroller 1900, external to the bridge chip 26, receives the interruptrequests from the PCI interrupt request lines of the PCI bus 24. Theinterrupt controller 1900 prioritizes the interrupt requests (which mayinclude interrupt requests from other devices on the PCI bus 24) andfurnishes them to the CPU 14. The interrupt output block 114 may eitherasynchronously (when in an asynchronous mode) furnish the interruptrequest signals to the interrupt request lines of the PCI bus 24 orserially (when in a serial mode) furnish the interrupt request signalsto the INTA# line of the PCI bus 24, as further described below.

As shown in FIG. 95, all of the time multiplexed serial data signalsrepresent their data via an interrupt cycle 1850 which comprises eightsuccessive time slices (TO-T7). The duration of each time slice is onecycle of the CI clock signal CLK. Each time slice represents a"snapshot" of the status of one or more interrupt request signals. Asshown in FIG. 99, the signal INTSDA# represents the sampled INTA#interrupt request signals from the slots 36a-f. The signal INTSDB#represents the sampled INTB# interrupt request signals from the slots36a-f. The signal INTSDC# represents the sampled INTC# interrupt requestsignals from the slots 36a-f. The signal INTSDD# represents the sampledINTD# interrupt request signals from the slots 36a-f.

For purposes of combining the interrupt signals INTSDA#-D# into thesignal INTSDIIO#, the interrupt receiving block 132 logically ANDs thesignals INTSDA#-D# together while simultaneously masking interruptrequest signals destined for the CPU 14. Similarly, for purposes ofcombining the interrupt signals INTSDA#-D# into the signal INTSDCABLE#,the interrupt receiving block 132 logically ANDs the signals INTSDA#-D#together while simultaneously masking interrupt request signals destinedfor the CPU 14.

For the purpose of instructing the interrupt output block 114 whenanother interrupt cycle 1850 is beginning, the interrupt receiving block132 furnishes a synchronization signal INTSYNCCABLE# to the interruptoutput block 114. The falling, or negative, edge of the signalINTSYNCCABLE# indicates that time slice T0 of the interrupt cycle 1850transmitted via the signal INTSDCABLE# is beginning on the next positiveedge of the CLK signal. A signal INTSYNCIIO# is used in an analogousfashion to indicate an upcoming time slice T0 of the interrupt cycle1850 transmitted via the signal INTSDIIO#. The signal INTSYNCIIO# isfurnished by the interrupt receiving block 132 to the I₂ O processor1700 via a PCI INTD# line 1713 of the bus 32. For the purpose ofinstructing the multiplexing circuitry 1712 when to transmit anotherinterrupt cycle 1850 via the interrupt signals INTSDA#-D#, the interruptreceiving block 132 furnishes a synchronization signal INTSYNC# to themultiplexing circuitry 1712. The falling, or negative, edge of thesignal INTSYNC# indicates the muliplexing circuitry 1712 should beingtransmitting time slice T0 of the signals INTSDA#-D# on the nextpositive edge of the CLK signal.

As shown in FIG. 96, the multiplexing circuitry 1712 includes fourmultiplexers 1741-1744 which furnish the signals INTSDA#, INTSDB#,INTSDC# and INTSDD#, respectively. The select inputs of the multiplexers1741-1744 receive a time slice signal SLICEIN[2:0] which is used toindicate the time slices T0-T7 of the signals INTSDA#-D#. The INTA-D#interrupt request signals from the slots 36 are furnished to the inputsof the multiplexers 1741-1744, respectively.

The signal SLICEIN[2:0] is furnished by the output of a three bitcounter 1745 that is clocked on the positive edge of the PCI clocksignal CLK. The interrupt synchronization signal INTSYNC# is received bya clocked enable input of the counter 1745. On the negative edge of thesignal INTSYNC#, the counter 1745 resets to zero (SLICEIN[2:0] equalszero). The counter 1745 increments the value indicated by theSLICEIN[2:0] signal until the SLICEINE2:0] signal is equal to "7" whereit remains until the counter 1745 is once again reset by the INTSYNC#signal.

As shown in FIG. 97A, for purposes of tracking the time slices T0-T7,the interrupt receiving block 132 includes a three bit counter 1750 thatis clocked on the positive edge of the CLK signal. The counter 1750furnishes an output signal SL1[2:0] which is received by the selectinput of a 3X8 decoder 1752. The decoder 1752 furnishes an eight bitsignal G₋₋ CNTR[7:0] with the asserted bit of the signal G₋₋ CNTR[7:0]indicating the time slice of the signals INTSDIIO# and INTSDCABLE#.

The INTSYNC# signal is furnished by the output of an inverter 1754 thatreceives the most significant bit of the G₋₋ CNTR[7:0] signal, G₋₋CNTR[7]. Although the INTSYNC# signal is pulsed low during the timeslice T7, the interrupt receiving block 132 could alternatively waitseveral cycles of the CLK signal after ending an interrupt cycle 1850before pulsing the INTSYNC# signal low. The signals INTSYNCCABLE# andINTSYNCIIO# are both provided by the output of an inverter 1755 whichreceives the bit G₋₋ CNTR[O].

An additional interrupt request signal CAY₋₋ INT# for the CPU 14 isprovided by the SIO circuit 50. The CAY₋₋ INT# signal is logically ANDedwith the INTSDA#-D# signals during time slice T0. The CAY₋₋ INT# signalis furnished by the output of an AND gate 1756 which receives a SIO₋₋CMPL# signal, the SI₋₋ INTR# signal, and an I² C₋₋ INT# signal. TheSIO₋₋ CMPL# signal is asserted, or driven low, when the SIO circuit 50has completed a serial output process. The I² C₋₋ INT# signal isasserted, or driven low, to indicate completion of a transaction over an1² C bus (not shown) connected to the bridge chip 48. The I₂ C₋₋ INT#signal is deasserted, or driven high, otherwise.

For purposes of masking interrupt requests, the interrupt receivingblock 132 generates four masking signals: MASKA, MASKB, MASKC and MASKD.When the MASKA signal is asserted, or driven high, during a particulartime slice (T0-T7) of the signal INTSDA#, an interrupt request indicatedby the serial interrupt signal INTSDA# during that particular time sliceis masked from the CPU 14. If the MASKA signal is deasserted, or drivenlow, during the particular time slice, the interrupt request indicatedby the serial interrupt signal INTSDA# is masked from the I₂ O processor1700. The MASKE-D signals function similarly to mask interrupt requestsfurnished by the signals INTSDB#-D#.

As shown in FIG. 97B, a multiplexer 1758 furnishes the MASKA signal. Theselect input of the multiplexer 1758 receives the SL1[2:0] signal. Theeight inputs of the multiplexer 1758 receive inverted IIO₋₋ SUB[5:0]signals which are indicative of corresponding bits of the I₂ Osubordinate register 1728. The signals IIO₋₋ SUB[5:0] are connected tothe appropriate inputs of the multiplexer 1758 so that when the INTSDA#signal indicates the interrupt status for a particular slot 36, theMASKA signal concurrently indicates the associated bit of the register1728 for that slot 36. Three other multiplexers 1760, 1762, and 1764furnish the signals MASKB, MASKC and MASKD, respectively. Similar to thegeneration of the MASKA signal, the signals IIO₋₋ SUB[5:0] are connectedto the appropriate inputs of multiplexers 1760, 1762, and 1764 so thatthe MASKB, MASKC and MASKD signals indicate the bit of the register 1728associated with the slot represented by the signals INTSDB#, INTSDC#,and INTSDD#. The multiplexers 1760-1764 receive the signal SL1[2:0] attheir select inputs.

As shown in FIG. 97C, the interrupt receiving block 132 also includestwo multiplexers 1768 and 1770 which furnish two masking signals,IIOTS₋₋ D and IIOTS₋₋ C, used to mask the INTD# and INTC# signalsfurnished by the slot interrupt lines of the I₂ O processor 1700 becausethe lines 1709 and 1713 are used to furnish the signals INTSDIIO# andINTSYNCIIO#, respectively, to the I₂ O processor 1700. The select inputsof both multiplexers 1768 and 1770 receive the signal SL1[2:0], and thesignal inputs of the multiplexers 1768 and 1770 receive signalsIIOSLOT[5:0] which are indicative of the corresponding bits of the I₂ Oslot register 1730. The signals IIOSLOT[5:0] are connected to theappropriate inputs of multiplexers 1768 and 1770 so that when theINTSDC#-D# signals indicate the interrupt status for a particular slot36, the IIOSLOT[5:0] signal selected by the multiplexers 1768 and 1770concurrently indicate the associated bit of the register 1730 for thatslot 36.

As shown in FIG. 97D, six AND gates 1772-1782 are used to combine thesignals INTSDA#-INTSDD# and mask selected interrupt request signals fromthe CPU 14. The AND gate 1772 receives an inverted ECC₋₋ ERR₋₋ DOWN#signal (asserted to indicate an error detected by the chip 48b in cabletransmissions) and the bit G₋₋ CNTRL[0]. The AND gate 1774 receives aninverted INTSDA# signal and the MASKA signal. The AND gate 1776 receivesan inverted INTSDB# signal and the MASKB signal. The AND gate 1778receives an inverted INTSDC# signal, the MASKC signal and the IIOTS₋₋ Csignal. The AND gate 1780 receives an inverted INTSDC# signal, the MASKDsignal, and the IIOTS₋₋ D signal. The AND gate 1782 receives an invertedCAY₋₋ INT signal and the G₋₋ CNTRL signal.

The outputs of the AND gates 1772-1782 are connected as inputs to an ORgate 1784 which has its output connected to the signal input of a D-typeflip-flop 1786. The flip-flop 1786 is clocked on the positive edge ofthe CLK signal, and the set input of the flip-flop 1786 receives the RSTsignal. The inverting output of the flip-flop 1786 furnishes theINTSDCABLE# signal.

Four AND gates 1790-1796 are used to combine the INTSDA#-D# signals andmask selected interrupt request signals from the I₂ O processor 1700.The AND gate 1790 receives an inverted INTSDA# signal and an invertedMASKA signal. Another input of the AND gate 1790 is connected to heoutput of a NOR gate 1802 which masks the INTSDA# signal uring the timeslices T0 and T7 because no card interrupt requests are include in thesetime slices. The NOR gate 1802 receives the bits G₋₋ CNTRL[0] and G₋₋CNTRL[7]. The AND gate 1792 receives an inverted INTSDB# signal and aninverted MASKB signal. Another input of the AND gate 1792 is connectedto the output of a NOR gate 1804 which masks the INTSDB# signal duringthe time slices T1 and T4 because no card interrupt requests are includein these time slices. The NOR gate 1802 receives the bits G₋₋ CNTRL[1]and G₋₋ CNTRL[4].

The AND gate 1794 receives an inverted INTSDC# signal and an invertedMASKC signal. Another input of the AND gate 1794 is connected to theoutput of a NOR gate 1806 which masks the INTSDC# signal during the timeslices T2 and T5 because no card interrupt requests are include in thesetime slices. The NOR gate 1806 receives the bits G₋₋ CNTRL[2] and G₋₋CNTRL[5]. The AND gate 1796 receives an inverted INTSDD# signal and aninverted MASKD signal. Another input of the AND gate 1796 is connectedto the output of a NOR gate 1808 which masks the INTSDD# signal duringthe time slices T3 and T6 because no card interrupt requests are includein these time slices. The NOR gate 1808 receives the bits G₋₋ CNTRL[3]and G₋₋ CNTRL[6].

The outputs of the AND gates 1790-1796 are connected as inputs to an ORgate 1798 which has its output connected to the signal input of a D-typeflip-flop 1800. The flip-flop 1800 is clocked on the positive edge ofthe CLK signal, and the set input of the flip-flop 1800 receives the RSTsignal.

The inverting output of the flip-flop 1800 furnishes the INTSDIIO#signal.

As shown in FIG. 98, the interrupt output block 114 includes a three bitcounter 1820 of common design with the counter 1745. The counter 1820 isclocked on the positive edge of the signal CLK, furnishes an outputsignal G₋₋ CNTR2[2:0], and begins counting from zero to seven afterbeing reset by the INTSYNC# signal.

For purposes of furnishing the INTSYNCCPU# signal, the interrupt outputblock 114 includes a D-type flip-flop 1822 that is clocked on thepositive edge of the CLK signal. The set input of the flip-flop 1822receives the RST signal, and the signal input of the flip-flop 1822receives the INTSYNCCABLE# signal. The non-inverting output of theflip-flop 1822 furnishes the INTSYNCCPU# signal.

For purposes of furnishing the INTSDCPU# signal, the interrupt outputblock 114 includes a D-type flip-flop 1824 that is clocked on thepositive edge of the CLK signal. The set input of the flip-flop 1824receives the RST signal, and the signal input of the flip-flop 1824receives the INTSDCABLE# signal. The non-inverting output of theflip-flop 1824 furnishes the INTSDCPU# signal.

The interrupt requests received by the interrupt receiving block 114 arefurnished to the interrupt controller 1900 either asynchronously orserially. In the asynchronous mode, the interrupt requests are mapped tothe four PCI interrupt lines (commonly referred to as a "barber poling")on the PCI bus 24 as shown in FIG. 100.

For purposes of holding the interrupt information provided by theINTSDCABLE# signal, the interrupt output block 114 includes an eight bitregister 1826. All signal inputs receive the INTSDCABLE# signal. Theload enable inputs of bits 0-7 receive the bits G₋₋ CNTR[0]-G₋₋ CNTR[7],respectively. Therefore, for example, during time slice T4, bit 3 isloaded with the value represented by the INTSDCABLE# signal. Bits 0(represented by a INT₋₋ A1 signal) and 4 (represented by a INT₋₋ A2signal) are mapped into a CPUINTA# signal. Bits 1 (represented by aINT₋₋ B1 signal) and 5 (represented by a INT-B2 signal) are mapped intoa CPUINTB# signal. Bits 2 (represented by a INT C1 signal) and 6(represented by a INT₋₋ C2 signal) are mapped into a CPUINTC# signal.Bits 3 (represented by a INT₋₋ D1 signal) and 7 (represented by a INT-D2signal) are mapped into a CPUINTD# signal.

Four OR gates 1828-1834 furnish the signals CPUINTA#, CPUINTB#,CPUINTC#, and CPUINTD#, which are provided to the PCI interrupt linesINTA#, INTB#, INTC# and INTD#, respectively, of the PCI bus 24. The ORgate 1828 has one input connected to the output of an AND gate 1836. TheAND gate receives an inverted CM signal. The signal CM is furnished by abit of a configuration register of the bridge chip 26 and is asserted,or driven high, to indicate the asynchronous mode and deasserted, ordriven low, to indicate the synchronous mode. The AND gate 1836 alsoreceives the signal INT₋₋ A1, the signal INT₋₋ A2, and a signal ECC₋₋ERR₋₋ UP (used to indicate an error in cable transmissions).

The OR gate 1828 has an input connected to the output of an AND gate1838. The AND gate 1838 receives the CM signal and the INTSDCPU# signal.Another input of the AND gate 1838 is connected to the output of an ORgate 1848. The OR gate 1848 receives the ECC₋₋ ERR₋₋ UP signal and thebit G₋₋ CNTR2[0].

The OR gate 1830 has one input connected to the output of an AND gate1840 and one input connected to the output of an AND gate 1842. The ANDgate 1840 receives an inverted CM signal, the signal INT₋₋ B1, and thesignal INT₋₋ B2. The AND gate 1842 receives the signal CM and aninverted bit G₋₋ CNTR2[0] (used to provide the "sync" signal to theinterrupt controller 1900 during the serial mode).

The OR gate 1832 has one input connected to the output of an AND gate1844 and one input receiving the CM signal. The AND gate 1844 receivesan inverted CM signal, the INT₋₋ C1 signal, and the INT₋₋ C2 signal. TheOR gate 1834 has one input connected to the output of an AND gate 1846and one input receiving the CM signal. The AND gate 1846 receives aninverted CM signal, the INT₋₋ DL signal, and the INT_(--D) 2 signal.

Other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims. Forexample, different types of buses can be used, including any type ofhost bus or peripheral bus. Also, the bridge chip can be, e.g., ahost-to-peripheral bus bridge, a host-to-host bus bridge, or aperipheral-to-peripheral bus bridge.

What is claimed is:
 1. A computer system comprising:a memory device on afirst data bus, a requesting device that places, on a second data bus,an initial read transaction directed to the memory device and thatrelinquishes control of the second data bus while awaiting a response tothe initial read transaction, and a bridge device that operativelyconnects the first and second data buses and that, in response to theinitial read transaction, places a subsequent read transaction on thefirst data bus and receives from the first data bus, data responsive tothe initial read transaction, comprising: a data storage buffer thatstores the data responsive to the initial read transaction, and a buffermanagement element that automatically requests from the memory deviceadditional data beyond the data responsive to the initial readtransaction.
 2. The computer system of claim 1 wherein the buffermanagement element requests additional data only after the requestingdevice has retrieved all of the data from the data storage buffer. 3.The computer system of claim 1 wherein the additional data is located ata location that follows sequentially a location at which the requesteddata is stored in the memory device.
 4. The computer system of claim 1wherein the requesting device requests a predetermined amount of data.5. The computer system of claim 4 wherein the buffer management elementautomatically requests the predetermined amount of additional data. 6.The computer system of claim 1 wherein the requesting device requests anentire cache line of data.
 7. The computer system of claim 1 wherein therequesting device requests multiple cache lines of data.
 8. The computersystem of claim 1 wherein if the requesting device removes all of theadditional data from the buffer, the buffer management element againautomatically requests additional data from the memory device.
 9. Thecomputer system of claim 1 further comprising a prediction element thatallows the buffer management element to selectively retrieve additionaldata.
 10. The computer system of claim 9 wherein the prediction elementprevents the buffer management element from again automaticallyrequesting additional data if the requesting device fails to remove alldata from the storage buffer.
 11. The computer system of claim 9 whereinthe prediction element allows the buffer management element toautomatically request additional data when the requesting device removesall data from the data storage buffer.
 12. The computer system of claim1 wherein the second bus comprises a PCI bus.
 13. The computer system ofclaim 1 wherein the bridge device comprises a PCI-to-PCI bridge.
 14. Thecomputer system of claim 1 wherein the initial read transactioncomprises a memory read line transaction.
 15. The computer system ofclaim 1 wherein the initial read transaction comprises a memory readmultiple transaction.
 16. A computer system comprising:a memory deviceon a first PCI bus, a PCI device that initiates a delayed memory readtransaction on a second PCI bus, and a PCI-to-PCI bridge operativelyconnecting the first and second PCI buses and comprising: a delayedcompletion buffer that stores a predetermined amount of data from thememory device requested in the delayed memory read transaction, and abuffer management element that automatically requests from the memorydevice the predetermined amount of additional data after the PCI deviceremoves all of the data from the delayed completion buffer.
 17. Thecomputer system of claim 16 wherein the buffer management element againinitiates a request for the predetermined amount of additional data whenthe PCI device removes all of the additional data from the storagebuffer.
 18. In a computer system having a memory device on a first databus and a requesting device that places, on a second data bus, aninitial read transaction directed to the memory device and thatrelinquishes control of the second data bus while awaiting a response tothe initial read transaction, a method for use in a componentoperatively connecting the first and second data buses, the methodcomprising:in response to the initial read transaction, placing, on thefirst data bus, a subsequent read transaction, storing in a data storagebuffer data received from the first data bus that is responsive to theinitial read transaction, and automatically requesting from the memorydevice additional data beyond the data responsive to the initial readtransaction.
 19. The method of claim 18 wherein the additional data isrequested only if the requesting device retrieves all of the data fromthe data storage buffer.
 20. The method of claim 18 wherein the initialread transaction requests a predetermined amount of data.
 21. The methodof claim 18 wherein the amount of additional data retrieved equals thepredetermined amount.
 22. The method claim 18 wherein the predeterminedamount of data comprises eight cache lines.
 23. The method of claim 18further comprising disabling future automatic retrieval of additionaldata if the requesting device fails to retrieve all of the data storedin the data storage buffer.
 24. The method of claim 18 wherein theinitiating bus comprises a PCI bus.
 25. The method of claim 18 whereinthe first and second data buses are connected by a PCI-to-PCI bridge.26. The computer system of claim 1 wherein the buffer management elementis configured to request additional data automatically only after therequesting device has retrieved all of the data from the data storagebuffer and has indicated that it wants additional data.
 27. The computersystem of claim 26 wherein the buffer management element is configuredto request additional data automatically only when the requesting devicehas indicated that it wants data from a location that followssequentially a location at which the requested data is stored in thememory device.
 28. The computer system of claim 18 further comprisingautomatically requesting additional data only if the requesting deviceretrieves all of the data from the data storage buffer and indicatesthat it wants additional data.
 29. The computer system of claim 28further comprising automatically requesting the additional data only ifthe requesting device indicates that it wants data from a location thatfollows sequentially a location at which the requested data is stored inthe memory device.
 30. The method of claim 18 further comprising againautomatically requesting additional data from the memory device if therequesting device removes all of the additional data from the buffer.31. A computer system comprising:a memory device on a first data bus, arequesting device that places, on a second data bus, an initial readtransaction directed to the memory device and that relinquishes thesecond data bus while awaiting a response to the initial readtransaction, and a bridge device that operatively connects the first andsecond data buses and that: in response to the initial read transaction,places a subsequent read transaction on the first data bus, stores, in abuffer, data that is received from the memory device and that isresponsive to the initial read transaction, and automatically requestsfrom the memory device additional data beyone the data responsive to theinitial read transaction.
 32. A computer system comprising:a memorydevice on a first data bus, a requesting device that places on a seconddata bus a read transaction directed to the memory device and thatrelinquishes control of the second data bus while awaiting a response tothe read transaction, and a bridge device that operatively connects thefirst and second data buses and that:stores, in a buffer, data that isreceived from the memory device and that is responsive to the readtransaction, automatically requests from the memory device additionaldata beyond the data responsive to the intitial read transaction, and ifthe requesting device retrieves all of the additional data, againautomatically requests additional data from the memory device.
 33. In acomputer system having a memory device on a first data bus and arequesting device that places on a second data bus a read transactiondirected to the memory device and then relinquishes control of thesecond data bus while awaiting a response to the read transaction, amethod for use in a component operatively connecting the first andsecond data buses, the method comprising:storing, in a buffer, data thatis received from the memory device and that is responsive to the readtransaction, automatically requesting from the memory device additionaldata beyond the data responsive to the initial read transaction, and ifthe requesting device retrieves all of the additional data, againautomatically requesting additional data from the memory device.
 34. Acomputer system comprising:a memory device on a first data bus, arequesting device that places on a second data bus a read transactiondirected to the memory device and that relinquishes control of thesecond data bus while awaiting a response to the read transaction, abridge device that operatively connects the first and second data busesand that:stores, in a buffer, data that is received from the memorydevice and that is responsive to the read transaction, and includes aprediction element that allows the bridge device to request from thememory device, selectively and automatically, additional data beyond thedata responsive to the read transaction.
 35. The computer system ofclaim 30 wherein the prediction element prevents the bridge device fromagain requesting additional data if the requesting device fails toremove all data from the buffer.
 36. The computer system of claim 30wherein the prediction element allows the bridge device to requestadditional data when the requesting device removes all data from thebuffer.